STANLEY WORKS
10-K, 1994-03-31
CUTLERY, HANDTOOLS & GENERAL HARDWARE
Previous: SPS TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10-K, 1994-03-31
Next: STEWART & STEVENSON SERVICES INC, S-8, 1994-03-31



<PAGE> 

References to pages in incorporated documents refer to the page numbers in the
 paper copy of such documents. 

                                   UNITED STATES
                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
                                                               
                                     Form 10-K
                                   ANNUAL REPORT

        (Mark One)
          X  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

        For the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994

             TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
        For the transition period from                     to              
        Commission file 1-5224
                                 The Stanley Works
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                      CONNECTICUT                        06-0548860
          (State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer
          incorporation or organization)           Identification Number)
                  1000 Stanley Drive
               New Britain, Connecticut                     06053
        (Address of principal executive offices)         (Zip Code)

                                   (203) 225-5111
                          (Registrant's telephone number)
            Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                    Name of each exchange
                Title of each class                  on which registered

         Common Stock--Par Value $2.50 Per Share   New York Stock Exchange
                                                   Pacific Stock Exchange

         9% Notes due 1998
         7 3/8% Notes Due December 15, 2002

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

       Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
     required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such
     filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                        Yes  X                  No     

       Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
     Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
     contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
     information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
     10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].

       The aggregate market value of Common Stock, Par Value $2.50 Per Share,
     held by non-affiliates (based upon the closing sale price on the New York
     Stock Exchange) on March 28, 1994 was approximately $1.75 billion.
     As of March 28, 1994, there were 44,848,818 shares of Common Stock, Par
     Value $2.50 Per Share, outstanding.<PAGE>


     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

       Portions of the Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended January
     1, 1994 are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II.

       Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement dated March 9, 1994, filed
     with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, are incorporated by
     reference into Part III. 

<PAGE>




                                  FORM 10-K

                                    Part I

          Item 1.   Business

          1(a) General Development of Business.  During 1993, the
      company acquired several businesses for a total of $24.0 million. 
      The most significant of the businesses acquired were Friess & Co.
      KG, a German manufacturer and marketer of paint rollers and
      brushes and Rikkoh-Sha Co. Ltd., a mechanics tools distributor in
      Japan.  On June 30, 1993, the company sold all of the stock of
      Taylor Rental Corporation, franchisor of the nation's largest
      system of general rental centers for do-it-yourselfers and
      commercial customers.

          1(b) Industry Segment Information.  Industry segment
      information on page 15 of Registrant's Annual Report to
      shareholders for the year ended January 1, 1994 is incorporated
      herein by reference.

          1(c) Narrative Description of Business.  Registrant's
      operations can be classified into three industry segments: 
      Tools, Hardware and Specialty Hardware. 

          Tools.  The Tools segment consists of consumer, industrial
      and engineered tools.  Consumer tools includes hand tools such as
      measuring instruments, planes, hammers, knives, wrenches,
      sockets, screwdrivers, saws, chisels, boring tools, masonry, tile
      and drywall tools, paint preparation and paint application tools. 
      Industrial tools includes industrial and mechanics hand tools,
      including STANLEY-PROTO  industrial tools and MAC  mechanics
      tools and high-density industrial storage and retrieval systems. 
      Engineered tools includes air tools, hydraulic tools and STANLEY-
      BOSTITCH  fastening tools and fasteners.

          Hardware.  The hardware segment consists of hardware such as
      hinges, hasps, brackets, bolts, latches, closet hardware and
      organizer systems and other shelving, screen and storm door
      hardware, hardware for sliding, folding and pocket doors,
      residential door hardware, mirrors and mirrored closet doors.  

          Specialty Hardware.  The specialty hardware segment consists
      of residential door systems such as original and replacement
      garage and entry doors, power-operated doors and gates and home
      automation products, including garage door openers, electronic
      controls and other similar products.

          Competition.  The company competes on the basis of its
      manufacturing capabilities, extensive distribution system and
      merchandising service, the breadth of its product lines, its

                                     -1-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      reputation for product quality, its well-known trademarks and its
      electronic data interchange ("EDI") capabilities.  The company
      believes that its significant long-term investments have made it
      an industry leader in the utilization of EDI.

          The company encounters active competition in all of its
      activities from both larger and smaller companies that offer the
      same or similar products and services or that produce different
      products appropriate for the same uses.  In 1993, the company's
      approximately $70 million investment in new equipment and
      advanced business systems resulted in improved manufacturing
      processes and decreased inventories and transaction costs both
      for the company and its customers.

          In the company's consumer hand tool and consumer hardware
      businesses, a small number of competitors produce a range of
      products somewhat comparable to the company's, but the majority
      of its competitors compete only with respect to one or more
      individual products within a particular line.  The company
      believes that it is the largest manufacturer of consumer hand
      tools in the world and that it offers the broadest line of such
      products.  The company believes that its market position in the
      U.S. and Canada for consumer hardware is comparable to or greater
      than that of its major competitors and that it offers the
      broadest line of hinges and home hardware, which represents the
      most important part of its hardware product sales.  

          In the company's industrial hand tool business in the U.S.,
      the company believes that it is a leading manufacturer of high-
      density industrial storage cabinets.  In the company's engineered
      hand tool business in the U.S., the company believes that it is
      the leader in the manufacture and sale of pneumatic fastening
      tools and related fasteners to professional contractors and to
      the furniture and pallet industries as well as the leading
      manufacturer of portable and mounted hydraulic tools.
       
          In the company's non-consumer hardware business in the U.S.,
      the company believes that it is a leading manufacturer of
      residential and architectural hardware products, mirrored closet
      doors and hardware for sliding, folding and pocket doors and
      screen and storm door hardware; and a leading supplier of closet
      rods, supports, brackets and wall mirrors.

          In the company's specialty hardware business, the company
      believes that it is a leader in the U.S. with respect to the
      manufacture and sale of insulated steel residential entry doors, 
      garage door openers and automatic sliding and swinging doors and
      gate openers for commercial and industrial use.
          
          Customers.  A substantial portion of the company's products
      are sold through home centers and mass merchant distribution
      channels in the U.S.  A consolidation of retailers in these

                                     -2-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      channels is occurring.  These customers constitute a growing
      percent of the company's sales and are important to the company's
      operating results.  While this consolidation and the geographic
      expansion of these large retailers provide the company with
      opportunities for growth, the increasing size and importance of
      individual customers creates a certain degree of exposure to
      potential volume loss.  The loss of certain of the larger home
      centers as customers could have a material adverse effect on each
      of the company's business segments until either such customers
      are replaced or the company makes the necessary adjustments to
      compensate for the loss of business.  The company has addressed
      this issue by strategically focusing on excellence in customer
      service, new product innovations, and distribution channel
      development.

          Raw Materials.  The company's products are manufactured
      primarily of steel and other metals, although some are of wood or
      plastic.  The raw materials required are available from a number
      of sources at competitive prices.  The company does not purchase
      a significant amount of its supplies under long-term contracts, 
      however, it has relationships of long standing with many of its
      suppliers. The company has experienced no difficulties in
      obtaining supplies in recent periods.  

          Backlog.  At February 5, 1994, the company had approximately
      $130 million in unfilled orders compared with $126 million in
      unfilled orders at February 6, 1993.  All these orders are
      reasonably expected to be filled within the current fiscal year.
      Most customers place orders for immediate shipment and as a
      result, the company produces primarily for inventory, rather than
      to fill specific orders.

          Patents and Trademarks.  No segment of Registrant's business
      is dependent, to any significant degree, on patents, licenses,
      franchises or concessions.  The company owns numerous patents,
      none of which are material to the company's operations as a
      whole.  These patents expire from time to time over the next 17
      years.  The company holds licenses, franchises and concessions,
      none of which individually or in the aggregate is material to the
      company's operations as a whole.  These licenses, franchises and
      concessions vary in duration from one to 17 years.

          The company has numerous trademarks that are utilized in its
      businesses worldwide.  The STANLEY  and STANLEY (in a notched
      rectangle)  trademarks are material to all three business
      segments.  These well-known trademarks enjoy a reputation for
      excellence.  In addition, in the Tools segment, the Bostitch ,
      Powerlock , Tape Rule Case Design (Powerlock) , MAC Tools ,
      Proto , and Vidmar  trademarks are material to the business. 

          Environmental Regulations.  The company is subject to various
      environmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign

                                     -3-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      countries where it has operations.  Future laws and regulations
      are expected to be increasingly stringent and will likely
      increase the company's expenditures related to environmental
      matters.
        
           The company is involved with remedial and other
      environmental compliance activities at some of its current and
      former sites.  Additionally, the company, together with other
      parties, has been named a potentially responsible party ("PRP")
      with respect to nine Superfund sites.  Current laws potentially
      impose joint and several liability upon each PRP.  In assessing
      its potential liability at these sites, the company has
      considered the following: the solvency of the other PRP's,
      whether responsibility is being disputed, the terms of existing
      agreements, experience at similar sites, and the fact that its
      volummetric contribution at these sites is relatively small.
       
           The company's policy is to accrue environmental
      investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it
      is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
      loss can be reasonably estimated.  The amount of liability
      recorded is based on an evaluation of currently available facts
      with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as
      existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and
      prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites.  The
      amounts recorded do not take into account any claims for
      recoveries from insurance or third parties.  As assessments and
      remediation progress at individual sites, the amounts recorded
      are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional
      technical and legal information which becomes available.  As of
      year-end 1993, the company had reserves of $18 million, primarily
      for remediation activities associated with company-owned
      properties as well as for Superfund sites. 

          Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future
      periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent
      uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures.  Subject to
      the imprecision in estimating future environmental costs, the
      company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in
      connection with environmental matters in excess of the amounts
      recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial
      position, results of operations or liquidity.
       
          Power-generating Subsidiary.  Under the General Statutes of
      Connecticut, the company is deemed to be a "holding company" that
      controls an electric company as a result of its being the sole
      shareholder of Farmington River Power Co., a power-generating
      subsidiary of the company since 1916.  Under such statute, no
      organization or person may take any action to acquire control of
      such a holding company without the prior approval of the
      Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control.


                                     -4-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



          Employees.  During 1993, the company had an average of 18,988 
      employees, approximately 12,750 of whom were employed in the U.S. 
      Of these U.S. employees, approximately 23% are covered by
      collective bargaining agreements with approximately 12 labor
      unions.  The majority of the company's hourly- and weekly-paid
      employees outside the U.S. are covered by collective bargaining
      agreements.  Approximately 1,200 of the hourly-paid production
      and maintenance employees who are employed by the company's
      operations in New Britain, Connecticut are covered by agreements
      with the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace
      Workers that expire in May 1994.  The balance of the company's
      labor agreements expire in 1994, 1995 and 1996.  There have been
      no significant interruptions or curtailments of the company's
      operations in recent years due to labor disputes.  The company
      believes that its relationship with its employees is good.

          1(d) Financial information about foreign and domestic
      operations and export sales.  Geographic area information on page
      15 of the Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended
      January 1, 1994 is incorporated herein by reference.

          Item 2. Properties.

          As of January 1, 1994, Registrant and its subsidiaries
      operated facilities for manufacturing and distribution in 22
      states and 21 foreign countries.  The Registrant believes that
      its facilities are suitable and adequate for its business.  The 
      Registrant utilizes approximately 14,126,100 square feet of floor
      space in its business, of which approximately 3,972,067 square
      feet of floor space is leased.  

          A summary of material locations (over 50,000 square feet)
      that are owned by the Registrant and its subsidiaries are:

          Tools

          Phoenix, Arizona; Visalia, California; Clinton and New
      Britain, Connecticut; Atlanta, Georgia; Shelbyville, Indiana;
      Kansas City, Kansas; Worcester, Massachusetts; Two Harbors,
      Minnesota; Hamlet and Sanford, North Carolina; Claremont, New
      Hampshire; Columbus, Georgetown, Sabina and Washington Court
      House, Ohio; Allentown and York, Pennsylvania; East Greenwich,
      Rhode Island; Cheraw, South Carolina; Pulaski and Shelbyville,
      Tennessee; Dallas and Wichita Falls, Texas; Pittsfield and
      Shaftsbury, Vermont; Hedelberg West, Ingleburn, Moonah and
      Wangaratta, Australia; Sao Paulo, Brazil; Smiths Falls, Canada;
      Pecky, Czech Republic; Ecclesfield, Hellaby and Sheffield,
      England; Besancon Cedex and Maxonchamp, France; Surabaya,
      Indonesia; Puebla, Mexico; Taichung Hsien, Taiwan; and Amphur
      Bangpakong, Thailand.



                                     -5-<PAGE>


<PAGE>


          Hardware  

          Chatsworth and San Dimas, California; New Britain,
      Connecticut; Richmond, Virginia; Brampton and New Hamburg,
      Canada; and Sheffield, England.

          Specialty Hardware 

          Farmington, Connecticut; Birmingham, Novi and Troy, Michigan;
      and Covington, Ohio.

          A summary of material locations (over 50,000 square feet)
      that are leased by the Registrant and its subsidiaries are:

          Tools

          Costa Mesa and Rancho Cucamonga, California; Covington,
      Georgia; Charlotte, North Carolina; Cleveland, Ohio; Milwaukie,
      Oregon; Carrollton, Texas; Coburg, Australia; Burlington and
      Mississauga, Canada; Northampton, England; and Saverne, France.

          Hardware

          Chatsworth, California; Lenexa, Kansas; Tupelo, Mississippi;
      and Oakville, Ontario.

          Specialty Hardware 

          Rancho Cucamonga, California; Orlando, Florida; Winchester,
      Virginia; Langley and Montreal, Canada.

          Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

          3(a) The company is a party to a number of proceedings before
      federal and state regulatory agencies relating to environmental
      remediation.  Also, the company, along with many other companies,
      has been named as a potentially responsible party in a number of
      administrative proceedings for the remediation of various waste
      sites, including nine Superfund sites.  In addition, in the
      normal course of business, the company is involved in various
      lawsuits and claims.  The company does not expect that the
      resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect
      on the company's consolidated financial position or results of
      operations.

          3(b) (i)  On May 22, 1990, a federal grand jury sitting in
      St. Louis, Missouri indicted four manufacturers and five
      individuals, charging each with one count of illegal price fixing
      activities in the sale of architectural hinges.  Architectural
      hinges, which are heavy hinges used for non-residential
      applications, constitute a small portion of the business of one
      division of the company and do not involve a substantial portion

                                     -6-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      of the company's overall business.  

               In addition to the company, the companies indicted were
      The Hager Hinge Company, McKinney Products Company, and Lawrence
      Brothers, Inc.  The individuals named in the indictment were John
      F. Hollfelder (who left the company's employ in 1988), Robert A.
      Haversat and David B. Gibson of McKinney Products Company, and
      John A. Lawrence of Lawrence Brothers, Inc.  Richard G. Martin
      (who left the company's employ in 1992) was also indicted.  On
      October 29, 1992, a jury acquitted Mr. Martin.  The indictment
      charged that between 1986 and 1988 the defendants conspired to
      raise the price of architectural hinges.  On May 16, 1991, the
      company, McKinney Products Company and Lawrence Brothers, Inc.
      entered pleas of nolo contendere with the U.S. District Court for
      the Eastern District of Missouri.  On October 14, 1992, Mr.
      Hollfelder and The Hager Hinge Company pled guilty as a part of
      plea agreements with the government.  On July 13, 1993, the
      company was sentenced to a fine of $6 million, of which $1
      million was to be given to certain educational institutions for
      the purpose of establishing courses and seminars on business
      ethics.    

               (ii)  In July and August 1990, the company was named as
      a defendant in two class actions filed in the California state
      court in San Francisco on behalf of a class of indirect
      purchasers of architectural hinges in California alleging the
      company and others with violations of the California antitrust
      statute.  On December 18, 1991 and February 18, 1992, the
      defendants in these California actions entered into a classwide
      settlement agreement with the plaintiff class representatives. 
      On April 30, 1992, the California state court granted the
      plaintiff's motion for final approval of the class action
      settlements and dismissed the two class actions with prejudice.  
      On December 19, 1991, the company was named as a defendant in a
      third civil action filed in the California state court in Los
      Angeles purporting to sue on behalf of a class of indirect
      purchasers of architectural hinges in California for alleged
      violation of the California antitrust statute.  The plaintiff
      subsequently agreed to participate in, and be bound by, the
      settlement in the San Francisco actions, and to dismiss the Los
      Angeles case voluntarily.  

          3(c) On or about June 21, 1991, a putative class action
      complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District
      of Connecticut naming the company and its directors as
      defendants.  On May 14, 1992, the plaintiffs filed an amended
      complaint, and on or about October 19, 1992, the plaintiffs filed
      a third amended complaint, alleging that (i) the company's proxy
      statement for its 1991 annual meeting violated the federal proxy
      rules by failing to disclose in connection with shareholder
      approval of the company's 1990 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock
      Option Plan"), among other things, the existence of Newell Co.'s 

                                     -7-<PAGE>


<PAGE>


      ("Newell") interest in the company and certain discussions
      between Newell and the company's representatives, (ii) the
      director defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the
      company's shareholders by approving the Stock Option Plan and the
      transactions announced on June 7, 1991 solely to thwart a
      combination with Newell, (iii) the director defendants wasted
      corporate assets by, among other things, authorizing the
      prosecution of litigation against Newell, (iv) the director
      defendants wrongfully approved the sale of the company's Common
      Stock to the Employee Stock Ownership Plans ("ESOPs") on June 7,
      1991 without previously disclosing that Newell had made a filing
      under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976
      ("Hart-Scott") and (v) the director defendants failed to maximize
      shareholder values by approving transactions that would thwart
      Newell or any other potential acquiror of the company.

               In an opinion and order dated October 26, 1992, the
      court certified the plaintiffs' federal proxy claims to proceed
      on behalf of a class composed of (1) all current shareholders of
      the company, and (2) all company shareholders of record as of
      February 8, 1991 who were entitled to vote at the 1991 Annual
      Meeting of Shareholders or their successors in interest.  The
      court declined to certify the plaintiffs' state law claims
      because these claims were now brought derivatively on behalf of
      the company.

               On June 3, 1993, the court granted final approval to an
      agreement between the parties to settle the class and derivative
      action, and the case was dismissed with prejudice.

          3(d) From time to time Mac Tools, Inc., a wholly owned
      subsidiary of the company ("Mac Tools") has been sued by former
      distributors of Mac Tools alleging breach of contract, breach of
      fiduciary duty, intentional infliction of emotional distress and
      fraud, and claims based on state unfair trade practices, business
      opportunity and franchise laws, and seeking compensatory and
      punitive damages.  In 1991, a jury in such a suit, awarded the
      plaintiff former distributor compensatory damages of $40,000 and
      punitive damages of $500,000; in 1992, a jury in such a suit,
      awarded $129,000 in compensatory damages and $2.2 million in
      punitive damages.  

               As of the end of 1991 there were 22 such cases pending. 
      During 1992, 38 suits were commenced against Mac Tools and 11
      suits were terminated by settlement, judgment or otherwise.  As
      of the end of 1992, there were 49 such suits pending.  During
      1993, 32 suits were commenced against Mac Tools, Inc. and 17
      suits were terminated by settlement, judgment or otherwise.  As
      of the end of 1993, there were 64 such suits pending.  
         
               The results for 1993 include a fourth quarter charge of
      $15 million to reflect both the late January 1994 settlement of

                                     -8-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      132 filed and threatened lawsuits by former distributors against
      Mac Tools and the accrual of reserves to cover unsettled and
      potential claims.  After these settlements, there were four
      claims outstanding.  The company has taken steps to improve its
      relationship with its distributors and an ombudsman program has
      been established to provide liaison with former distributors. 
      Management believes that these actions will reduce the number and
      size of future settlements and expenses related to this kind of
      litigation and that any such expenses will not have a material
      adverse effect on the company's financial position, results of
      operations or liquidity. 

          3(e) In May 1988, the U.S. Customs Service (the "Customs
      Service") initiated an investigation of possible violations of
      the country-of-origin marking provisions of the U.S. customs laws
      by National Hand Tool Corporation (then a wholly owned subsidiary
      and presently a division of the company) ("NHT").  Section 304 of
      the Tariff Act of 1930, 19 U.S.C. Section 1304, requires that foreign-
      made goods be marked with their country of origin.

               The investigation focused on two types of alleged
      activity that they claim began prior to the company's acquisition
      of NHT in December 1986 and continued until August 1988.  One is
      that NHT personnel are claimed to have removed country-of-origin
      marks from certain hand tools and components (including
      screwdriver shanks, mallets and prybars) that had been imported
      by NHT for assembly and resale.  The other is the alleged failure
      to place foreign origin markings on finished sockets and
      components for socket wrench sets that NHT made from imported
      forgings.  

               On March 2, 1993, the U.S. government instituted an
      action against the company in the United States Court of
      International Trade alleging that NHT had engaged in the
      intentional removal of country-of-origin marks from imported
      screwdrivers, mallets and prybars and failed to place country-of-
      origin markings on forgings that it imported for manufacture into
      sockets and other socket wrench components during the period from
      December 31, 1986 through August 10, 1988.  The suit claimed that
      by these actions the company perpetrated a fraud and effectuated
      the illegal entry of the imported articles into the United States
      in violation of 19 U.S.C. Section 1592, and sought $7,113,951 in civil
      penalties and $592,730 in additional marking duties.  At issue
      were 146 entries, eight of which were of screwdrivers, mallets
      and prybars and 138 of which were of sockets and socket wrench
      parts. 

               The company moved to dismiss this action on various
      grounds, including a failure by Customs to adhere to statutorily
      mandated procedures that are preconditions for judicial actions
      for penalties.  On December 20, 1993, the Court granted the
      company's motion and dismissed the suit, holding that Customs had

                                     -9-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      failed to exhaust its administrative remedies and had denied the
      company a reasonable opportunity to be heard at the
      administrative level.  On February 16, 1994 the U.S. government
      commenced an appeal of this decision.  


          Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

          No matter was submitted during the fourth quarter of the
      Registrant's last fiscal year to a vote of security holders.











































                                     -10-<PAGE>


<PAGE>


          Executive Officers.  The following is a list of the executive officers
      of the Registrant:

                                                                        Elected
      Name, Age, Birthdate               Office                        to Office

                                                                                
   J. S. Amtmann (46)   Vice President, Corporate Marketing          7/1/93 
          (10/10/47)         Development.  Joined Stanley in 1969;
                             1984 President and General Manager,
                             Home Automation; 1988 President and
                             General Manager, Mac Tools; 1992 Vice 
                             President, Corporate Marketing 
                             Development.

   R. H. Ayers (51)     Chairman, President and Chief Executive      4/19/89   
          (10/12/42)         Officer.  Joined Stanley in 1972; 
                             1985 Chief Operating Officer and 
                             President; 1987 President and Chief
                             Executive Officer.

   B. Bennett (50)      Vice President, Human Resources.  Joined     7/1/92
          (6/4/43)           Stanley in 1984 as Taylor Rental Train- 
                             ing Manager; 1990 Director, Organi-
                             zation Development; 1991 Vice President, 
                             Human Resources, Stanley Access 
                             Technologies.

   J. P. Callahan (48)  Vice President, Taxes.  Joined Stanley       1/1/90
          (12/10/45)         in 1978; 1979 Director of Corporate
                             Taxes.

   T. K. Clarke (62)    Vice President, Corporate Development.       5/1/82
          (1/21/32)

   J. B. Gustafson (50) Vice President, Information Systems.         1/1/90
          (5/10/43)          Joined Stanley in 1977; 1986 Director
                             of Information Systems.

   R. Huck (49)         Vice President, Finance and Chief            7/1/93
          (2/22/45)          Financial Officer.  Joined Stanley 
                             in 1970; 1987 Controller, Stanley Tools;
                             1990 Vice President and Controller.

   R. A. Hunter (47)    President and Chief Operating Officer.       7/1/93   
          (12/15/46)         Joined Stanley in 1974.  1987 Vice 
                             President, Finance and Chief Financial 
                             Officer.





                                          -11- <PAGE>
 


<PAGE>







                                                                      Elected
    Name, Age, Birthdate             Office                           to Office



   T. F. Prime (38)     Vice President and Controller.  Joined        7/1/93
          (9/9/55)           Stanley in 1989 from Ernst & Young, 
                             certified public accountants; 1989 
                             Director of Consolidations and 
                             Accounting Services; 1990 Director of 
                             Accounting and Financial Reporting.


   S. S. Weddle (55)    Vice President, General Counsel               1/1/88
          (11/9/38)          and Secretary.  






      Executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  
      Unless otherwise indicated, each officer has had the same position with 
      the Registrant for five years.
























                                          -12-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                                   Part II


               Item 5.  Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and
      Related Stockholder Matters.  Registrant incorporates by
      reference the "Shareholders of record at end of year" from pages
      16 and 17 and the "Investor Information" on page 33 of its Annual
      Report to shareholders for the year ended January 1, 1994.

               Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.  Registrant
      incorporates by reference pages 16 and 17 of its Annual Report to
      shareholders for the year ended January 1, 1994.

               Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of
      Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  Registrant
      incorporates by reference pages 18 through 20 of its Annual
      Report to shareholders for the year ended January 1, 1994.

               Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
      The consolidated financial statements and report of independent
      auditors included on pages 21 to 31 and page 14, respectively, of
      the Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended January 1,
      1994 are incorporated herein by reference.

               Item 9.  Disagreements on Accounting and Financial
      Disclosure.  None.


                                   Part III


               Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the
      Registrant.  Registrant incorporates by reference pages 2 to 6 of
      its definitive Proxy Statement, dated March 9, 1994.

               Item 11.  Executive Compensation.  Registrant
      incorporates by reference the material captioned "Executive
      Compensation" on pages 6, 8 to 15 of its definitive Proxy
      Statement, dated March 9, 1994.

               Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
      Owners and Management.  Registrant incorporates by reference the
      material captioned "Security Ownership" on pages 6 and 7 of its
      definitive Proxy Statement, dated March 9, 1994.

               Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related
      Transactions.  None.






                                     -13-<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                                   PART IV

               Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and
      Reports on Form 8-K.

          14(a)  Index to documents filed as part of this report:

           1. and 2.  Financial Statements and Financial Statement
      Schedules.

      The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a
      separate section of this report (see page F-1).

           3. Exhibits

      See Exhibit Index on page E-1.



           14(b)     The following reports on Form 8-K were filed       
                     during the last quarter of the period covered by   
                     this report:


              Date of Report                  Items Reported


           1. October 20, 1993           Press release dated October    
                                         20, 1993 announcing third      
                                         quarter results.

           2. October 27, 1993           Press release dated October    
                                         27, 1993 announcing the        
                                         election of a new director.

           3. November 17, 1993          Press release dated November   
                                         17, 1993 announcing fourth     
                                         quarter dividend.














                                     -14-<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
      Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this
      report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
      authorized.
                                        THE STANLEY WORKS

                                        By /s/Richard H. Ayers        
                                           Richard H. Ayers, Chairman 
                                           and Chief Executive Officer
      March 2, 1994

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
      1934, this report has been signed below on March 2, 1994 by the
      following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities
      indicated.

      /s/Richard H. Ayers               /s/Eileen S. Kraus            
      Richard H. Ayers, Chairman,       Eileen S. Kraus, Director
      Chief Executive Officer and
      Director      
                                        /s/Gerald A. Lamb                  
                                        Gerald A. Lamb, Director
      /s/Richard Huck              
      Richard Huck, Vice President,
      Finance and Chief Financial       /s/George A. Lorch             
      Officer                           George A. Lorch, Director


      /s/Theresa F. Prime               /s/Walter J. McNerney         
      Theresa F. Prime, Vice President  Walter J. McNerney, Director
      and Controller (Chief Accounting 
      Officer)

                                        /s/Gertrude G. Michelson       
      /s/Merle H. Banta                 Gertrude G. Michelson, Director
      Merle H. Banta, Director

        
      /s/Stillman B. Brown              /s/John S. Scott              
      Stillman B. Brown, Director       John S. Scott, Director         


      /s/Edgar R. Fiedler               /s/Hugo E. Uyterhoeven         
      Edgar R. Fiedler, Director        Hugo E. Uyterhoeven, Director


      /s/James G. Kaiser                /s/Alfred W. Van Sinderen     
      James G. Kaiser, Director         Alfred W. Van Sinderen, Director


                                        /s/Walter W. Williams         
                                        Walter W. Williams, Director

                                      -15-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      FORM 10-K--ITEM 14(a) (1) and (2)

      THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES

      INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

          The following consolidated financial statements and report of
      independent auditors of The Stanley Works and subsidiaries, included
      in the Annual Report of the Registrant to its shareholders for the
      fiscal year ended January 1, 1994, are incorporated by reference in
      Item 8:

          Report of Independent Auditors

          Consolidated Statements of Earnings--fiscal years ended January
      1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991.

          Consolidated Balance Sheets--January 1, 1994 and January 2,
      1993.

          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--fiscal years ended
      January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991.

          Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders'
      Equity--fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and
      December 28, 1991.

          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

          The following consolidated financial statement schedules of The
      Stanley Works and subsidiaries are included in Item 14(d):



          F-4,5     Schedule V--Property, Plant and Equipment

          F-6       Schedule VI--Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion, and
                       Amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment

          F-7       Schedule VIII--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

          F-8       Schedule IX--Short-Term Borrowings

          F-9       Schedule X--Supplementary Income Statement Information


          All other schedules for which provision is made in the
      applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange
      Commission are not required under the related instructions or are
      inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.




                                       F-1<PAGE>


<PAGE>



      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


      We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report
      (Form 10-K) of The Stanley Works of our report dated January 31,
      1994, included in the 1993 Annual Report to Shareholders of The
      Stanley Works.

      Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement
      schedules of The Stanley Works listed in Item 14(a).  These
      schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our
      responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.  In our
      opinion, the financial statement schedules referred to above, when
      considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
      whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set
      forth therein.

      We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the following
      registration statements of our report dated January 31, 1994, with
      respect to the consolidated financial statements incorporated herein
      by reference, and our report included in the preceding paragraph
      with respect to the consolidated financial statement schedules
      included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The Stanley Works.

          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-93025)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-96778)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-97283)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-16669)
          Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-12853)
          Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-19930)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-30623)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-30629)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-39553)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-41611)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-41612)
          Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-46212)
          Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-47889)



                                                       ERNST & YOUNG


      Hartford, Connecticut
      March 29, 1994







                                       F-2<PAGE>

<PAGE>





      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


      We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following
      registration statements pertaining to the Savings Plan for Salaried
      Employees of The Stanley Works of our report dated March 18, 1994,
      with respect to the financial statements and schedules of the
      Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works for the
      year ended December 31, 1993 included in this Annual Report (Form
      10-K) as Exhibit 99(i) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994.

          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-97283)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-30629)
          Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-41612)




                                             ERNST & YOUNG


      Hartford, Connecticut
      March 29, 1994



























                                     F-3(i)<PAGE>

<PAGE>





      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


      We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following
      registration statements pertaining to the Savings Plan for Hourly
      Paid Employees of The Stanley Works of our report dated March 18,
      1994, with respect to the financial statements and schedules of the
      Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works for the
      year ended December 31, 1993 included in this Annual Report (Form
      10-K) as Exhibit 99(ii) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994.

               Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-96778)
               Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-30623)
               Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-41611)




                                             ERNST & YOUNG


      Hartford, Connecticut
      March 29, 1994



























                                     F-3(ii) <PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                        SCHEDULE V - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                            THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991                              
                                               (In Millions of Dollars)
<CAPTION>

               COL. A                  COL. B        COL. C        COL. D        COL. E        COL. F                               
                                    Balance at    Additions at                  Other Changes  Balance   
                                  Beginning of      Cost                        Add(Deduct)     at End of
          CLASSIFICATION            Period           (2)          Retirements    Describe(1)     Period

  Fiscal year ended January 1, 1994:

     <S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>    
     Land                           $       30.7  $        2.7  $       (0.7) $       (0.3) $       32.4 
     Buildings                             221.5          17.2          (3.9)         (3.1)        239.7
     Machinery and equipment               828.6          57.6         (33.2)         (3.1)        846.9
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $    1,088.8  $       77.5  $      (37.8) $       (9.5) $    1,119.0
                                    =====================================================================
        
  Fiscal year ended January 2, 1993:

     Land                           $       30.1  $        2.3  $       (1.2) $       (0.5) $       30.7   
     Buildings                             217.8          17.8          (2.9)         (3.2)        229.5
     Machinery and equipment               797.6          70.4         (20.0)        (19.4)        828.6
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $    1,045.5  $       90.5  $      (24.1) $      (23.1) $    1,088.8
                                    ====================================================================

  Fiscal year ended December 28, 1991:

     Land                           $       23.5  $        7.2  $       (0.6) $        0.0  $       30.1 
     Buildings                             203.4          16.2          (2.9)          1.1         217.8    
     Machinery and equipment               752.5          68.7         (22.7)         (0.9)        797.6      
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $      979.4  $       92.1  $      (26.2) $        0.2  $    1,045.5  
                                    =====================================================================
<FN>
  Note:  (1)  Foreign currency translation adjustments and reclassifications between categories.         
         (2)  Additions in 1993, 1992 and 1991 include $8.8, $25.0, and $28.7 respectively,
              related to acquisitions described in Note B to the consolidated financial statements.
              Other additions for the years shown consist principally of expenditures for productivity
              improvements and expansion for production facilities.                               
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                  SCHEDULE V - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                         THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991


<CAPTION>

                  COL. A                   COL. B        COL. C        COL. D        COL. E        COL. F                           
                                        Balance at     Additions                   Other Changes   Balance 
                                      Beginning of     at Cost                      Add(Deduct)    at End of
              CLASSIFICATION            Period           (2)         Retirements    Describe (1)    Period


    Depreciation rates for financial accounting purposes are based, in general,
     on the following estimated lives:


                                                       United States                 Foreign
                                                        Companies                   Companies
                                                       ------------                ------------

    <S>                                                  <C>                       <C>   
    Factory buildings                                    15-50 years               15-50 years
    Land and Building improvements                        4-40 years                5-50 years
    Leasehold improvements                                   2 years to                2 years to 
                                                               life of lease             life of lease              
    Tools, machinery and equipment                        2-30 years                2-25 years
    Furniture and office equipment                        3-20 years                2-20 years
    Automobiles                                           2- 7 years                2- 7 years
    Trucks                                                3-10 years                3- 7 years
    Airplane                                                 7 years











                                                      F - 5 <PAGE>
 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                       SCHEDULE VI - ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION
                                       OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                      THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991                                    

<CAPTION>

              COL. A                 COL. B        COL. C        COL. D        COL. E        COL. F                                 
                                  Balance at     Additions                    Other Changes   Balance             
                                 Beginning       Charged to    Retirements     Add(Deduct)    at End of
        CLASSIFICATION            of Period   Cost and Expenses               Describe (1)     Period            

  Fiscal year ended January 1, 1994:

     <S>                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>     
     Buildings                    $       73.0  $        7.1  $       (0.9) $       (0.4) $       78.8     
     Machinery and equipment             449.2          56.0  $      (27.9) $       (3.6) $      473.7           
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $      522.2  $       63.1  $      (28.8) $       (4.0) $      552.5
                                  ======================================================================
  Fiscal year ended January 2, 1993:

     Buildings                    $       67.9  $        6.4  $       (1.1) $       (0.2) $       73.0    
     Machinery and equipment             415.9          56.0         (15.4)         (7.3)        449.2         
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $      483.8  $       62.4  $      (16.5) $       (7.5) $      522.2             
                                  ======================================================================   
  Fiscal year ended December 28, 1991:

     Buildings                    $       62.7  $        5.7  $       (1.1) $        0.6  $       67.9   
     Machinery and equipment             378.4          55.7         (18.5)          0.3         415.9       
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------    
                                  $      441.1  $       61.4  $      (19.6) $        0.9  $      483.8            
                                  ======================================================================     
<FN>
Note:(1)Foreign currency translation adjustments and reclassifications between
 categories.

</TABLE>                                            F - 6 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                     SCHEDULE VIII - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                        THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993, and December 28, 1991
                                            (In Millions of Dollars)
<CAPTION>
  
                 COL.  A                COL.  B            COL.  C             COL.  D     COL.  E                                  
                                                          ADDITIONS
                                                        (1)           (2)
                                        Balance at    Charged       Charged     Deductions   Balance  
               Description              Beginning     to Costs      to Other    -Describe      at End             
                                        of Period    and Expenses   Accounts                 of Period      

      Fiscal year ended January 1, 1994:
       Reserves and allowances
        deducted from asset
         accounts:
          Allowance for
           doubtful accounts:
     <S>                                   <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>
              Current                        $22.9        $12.7         $1.6 (C)   $18.4 (A)    $24.8             
                                                           (0.1) (B)     6.1 (D)                           
              Noncurrent                       0.0                                                0.0             

      Fiscal year ended January 2, 1993:
       Reserves and allowances
        deducted from asset
         accounts:
          Allowance for
           doubtful accounts:
                Current                      $17.6        $12.0         $1.1 (C)    $9.5 (A)    $22.9                               
                                                           (0.5) (B)     2.2 (D)    
                Noncurrent                     3.8                                   3.8 (D)      0.0     

  Fiscal year ended December 28, 1991:
       Reserves and allowances
        deducted from asset
         accounts:
          Allowance for
           doubtful accounts:
                Current                      $14.7         $7.4         $1.6 (C)    $6.0 (A)    $17.6                               
                                                           (0.1) (B)   
                Noncurrent                     4.9          0.7          0.4 (D)     2.2 (A)      3.8 
<FN>     
      Notes:   (A)  Represents doubtful accounts charged off, less recoveries of
                      accounts previously charged off.
               (B)  Represents foreign currency translation adjustments.
               (C)  Represents opening balances related to acquired companies.
               (D)  Represents net transfers from other accounts.

                                                    F - 7 <PAGE>
 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                       SCHEDULE IX--SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
                                       THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993, and December 28, 1991
                                            (In Millions of Dollars)

<CAPTION>
                      Col. A              Col. B     Col. C      Col. D      Col. E      Col. F                          

                                                                Maximum     Average     Weighted                                    
                                                    Weighted     Amount     Amount       Average                    
CATEGORY OF AGGREGATE                     Balance    Average   Outstanding  Outstanding  Interest rate     
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS                    at End of   Interest   During the   During the   During the      
                                          Period      Rate        Period       Period      Period              
                                                                              (2)          (3)                


   Fiscal year ended January 1, 1994:

   <S>                                       <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>
      Notes payable to banks  (1)            $42.3        4.6%      $89.0       $75.4          4.5%       


   Fiscal year ended January 2, 1993:

       Notes payable to banks  (1)           $20.2        6.6%      $98.7       $62.5          5.0%       


    Fiscal year ended December 28, 1991:

       Notes payable to banks  (1)            $9.6       13.0%      $14.8       $10.3         17.3%    

<FN>
 Notes:        (1)  Notes payable to banks represent borrowings under lines of
                    credit agreements and commercial paper.

               (2) The average amount outstanding during the period was computed
                   by dividing the total of daily outstanding principal balances
                   during the year by the number of days in the year.

               (3) The weighted average interest rate during the period was
                   computed by dividing the actual interest expense on short-
                   term notes payable to banks by the average short-term notes
                   payable outstanding.


</TABLE>
                                                        F - 8 <PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                SCHEDULE X-SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
                        THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
      Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993, and December 28, 1991
                              (In Millions of Dollars)

<CAPTION>
                    COL. A                             COL. B

                     ITEM                   Charged to Costs and Expenses    



                                             1993        1992        1991

      <S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
      Maintenance and repairs                $51.9       $50.7       $43.8



      Advertising costs                       52.3        54.2        48.2



<FN>
      Note:  Amounts for depreciation and amortization of intangible assets,
                royalties and the individual components of "taxes, other than
                payroll and income taxes" are not presented, as such amounts
                are less than 1% of total sales and revenues.


</TABLE>











                                         F - 9<PAGE>


<PAGE>




                                 EXHIBIT LIST



      (3)  (i)        Restated Certificate of Incorporation             
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(i) to   
                      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended   
                      June 30, 1990)

           (ii)       By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit     
                      (3)(i) to Current Report on Form 8-K dated        
                      September 1, 1993)

      (4)  (i)        Indenture defining the rights of holders of 9-    
                      1/4% Sinking Fund Debentures Due 2016, 7-3/8%     
                      Notes Due December 15, 2002 and 9% Notes due 1998 
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to     
                      Registration Statement No. 33-4344 filed March    
                      27, 1986)

           (ii)       First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June    
                      15, 1992 between the company and Shawmut Bank     
                      Connecticut, National Association (formerly known 
                      as The Connecticut National Bank) (incorporated   
                      by reference to Exhibit (4)(c) to Registration    
                      Statement No. 33-46212 filed July 21, 1992)

                 (a)  Certificate of Designated Officers establishing   
                      Terms of 9-1/4% Sinking Fund Debentures           
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(4)(ii)  
                      to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter      
                      ended March 29, 1986)

                 (b)  Certificate of Designated Officers establishing   
                      Terms of 9% Notes (incorporated by reference to   
                      Exhibit (4)(i)(c) to Annual Report on Form 10-K   
                      for year ended January 2, 1988)

                 (c)  Certificate of Designated Officers establishing   
                      Terms of 7-3/8% Notes Due December 15, 2002       
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(ii) to  
                      Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7,      
                      1992)
       
           (iii) (a)  Rights Agreement, dated February 26, 1986         
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to        
                      Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated March    
                      18, 1986)



                                     E-1-<PAGE>

<PAGE>






      (4)  (iii) (b)  Rights Agreement Amendment, dated December 16,    
                      1987 to the rights agreement dated February 26,   
                      1986 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to   
                      Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 
                      31, 1987)

                 (c)  Rights Agreement Amendment No. 2, dated July 20,  
                      1990 to the Rights Agreement dated as of February 
                      26, 1986, as amended December 16, 1987            
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) (4) (i) 
                      to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter      
                      ended June 30, 1990)

                 (d)  Rights Agreement Amendment No. 3, dated October   
                      24, 1991 to the Rights Agreement dated as of      
                      February 26, 1986, as amended December 16, 1987   
                      and July 20, 1990 (incorporated by reference to   
                      Exhibit (4)(i) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q   
                      for quarter ended September 28, 1991) 

           (iv)       Facility Agreement providing for the DFL          
                      100,000,000 borrowing by Stanley-Bostitch, S.A.,  
                      S.I.C.F.O.-Stanley S.A., and Societe de           
                      Fabrications Bostitch S.A., guaranteed by The     
                      Stanley Works, dated March 22, 1991 (incorporated 
                      by reference to Exhibit (4)(i) to Quarterly       
                      Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 29,    
                      1991)

           (v)        Credit Agreement, effective January 1, 1988, with 
                      Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association    
                      (formerly known as The Connecticut National Bank) 
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(v) to   
                      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended   
                      June 29, 1991)

           (vi)       Credit Agreement, effective June 1, 1991, with    
                      Mellon Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to   
                      Exhibit (4)(vi) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q  
                      for quarter ended June 29, 1991)

           (vii)      Credit Agreements, dated as of April 1, 1992,     
                      with seven banks (incorporated by reference to    
                      Exhibit (4) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for  
                      quarter ended March 28, 1992) 

                 (a)  Agreements extending the termination date of the  
                      Credit Agreements to April 1, 1996


                                     E-2-<PAGE>


<PAGE>


      (4)  (viii)     Credit Agreement, dated August 25, 1993, between  
                      Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A. and         
                      Citibank N.A. guaranteed by The Stanley Works.

           (ix)       Credit Agreement, dated August 25, 1993, between  
                      Stanley-Bostitch, S.A. and Citibank N.A.          
                      guaranteed by The Stanley Works.

           (x)        Credit Agreement, dated August 25, 1993, between  
                      S.I.C.F.O. - Stanley S.A. and Citibank N.A.       
                      guaranteed by The Stanley Works.

      (10) (i)        Executive Agreements (incorporated by reference   
                      to Exhibit 10(i) to Annual Report on Form 10-K    
                      for year ended January 3, 1987)*

           (ii)       Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee       
                      Directors as amended December 20, 1989            
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ii) to   
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended         
                      December 30, 1989)*

           (iii)      1978 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated 
                      by reference to Exhibit 10(iii) to Annual Report  
                      on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1988)*

           (iv)       Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in    
                      Stanley's 1978 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan     
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(iv) to 
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended         
                      December 31, 1988)*

           (v)        1988 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated 
                      by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to Annual Report on 
                      Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1988)*

          (vi)        Management Incentive Compensation Plan            
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(vi) to   
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended         
                      December 31, 1988)*

          (vii)       Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in    
                      Stanley's Management Incentive Plans as amended   
                      December 2, 1992 (incorporated by reference to    
                      Exhibit 10(vii) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
                      year ended January 2, 1993)* 

          (viii)      Restated Supplemental Pension Plan for Salaried   
                      Employees of The Stanley Works effective as of    
                      January 1, 1993*

      *      Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement

                                     E-3-<PAGE>

<PAGE>



      (10) (ix)       Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 13, 1988      
                      between the Savings and Retirement Trust for      
                      Salaried Employees and Wachovia Bank and Trust    
                      Company N.A. and related Guaranty dated as of May 
                      13, 1988 from The Stanley Works to Wachovia Bank  
                      and Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by          
                      reference to Exhibit 10(x) to Annual Report on    
                      Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1988)

           (x)        Loan and Guarantee Agreement dated as of June 6,  
                      1989 among The Stanley Works Savings Trust for    
                      Hourly Paid Employees, The Stanley Works and      
                      Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, N.A.,            
                      Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company and   
                      The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company       
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to    
                      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended   
                      July 1, 1989)

          (xi)        Loan and Guarantee Agreement dated as of June 6,  
                      1989 among The Stanley Works Savings and          
                      Retirement Trust, The Stanley Works and Wachovia  
                      Bank and Trust Company, N.A., Massachusetts       
                      Mutual Life Insurance Company, The Lincoln        
                      National Life Insurance Company, First Penn-      
                      Pacific Life Insurance Company, Security-         
                      Connecticut Life Insurance Company- Universal     
                      Life, Lincoln National Life Reinsurance Company   
                      and American States Life Insurance Company-       
                      Universal Life (incorporated by reference to      
                      Exhibit (10)(ii) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
                      for quarter ended July 1, 1989)

          (xii)       Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of        
                      December 1, 1993, among THE STANLEY WORKS, MAC    
                      TOOLS, INC., STANLEY BOSTITCH, INC., the          
                      PURCHASERS listed on the signature pages hereof,  
                      and WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL            
                      ASSOCIATION, as Agent. 

           (xiii)(a)  The Stanley Works Non-Employee Directors' Benefit 
                      Trust Agreement dated December 27, 1989 and       
                      amended as of January 1, 1991 by and between The  
                      Stanley Works and Connecticut National Bank       
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit             
                      (10)(xvii)(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for   
                      year ended December 29, 1990)






                                     E-4-<PAGE>

<PAGE>





      (10) (xiii)(b)  The Stanley Works Employees' Benefit Trust        
                      Agreement dated December 27, 1989 and amended as  
                      of January 1, 1991 by and between The Stanley     
                      Works and Connecticut National Bank (incorporated 
                      by reference to Exhibit (10)(xvii)(b) to Annual   
                      Report on Form 10-K for year ended December       
                      29,1990)

           (xiv)      1990 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference 
                      to Exhibit (10)(xviii) to Annual Report on Form   
                      10-K for year ended December 29, 1990)*

           (xv)       Term Note, dated as of June 7, 1991, by State     
                      Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee for the 
                      Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The        
                      Stanley Works, to Stanley Works Funding           
                      Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
                      (10)(xxi) to Current Report on Form 8-K dated     
                      June 7, 1991)

           (xvi)      Term Note, dated as of June 7, 1991, by State     
                      Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee for the 
                      Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The     
                      Stanley Works, to Stanley Works Funding           
                      Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
                      (10)(xxii) to Current Report on Form 8-K dated    
                      June 7, 1991)

           (xvii)     Master Leasing Agreement, dated September 1, 1992 
                      between BLC Corporation and The Stanley Works     
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to  
                      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended   
                      September 26, 1992) 

      (11)            Statement re computation of per share earnings

      (12)            Statement re computation of ratio of earnings to  
                      fixed charges

      (13)            Annual Report to shareholders for year ended      
                      January 1, 1994

      (21)            Subsidiaries of Registrant

      (23)            Consents of Independent Auditors (at page F-2, F- 
                      3(i) and F-3(ii))


      *      Management contract or compensation
             plan or arrangement

                                     E-5-<PAGE>

<PAGE>







      (99) (i)        Financial Statements and report of independent    
                      auditors for the year ended December 31, 1993, of 
                      the Savings Plan for Salaried Employees

           (ii)       Financial Statements and report of independent    
                      auditors for the year ended December 31, 1993, of 
                      the Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees

           (iii)      Policy on Confidential Proxy Voting and           
                      Independent Tabulation and Inspection of          
                      Elections as adopted by The Board of Directors    
                      October 23, 1991 (incorporated by reference to    
                      Exhibit (28)(i) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q  
                      for quarter ended September 28, 1991)

           (iv)       Description of Capital Stock (incorporated by     
                      reference to Exhibit 28(iv) to Annual Report on   
                      Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 1993)































                                     E-6- <PAGE>


<PAGE> 





                                                       Exhibit (4)(vii)(a)

                                                               J.P. MORGAN

                                Stephen J. Kenneally
                                  Vice President 
                     Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
                                  60 Wall Street
                          New York, New York 10260-0060
                               Tel:  212-648-7012






         March 5, 1993


         Craig A. Douglas
         Director, Corporate Finance
         The Stanley Works
         1000 Stanley Drive
         New Britain, Ct. 06053

         Dear Craig:

         Morgan Guarantee Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") agrees to
         extend the Termination Date of the Credit Agreement Between The
         Stanley Works and Morgan dated April 1, 1992 to April 1, 1996.

         Sincerely,





         /s/ Stephen J. Kenneally<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                       WACHOVIA


                           Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A.
                                Post Office Box 4148
                               Atlanta, Georgia 30302




         March 8, 1993

         Mr. Craig A. Douglas
         Director, Corporate Finance
         The Stanley Works
         1000 Stanley Drive
         New Britain, CT 06053

                                     Re:  Extension of Termination Date of  
                                          the Credit Agreement Between The  
                                          Stanley Works as Borrower and     
                                          Wachovia Bank of Georgia as       
                                          Lender Dated as of April 1, 1992


         Dear Craig:

         Pursuant to Section 2.14 of the subject credit agreement, Wachovia
         Bank of Georgia, N.A. agrees to extend by one year to April 1,
         1996, the Termination Date of the subject credit agreement.

         Sincerely,


         /s/ Robert F. Kennedy
         Robert F. Kennedy
         Assistant Vice President<PAGE>



<PAGE>

         BNP                 BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
                        499 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10022



                                           Swift Address:     BNPAUS3NB
                                           Telephone:    (212) 750-1400
                                           Telex:        82759
                                           Fax No:       (212) 415-9696


         March 19, 1993

         The Stanley Works
         1000 Stanley Drive
         New Britain, CT 06050

         Gentlemen:

         RE:     Amendment #1 to the Credit Agreement Dated 4/1/92

         Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated 4/1/92 between
         your company, as Borrower, and our bank, as Lender.  In this
         connection we hereby amendment the Credit Agreement as follows:

         1)   In the definition "Termination Date" on page 12 of the Credit 
              Agreement the word "third" is hereby changed to read          
              "fourth".

         2)   The Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, remains in full      
              force and effect.

         Please sign and return to us a copy of this letter confirming your
         agreement to this Amendment.

         Very truly yours,


         AGREED AND ACCEPTED

         THE STANLEY WORKS                     BANQUE NATIONAL DE PARIS


         BY /s/ R. Alan Hunter                  BY /s/ Judith Domkowski
         Name:  R. Alan Hunter                  Name:  Judith Domkowski
         Title:  Vice President,                Title: Vice President
                 Finance and Chief
                 Financial Officer              BY /s/ Eric Vigne 
                                                Name:  Eric Vigne
                                                Title:  Sr. Vice President


         World Headquarters: 16, Boulevard Des Italiens, 75009 Paris,
         France<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                                                       ROYAL BANK
                                                       OF CANADA
                                                                            
               
                                                       U.S.A. Headquarters
                                                       Financial Square
                                                       New York, New York   
                                                       10005-3531

                                                       (212) 428-6200




                                                  March 24, 1993


         Mr. Craig A. Douglas
         Director, Corporate Finance
         The Stanley Works
         1000 Stanley Drive
         New Britain, CT 06053

         RE:    $30MM RBC Bi-lateral Facility

         Dear Craig:

         Please accept this letter as confirmation that the termination
         date for the above noted facility has been extended for an
         additional year to April 1, 1996.

                                               Regards,


                                               /s/ Sheryl L. Greenberg
                                               Sheryl L. Greenberg
                                               Manager
                                               Corporate Banking East<PAGE>


<PAGE>


         Citibank, N.A.       399 Park Avenue
                              New York, NY
                              10043                       CITIBANK


         January 3, 1994


         Craig Douglas
         Director of Corporate Finance
         The Stanley Works
         1000 Stanley Drive
         New Britain, Connecticut 06050

         Dear Craig,

         This letter is to confirm our understanding and approval that
         pursuant to section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement dated April 1,
         1992 ("Credit Agreement"), the Termination Date of the Credit
         Agreement has been extended by exactly one year from April 1, 1995
         to a new maturity date of April 1, 1996.

         All other terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are the
         same and remain in full force, unless otherwise amended and
         approved by The Stanley Works and the The Lenders.



         Yours truly,

         /s/ Paolo de Alessandrini
         Paolo de Alessandrini
         Vice President
         Citibank, N.A. Attorney-in-fact<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                                     BARCLAYS

                                 BARCLAYS BANK PLC
                           International Corporate Group
                   P.O. Box No. 544, 54 Lombard Street, London EC3V 9EX
                            Telephone: 071-621-1888


         Mr. C.A. Douglas,                       Your Ref:   MJD/TW
         Director,                               Our Ref:    4438
         Corporate Finance                       Ext. No.:
         The Stanley Works                               Ref: 023417
         1000 Stanley Drive,
         New Britain, 
         CT 06053,
         U.S.A.

                                            1 April 1993.


         Dear Craig,

           CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE STANLEY WORKS AND BARCLAYS BANK
           PLC DATED 1 APRIL 1992

         We are pleased to confirm our earlier verbal approval 
         (Gray/Cronauer) that we have obtained credit approval to 
         extend the Termination Date of the above agreement 1 April 
         1996, pursuant to Section 2.14 of the agreement.

         We look forward to continuing to be of service to The Stanely
         Works.

         Yours sincerely,
                         

         /s/ Jonathan L. Gray
         JONATHAN L. GRAY
         CORPORATE MANAGER
         NORTH AMERICAN CORPORATE TEAM
         INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE GROUP





         Facsimile: 071-626 2145/071-588 8210  Telex: 418139 Answerback
         BARCGB G <PAGE>
 



<PAGE>


                                                          EXHIBIT 4(viii)


                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT

         Between


         Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A., a limited liability company
         with a capital of FRF 6,500,000, having its registered office in
         Rupt-sur-Moselle, RCS Epinal, represented by Mr. Jean-Claude
         Reggiani, duly entitled to this effect,


                   Hereafter called the "Borrower",




         And



         The branch of Citibank N.A., a corporation based on American law,
         located at Citicenter, 19 Le Parvis, La Defense 7, 92800 PUTEAUX,
         represented by Michael M. Roberts, duly entitled to this effect,




                        Hereafter called the "Bank",





         IT IS NOW AGREED THAT
<PAGE>

         Part I- THE FACILITY


         1.1. The Facility (the "Credit Line")

         In accordance with the terms and conditions hereafter, the Bank
         will make available to the Borrower a credit line ("the Credit")
         in the sum of DFL 7,500,000 (seven million five hundred thousand
         Dutch Guilders), from 30/08/1993 (hereafter called the
         "Availability Date") to March 22, 1996 (hereafter called the
         "Repayment Date"). The Borrower shall draw on the Credit at one
         and only one time from the Availability date. 

         The Credit, without prejudice to the provisions of Part II
         hereafter, shall be automatically reimbursed by the payment of the
         promissory note created in accordance with article 3.1., whose
         maturity date shall not be later than the Repayment Date .


         1.2 Terms


         Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined will have
         the same definition as those defined in the Syndicated Loan
         Agreement dated March 22nd, 1991 (hereafter the "Syndicated Loan
         Agreement"). 


         1.3. Purpose

         The Credit will be applied, based on the Borrower's statement, to
         general corporate purposes, without the Bank being obliged to
         verify the stated application.

<PAGE>
         Part II- REPAYMENT & PREPAYMENT

         2.1. Repayment

         The repayment of the Drawdown (as defined in article 3.1) by the
         Borrower under this agreement will be made in Dutch Guilders at
         the latest on the Repayment Date.
           


         2.2. Prepayment

         The Borrower may, by giving the Bank not less than thirty day
         prior notice to that effect, prepay the whole or any part (being
         an amount or integral multiple of DFL 2,500,000) of the Credit
         made to such Borrower, at the end of the Interest Period (as
         defined in article 4.1) in which the notice of prepayment is
         given; such prepayment being made without prejudice to the
         Borrower's obligation pursuant to article 4.5., if any. Any
         repayment so made shall satisfy pro tanto the Borrower's
         obligations under article 1.1. 

         Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrower pursuant to the
         present article shall be irrevocable, shall specify the date upon
         which such prepayment is to take effect and the amount of such
         prepayment and shall oblige such Borrower to make such prepayment
         on such date. After such a notice is sent to the Bank by the
         Borrower, the latter shall not be entitled to reborrow any amount
         repaid or to be repaid.


<PAGE>

         Part III- AVAILABILITY OF THE CREDIT LINE


         3.1. Availability

         The line of credit may be drawn at any time from the Availability
         Date, in one drawdown, subject to prior notice given to the Bank
         by letter or by telex and received by the Bank two (2) business
         days at least before the date of the drawdown. A "business day" is
         each day during which banks are open all day in Paris.

         This prior notice shall oblige the Borrower to borrow the whole
         amount of the Credit on the date therein stated (hereafter called
         the "Drawdown") under the terms and conditions contained herein.
         The Drawdown will be represented by a promissory note issued to
         the order of the Bank, in the form of Annex A hereto attached
         (hereafter called the "Note"). The date of issue of the Note will
         only be a business day; furthermore, if the maturity date of the
         Note falls on a non-business day, this maturity date will be
         extended to the first following business day. The Maturity Date of
         the Note shall not be later than the Repayment Date.

         The issuance of the Note will not be considered as a novation of
         the obligation resulting from the present contract, but will
         represent the monetary obligation of the Borrower arising from the
         Drawdown.


         3.2. Conditions Precedent

         The Drawdown will be conditioned upon:

         i) the signature of a first demand guarantee by THE STANLEY WORKS,
         covering the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement; 

         ii) the prior remittance to the Bank of certified copies of power
         of attorney, or board resolutions authorizing the conclusion of
         the present contract;

         iii) prior remittance to the Bank of all justifications relative
         to the authorizations or the accomplishment of all formalities
         that may eventually be imposed by French or foreign regulations;

         iv) the absence of any Event of Default mentioned in article 5.3.
         hereunder,
<PAGE>

         v) the accuracy of representations and warranties made by the
         Borrower in article 5.1.,

         vi) the absence of any material adverse change in the financial
         situation of the Borrower since December 31st, 1992 (date of the
         most recent audited Financial Statements), which would, in the
         reasonable judgment of the Bank, prevent it from meeting all
         obligations under this present agreement.

         vii) the receipt of the Note provided for above.

<PAGE>

         Part IV- INTEREST


         4.1. Normal Interest Rate

         The Drawdown of the present Credit line will bear interest at an
         annual rate equal to the offered rate of Citibank N.A. London, one
         business day before the first day of the Interest Period as
         hereafter defined, on the London Interbank Market for Dutch
         Guilder deposits for the period for which such rate is to be
         determined plus a margin of 0.50 % per annum.

         The period starting on the date of the Drawdown and ending on the
         Repayment Date shall be divided into successive periods each of
         which (other than the first) shall start on the last day of the
         preceding period (hereafter called "Interest Period").

         The first Interest Period shall start on the Drawdown date and end
         on September 29, 1993. The duration of this first Interest period,
         which is only for the purposes of calculating accrued interest,
         shall be one month.  The duration of each subsequent Interest
         Period shall be determined as referred to the duration of the
         interest period of the Advances under the Syndicated Loan
         Agreement, provided that:

         i) if the Borrower fails to give notice to the Bank regarding
         its choice in relation to the Interest Period, the duration of
         that Interest Period whether under this Agreement or under the
         Syndicated Loan Agreement shall, subject to ii) below, be three
         months;

         ii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end during the month
         preceding, or extend beyond, the Repayment Date shall be of such
         duration that it shall end on the Repayment Date.

         The duration of an Interest Period by the Borrower shall be
         irrevocably binding for the Borrower for that Interest Period.


         4.2. Exceptional Interest Rate 

         In case the Bank considers that circumstances affecting the
         monetary market prevent the determination of an applicable
         interest rate, the Bank will notify the Borrower at least one
         business day before the end of the current Interest Period.

<PAGE>

         If, within 30 calendar days following this notification, the
         Borrower and the Bank have not determined a mutually satisfactory
         interest rate for the concerned Interest Period, the Borrower will
         be required to repay to the Bank, within a maximum delay of 10
         calendar days following the Bank's request by telex or letter, the
         amount of the outstanding Note, as well as all outstanding
         interest up to the date of its repayment, at an interest rate
         equal to the effective cost incurred by the Bank to keep the
         Credit available to the Borrower, plus a margin of 0.50%. This
         cost will be determined by the Bank and notified to the Borrower.


         4.3. Accrued Interest

         On the last day of each Interest Period the Borrower shall pay
         accrued interest. The accrued interest due will be calculated on
         the basis of a 360 day-year, and will be debited by the Bank in
         the Borrower's account with the Bank.


         4.4 "Effective Global Rate" (Taux Effectif Global)

         The "effective global rate" applicable to the present credit would
         be 6.90% (6.40% + 0.50%) on the date of signature of this
         Agreement.





         4.5. Late Interest

         All amounts of principal, interest, fees, accessories, due but
         unpaid, will automatically bear interest, in compliance with the
         law, at a rate which will be equal to the interest rate calculated
         in articles 4.1. or 4.2. above, depending on the case, but with
         the substitution of a margin of 1.50 % to that determined in those
         paragraphs, and as long as the Borrower is in default, without
         prejudice to all other rights the Bank may be entitled to because
         of the damages resulting from the default of the Borrower,
         including the refinancing costs.

         The payment of late interest will be made at the Bank's first
         request, who may debit it immediately from the Borrower's account
         with the Bank. <PAGE>


<PAGE>


         Part V REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS & EVENTS OF DEFAULT


         5.1.  Representations and Warranties

         The Borrower represents and warrants: (i) that its obligation to
         pay the principal, the interest, the commitment fee and
         accessories under the present agreement constitutes a direct,
         unconditional and general obligation which ranks pari passu with
         the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose
         claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency,
         liquidation or other similar laws of general application.
          
         (ii) that it will notify the Bank, by remitting to it all its
         documents relating to any event affecting its legal existence and
         its legal capacity, and all statutory modifications and changes in
         persons mandated to represent it; it will also notify the Bank of
         any change in the capital ownership, which would result in the
         Borrower not being directly or indirectly wholly-owned by THE
         STANLEY WORKS;

         (iii) that its balance sheet and financials on December 31, 1992
         have been established in accordance with current accounting
         principles and sincerely and faithfully reflects its assets and
         liabilities, and that since January 1, 1993, there has been no
         material adverse change in its financial situation;

         (iv) that the Borrower is not subject to any kind of legal pursuit
         that may seriously affect its ability to meet its financial
         obligations under the present Agreement; that it is not, to the
         best of its knowledge, threatened by any such procedure.


         5.2. Covenants

         5.2.1. The Borrower shall:

         (i) obtain, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary
         to maintain in full force and effect all authorizations,
         approvals, licenses and consents required in or by the laws and
         regulations of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it
         lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under this
         Credit Agreement or to ensure the legality, validity,
         enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of
         incorporation of this Credit Agreement;
<PAGE>

         (ii) the Borrower shall maintain, in full force and effect,
         prudent insurances on and in relation to its business and assets
         or self-insure where this is considered appropriate in the opinion
         of the Borrower;

         (iii) promptly inform the Bank of the occurrence of any event
         which is or is likely, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower,
         to become (with the passage of time, the giving of notice, the
         making of any determination hereunder or any combination thereof)
         an Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that
         effect from the Bank, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously
         notified to the Bank or as notified in such confirmation, no such
         event has occurred;

         (iv) ensure that at all times the claims of the Bank against it
         under this Credit Agreement rank at least pari passu with the
         claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose
         claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or
         other similar laws of general application;

         (v) that it will deliver to the Bank within 95 days after the end
         of each of its fiscal year its balance sheet, income statement and
         financial annexes, as well as the auditor's report certifying the
         conformity of the accounting documents communicated with
         accounting principles generally accepted in France; that these
         documents will be completed by a letter confirming that none of
         the events provided for in article 5.3 have occurred;

         (vi) that upon request of the Bank, the latter will receive
         without delay any additional information concerning the financial
         situation or the activity of the Borrower, that may be of interest
         to the Bank;

         (vii) that it will immediately inform the Bank of the occurrence
         of any Event of Default provided for in article 5.3;

         5.2.2. The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the
         Bank:

         (i) create or permit to subsist any encumbrance over all or any of
         its present or future Principal Property (unless the Borrower
         secures the Drawdown made equally and ratably with such
         encumbrance) other than:

<PAGE>

              (a) any existing encumbrance which has been disclosed in
         writing to the Bank prior to the date hereof;

              (b) encumbrances on property of any corporation existing at
         the time such corporation becomes a subsidiary;

              (c) encumbrances securing financial indebtedness of one
         member of the Group to another (save for such mortgages securing
         financial indebtedness of the Borrower to a member of the Group
         which is not the Borrower);

              (d) any lien arising solely by operation of law in the
         ordinary course of business or which is contained in a contract
         for the purchase or sale or goods or services entered into in the
         ordinary course of business;

              (e) encumbrances on any property existing at the time of
         acquisition but only if the amount outstanding and secured thereby
         does not exceed the lesser of the fair market value of or the
         purchase price of the property as purchased;

              (f) any encumbrance securing the purchase price of revenues
         or assets purchased after the date hereof or the cost of repairing
         or altering, constructing, developing or substantially improving
         all or any part of such revenues or assets provided that such
         encumbrance attaches only to such revenues or assets and the
         financial indebtedness thereby secured does not exceed the lesser
         of the fair market value or the purchase price of the revenues or
         assets as purchased;

              (g) any other encumbrances securing financial indebtedness,
         which in aggregate do not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
         Assets; and

              (h) any extension, renewal or replacement of any of the
         encumbrances referred to above provided that the financial
         indebtedness secured by any such extension, renewal or replacement
         does not exceed the principal amount of the financial indebtedness
         originally secured thereby plus any fee incurred in connection
         with such transaction.

<PAGE>

         (ii) make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or
         indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise
         voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or contingent, in
         respect of any obligation of any other person save for:

              (a) any loans, credits, guarantees or indemnities which
         relate directly or indirectly to the carrying on of the business
         of the Borrower; and

              (b) any loans, credits, guarantees and indemnities made to or
         for the benefit of the Borrower; and

         (iii) except for sales, transfers or other disposals of stock in
         trade, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, by one or
         more transactions or series of transactions (whether related or
         not and whether to another member of the Group or not), the whole
         or any part of its revenues or its assets other than sales,
         leases, transfers or other disposals in the ordinary course of
         business or on arms' length terms or which, in any financial year,
         do not exceed 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as determined
         by the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
         article 5.1.(ii) provided that the proceeds thereof are applied
         only in or towards the satisfaction of any financial indebtedness
         and/or to the general working capital requirements of the Group
         except that up to fifty per cent of the proceeds thereof may be
         applied in or towards the repurchasing of any of THE STANLEY
         WORKS's common stock or the payment of dividends and distributions
         thereon, except that not more than 25% (twenty five percent) of
         such proceeds may be applied in or towards the payment of such
         dividends and distributions.  Furthermore, for the purpose of the
         calculation of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, any proceeds from
         the sale of any Taylor Rental stores owned directly or indirectly
         by THE STANLEY WORKS will not be taken into account.



         5.3. Events of Default

         If any of the following events, in addition to those provided for
         by law, occurs:

         (i) the Borrower does not pay within three business days of 
         maturity all amounts, in principal, interest, fees, ancillary
         expenses, due by virtue of the present contract, or

<PAGE>

         (ii) the Borrower does not comply with any other obligation
         resulting from this contract, and does not remedy to it within 30
         business days after the summons from the Bank to execute the
         obligation, or

         (iii) the Borrower ceases its activity, defaults, declares
         bankruptcy, or a resolution is passed or a petition is presented
         or an order is made for the "liquidation amiable", "reglement
         judiciaire", "reglement amiable", "redressement judiciaire" or
         "liquidation judiciaire" of the Borrower, or a petition is
         presented or an order is made for the appointment of an
         "administrateur ad hoc" or "administrateur judiciaire" to
         administer all or part of the assets of the Borrower, or an event
         analogous to any of the foregoing occurs, or

         (iv) there shall occur any material adverse change in the
         business, assets or conditions of the Group taken as a whole from
         that existing at the date hereof which, in the reasonable opinion
         of the Bank, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
         ability of the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations
         hereunder;

         (v) any financial indebtedness of the Borrower, in an amount in
         excess of US $ 5,000,000 is not paid when due, or any such
         financial indebtedness of the Borrower is declared to be or
         otherwise becomes due and payable by reason of default or by
         reason of the occurrence of an event of default whether as a
         result of culpability or not prior to its specified maturity or
         any other creditor or creditors of the Borrower are entitled (and
         continue to be so entitled) to declare any such financial
         indebtedness of the Borrower due and payable prior to its
         specified maturity by reason of the failure of the Borrower to
         either (i) make any payment in respect of any such financial
         indebtedness upon its due date, (ii) comply with any financial
         covenant or (iii) comply with any other financial test in respect
         of such financial indebtedness, or

         (vi) any representation or statement made by the Borrower in this
         Agreement or in any notice or other document certificate or
         statement delivered by it pursuant hereto or in connection
         herewith is, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, or proves to
         have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when
         made; or

<PAGE>

         (vii) the Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect, wholly-owned
         subsidiary of THE STANLEY WORKS (subject to the ability of
         directors of such Borrower to hold nominee shares in the capital
         of the Borrower), or

         (viii) more than 15% of the revenues of the Borrower are derived
         from any business wholly and totally unrelated to any of the
         businesses, products, distribution channels or services of
         Borrower at the date hereof, or

         (ix) at any time it is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to
         perform or comply with any of its obligations hereunder or any of
         the obligations of the Borrower are not or cease to be legal,
         valid and binding.


         The Bank may then, by written notification to the Borrower and THE
         STANLEY WORKS, declare immediately due all amounts to be paid with
         respect to the present contract, in principal, interest, fees,
         accessories, and the Bank's commitment resulting from the present
         contract will cease immediately.

         Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Borrower will indemnify
         the Bank for any loss or expense such as but not limited to,
         refinancing, legal or other expenses, incurred by the Bank as a
         result of the early termination of the Credit, by reasons of the
         occurrence of an Event of Default.


         Part VI- TAX - RIGHT OF SET-OFF - BANK'S EXPENSES


         All payments in principal, interest, fees and accessories in favor
         of the Bank will be made without set-off with all the amounts that
         may be due by the Bank to the Borrower, and net of all taxes of
         any kind, present or future, levied by any fiscal authorities. In
         the event where a legal text or regulation would require the
         Borrower to deduct from the amounts due to the Bank taxes of any
         sort, the Borrower agrees to compensate for the shortfall by way
         of additional interest, so that after deduction of all taxes
         including those on the additional interest, the Bank will receive
         all the amounts due to it under this contract.

         More generally, the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Bank, by way
         of additional interest, for any increase in expenses resulting
         from a change in banking regulations occurring after the signature
         of this contract; particularly, if the amount of non-interest
         bearing reserves required for deposit at the Banque de France are

<PAGE>
         increased, the Borrower undertakes to negotiate in good faith a
         new interest rate, which takes into account the aforementioned
         increased expenses. In the event that no agreement on the
         modification of the interest rate can be reached between the
         Borrower and the Bank, the Borrower may terminate the present
         Agreement at the maturity date of the outstanding Note without
         penalty, but with the payment of the revised interest rate, as
         notified in writing to the Borrower by the Bank. 



         Part VII- MISCELLANEOUS


         The fact that the Bank does not exercise action or exercises it
         with delay against the Borrower, in no way constitutes a waiver of
         the right to this action nor does it result in the novation of the
         credit defined in the present contract.

         The Bank, with no prejudice to all its other rights, will have the
         right, at any time, without prior notice, to set off all the
         amounts due by the Borrower as a result of this contract, with all
         the amounts the Bank holds in its books on behalf of the Borrower,
         in any currency and in any location, for any specific purpose,
         even if the amounts are not yet due. In the event these amounts
         are in different currencies, the Bank may make all foreign
         exchange transactions deemed necessary.



         Part VIII  EXPENSES


         The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank at its first request for
         all the expenses which may result from the Bank taking action to
         defend its rights as described in the present contract, including
         expenses and fees of consulting and lawyers.



         Part IX- ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS


         The Borrower may not transfer in any way any of the rights or
         obligations resulting from the present contract without prior
         written approval from the Bank. The Bank may at its sole
         discretion and without the prior consent of the Borrower, assign
         part or all of the present contract and resulting rights,
         benefits, outstanding debt or obligations to any entity it may
         elect. 

<PAGE>

         Part X- LAW AND JURISDICTION <PAGE>
 

         This contract is governed by French law. Any dispute arising over
         or resulting from the present agreement will be within the
         jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris, knowing that
         the Bank may also pursue any action against the Borrower in front
         of any other competent court.

         The Borrower and the Bank irrevocably agree that the courts of the
         State of New York and the courts of the United States of America
         in New York may have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit,
         action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise
         out of or in connection with this Agreement and, for such
         purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. 


         Part XI- DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

         (i) The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential assignee or
         Transferee or to any person who may otherwise enter into
         contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Agreement
         such information supplied by the Borrower or THE STANLEY WORKS
         pursuant to the present Agreement, and any other information as
         the Bank shall consider appropriate.  Any information supplied by
         the Borrower or THE STANLEY WORKS hereunder shall only be
         disclosed upon the Bank obtaining a confidentiality undertaking,
         from the person to whom the information is to be disclosed.

         (ii) Without prejudice to the above clause, the Bank will treat as
         confidential information received from the Borrower or THE STANLEY
         WORKS in relation to the Credit save for that which has been
         clearly identified by the Borrower as not being confidential, and
         save to the extent that such information may be publicly available
         or which the bank may be obliged to disclose by law. 



         Part XII- NOTICES

         (i) Each communication to be made hereunder shall be made in
         writing but, unless otherwise stated, maybe made by telex or
         letter.

         (ii) Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one
         person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that
         other person has by fifteen days' written notice to the other
         party specified another address) be made or delivered to that
         other person at the address identified on the first page (or in
         the case of a transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate
         to which it is a party as Transferee) and, in the case of the

<PAGE>

         Borrower, with a copy to THE STANLEY WORKS at 1000 Stanley Drive,
         New Britain, Connecticut 06053, Attn. Craig A. Douglas, and shall
         be deemed to be have been made or delivered when dispatched (in
         the case of any communication made by telex) when left at the
         address or (in the case of any communication made by letter) ten
         days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an
         envelope addressed to it at that address provided that any
         communication or document to be made or delivered to the Bank
         shall be effective only when received by the Bank and then only if
         the same is expressly marked for the attention of the department
         or officer identified with the Bank's signature below (or such
         other department or officer as the Bank shall from time to time
         specify for this purpose).

         (iii) Each communication or document made or delivered by one
         party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the
         English language or accompanied by a translation thereof in
         English certified (by an officer of the person making or
         delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation
         thereof.  






                                          Done in Paris in two copies
                                          on 25/08/1993



         /s/ Michael M. Roberts
         ________________________          Michael M. Roberts
                                           Vice President
                                           CITIBANK N.A.

         /s/ Jean-Claude Reggiani
         ________________________          Mr Jean-Claude Reggiani
                                           SOCIETE de FABRICATIONS
                                           BOSTITCH S.A.("the Borrower")<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                     GUARANTEE


              The undersigned, THE STANLEY WORKS (hereafter the
         "Guarantor"), whose Head-Office is located at 1000 Stanley Drive,
         New Britain, CT represented by Mr. Richard Huck, Vice President,
         Finance, duly authorized to deliver this guarantee, hereby refers
         to:

         - the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 15,000,000 (fifteen
         million of Dutch Guilders) signed on August 26, 1993 between
         S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A. and Citibank N.A. Paris (hereafter called
         "Citibank");

         - the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 7,500,000 (seven
         million five hundred thousand of Dutch Guilders) signed on August
         26, 1993 between Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A. and
         Citibank N.A. Paris;

         -the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 7,500,000 (seven million
         five hundred thousand of Dutch Guilders) signed on August 26, 1993
         between Stanley Bostitch S.A. and Citibank N.A. Paris;

         (S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A., Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A.
         and Stanley Bostitch S.A. being hereafter called individually the
         "Borrower" and collectively the "Borrowers," and the Credit
         Agreements listed hereabove being hereafter called individually
         the "Agreement" and collectively the "Agreements").

              The Guarantor hereby declares being perfectly aware of all
         the terms and conditions of the Agreements.

              The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably without
         being able to demur, undertakes to pay Citibank at its first
         demand, within two business days following this demand, and in
         Dutch Guilders, all amounts up to NLG 30,000,000 (thirty million
         of Dutch Guilders) in principal, plus interest, fees and
         accessories, payable by the Borrowers under the Agreements.

              This guarantee being unconditional, will then remain in full
         force in any circumstances whatsoever including if any Borrower
         cannot fulfill its obligations under the respective Agreement
         because of laws or regulatory measures or any other measures taken
         by the authorities of such Borrower's country.

               This guarantee being unconditional will remain valid in case
         of extension of maturity or amendment, even tacit or any of the
         Agreements.

               This guarantee will remain in full force until the effective

<PAGE>
         and complete payment of any sum due to Citibank by the Borrowers
         under the Agreements.

               Any delay between the due date of the amounts owing by the
         Guarantor by virtue of this guarantee and their effective payment
         date, without being necessary to summon the Guarantor, will bear
         interest at a rate per annum equal to the offered rate of Citibank
         N.A. London on the London Interbank Market for three month Dutch
         Guilder deposits plus 1.50%.

               The Guarantor will indemnify Citibank at its demand and on
         the view of bills, of any fees including attorney fees that it
         incurs to obtain the execution of the Guarantor's obligations
         under this guarantee.

               Any amount due by the Guarantor under this guarantee will be
         free and clear of any taxes, imposts, levies of any nature,
         whether present or future deducted or withheld by or on behalf of
         any fiscal authorities.

               This guarantee will be governed by French law.  Any dispute
         arising out of or in connection with this guarantee will be within
         the exclusive jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris.


         New Britain, CT on August 26, 1993

                                              THE STANLEY WORKS


                                               BY:    /s/  Richard Huck
                                               Name:  Richard Huck
                                               Title: Vice President,       
                                                     Finance <PAGE>
 


<PAGE>


                                                          EXHIBIT 4(ix)


                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT










         Between


         Stanley Bostitch S.A., a limited liability company with a capital
         of FRF 62,112,900, having its registered office in 112, avenue
         Charle-de Gaulle in Morangis 91423, RCS Corbeil B, represented by
         Mr. Jean Francois duly entitled to this effect,


                   Hereafter called the "Borrower",




         And



         The branch of Citibank N.A., a corporation based on American law,
         located at Citicenter, 19 Le Parvis, La Defense 7, 92800 PUTEAUX,
         represented by Michael M. Roberts, duly entitled to this effect,




                        Hereafter called the "Bank",





         IT IS NOW AGREED THAT
<PAGE>

         Part I- THE FACILITY


         1.1. The Facility (the "Credit Line") <PAGE>
 
         In accordance with the terms and conditions hereafter, the Bank
         will make available to the Borrower a credit line ("the Credit")
         in the sum of DFL 7,500,000 (seven million five hundred thousand
         Dutch Guilders), from 30/08/1993 (hereafter called the
         "Availability Date") to March 22, 1996 (hereafter called the
         "Repayment Date"). The Borrower shall draw on the Credit at one
         and only one time from the Availability date. 

         The Credit, without prejudice to the provisions of Part II
         hereafter, shall be automatically reimbursed by the payment of the
         promissory note created in accordance with article 3.1., whose
         maturity date shall not be later than the Repayment Date .


         1.2 Terms


         Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined will have
         the same definition as those defined in the Syndicated Loan
         Agreement dated March 22nd, 1991 (hereafter the "Syndicated Loan
         Agreement"). 


         1.3. Purpose

         The Credit will be applied, based on the Borrower's statement, to
         general corporate purposes, without the Bank being obliged to
         verify the stated application.

<PAGE>

         Part II- REPAYMENT & PREPAYMENT



         2.1. Repayment

         The repayment of the Drawdown (as defined in article 3.1) by the
         Borrower under this agreement will be made in Dutch Guilders at
         the latest on the Repayment Date.
           


         2.2. Prepayment

         The Borrower may, by giving the Bank not less than thirty day
         prior notice to that effect, prepay the whole or any part (being
         an amount or integral multiple of DFL 2,500,000) of the Credit
         made to such Borrower, at the end of the Interest Period (as
         defined in article 4.1) in which the notice of prepayment is
         given; such prepayment being made without prejudice to the
         Borrower's obligation pursuant to article 4.5., if any. Any
         repayment so made shall satisfy pro tanto the Borrower's
         obligations under article 1.1.  

         Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrower pursuant to the
         present article shall be irrevocable, shall specify the date upon
         which such prepayment is to take effect and the amount of such
         prepayment and shall oblige such Borrower to make such prepayment
         on such date. After such a notice is sent to the Bank by the
         Borrower, the latter shall not be entitled to reborrow any amount
         repaid or to be repaid.


<PAGE>

         Part III- AVAILABILITY OF THE CREDIT LINE


         3.1. Availability

         The line of credit may be drawn at any time from the Availability
         Date, in one drawdown, subject to prior notice given to the Bank
         by letter or by telex and received by the Bank two (2) business
         days at least before the date of the drawdown. A "business day" is
         each day during which banks are open all day in Paris.

         This prior notice shall oblige the Borrower to borrow the whole
         amount of the Credit on the date therein stated (hereafter called
         the "Drawdown") under the terms and conditions contained herein.
         The Drawdown will be represented by a promissory note issued to
         the order of the Bank, in the form of Annex A hereto attached
         (hereafter called the "Note"). The date of issue of the Note will
         only be a business day; furthermore, if the maturity date of the
         Note falls on a non-business day, this maturity date will be
         extended to the first following business day. The Maturity Date of
         the Note shall not be later than the Repayment Date.

         The issuance of the Note will not be considered as a novation of
         the obligation resulting from the present contract, but will
         represent the monetary obligation of the Borrower arising from the
         Drawdown.


         3.2. Conditions Precedent

         The Drawdown will be conditioned upon:

         i) the signature of a first demand guarantee by THE STANLEY WORKS,
         covering the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement; 

         ii) the prior remittance to the Bank of certified copies of power
         of attorney, or board resolutions authorizing the conclusion of
         the present contract;

         iii) prior remittance to the Bank of all justifications relative
         to the authorizations or the accomplishment of all formalities
         that may eventually be imposed by French or foreign regulations; 

         iv) the absence of any Event of Default mentioned in article 5.3.
         hereunder,

<PAGE>

         v) the accuracy of representations and warranties made by the
         Borrower in article 5.1.,

         vi) the absence of any material adverse change in the financial
         situation of the Borrower since December 31st, 1992 (date of the
         most recent audited Financial Statements), which would, in the
         reasonable judgment of the Bank, prevent it from meeting all
         obligations under this present agreement.

         vii) the receipt of the Note provided for above.

<PAGE>

         Part IV- INTEREST


         4.1. Normal Interest Rate

         The Drawdown of the present Credit line will bear interest at an
         annual rate equal to the offered rate of Citibank N.A. London, one
         business day before the first day of the Interest Period as
         hereafter defined, on the London Interbank Market for Dutch
         Guilder deposits for the period for which such rate is to be
         determined plus a margin of 0.50 % per annum.

         The period starting on the date of the Drawdown and ending on the
         Repayment Date shall be divided into successive periods each of
         which (other than the first) shall start on the last day of the
         preceding period (hereafter called "Interest Period").

         The first Interest Period shall start on the Drawdown date and end
         on September 29, 1993. The duration of this first Interest period,
         which is only for the purposes of calculating accrued interest,
         shall be one month.  The duration of each subsequent Interest
         Period shall be determined as referred to the duration of the
         interest period of the Advances under the Syndicated Loan
         Agreement, provided that:

         i) if the Borrower fails to give notice to the Bank regarding
         its choice in relation to the Interest Period, the duration of
         that Interest Period whether under this Agreement or under the
         Syndicated Loan Agreement shall, subject to ii) below, be three
         months;

         ii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end during the month
         preceding, or extend beyond, the Repayment Date shall be of such
         duration that it shall end on the Repayment Date.

         The duration of an Interest Period by the Borrower shall be
         irrevocably binding for the Borrower for that Interest Period. <PAGE>
 


         4.2. Exceptional Interest Rate 

         In case the Bank considers that circumstances affecting the
         monetary market prevent the determination of an applicable
         interest rate, the Bank will notify the Borrower at least one
         business day before the end of the current Interest Period.


<PAGE>

         If, within 30 calendar days following this notification, the
         Borrower and the Bank have not determined a mutually satisfactory
         interest rate for the concerned Interest Period, the Borrower will
         be required to repay to the Bank, within a maximum delay of 10
         calendar days following the Bank's request by telex or letter, the
         amount of the outstanding Note, as well as all outstanding
         interest up to the date of its repayment, at an interest rate
         equal to the effective cost incurred by the Bank to keep the
         Credit available to the Borrower, plus a margin of 0.50%. This
         cost will be determined by the Bank and notified to the Borrower.


         4.3. Accrued Interest

         On the last day of each Interest Period the Borrower shall pay
         accrued interest. The accrued interest due will be calculated on
         the basis of a 360 day-year, and will be debited by the Bank in
         the Borrower's account with the Bank.


         4.4 "Effective Global Rate" (Taux Effectif Global)

         The "effective global rate" applicable to the present credit would
         be 6.90% (6.40% + 0.50%) on the date of signature of this
         Agreement.





         4.5. Late Interest

         All amounts of principal, interest, fees, accessories, due but
         unpaid, will automatically bear interest, in compliance with the
         law, at a rate which will be equal to the interest rate calculated
         in articles 4.1. or 4.2. above, depending on the case, but with
         the substitution of a margin of 1.50 % to that determined in those
         paragraphs, and as long as the Borrower is in default, without
         prejudice to all other rights the Bank may be entitled to because
         of the damages resulting from the default of the Borrower,
         including the refinancing costs.

         The payment of late interest will be made at the Bank's first
         request, who may debit it immediately from the Borrower's account
         with the Bank.  <PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



         Part V REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS & EVENTS OF DEFAULT


         5.1.  Representations and Warranties

         The Borrower represents and warrants: (i) that its obligation to
         pay the principal, the interest, the commitment fee and
         accessories under the present agreement constitutes a direct,
         unconditional and general obligation which ranks pari passu with
         the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose
         claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency,
         liquidation or other similar laws of general application.
          
         (ii) that it will notify the Bank, by remitting to it all its
         documents relating to any event affecting its legal existence and
         its legal capacity, and all statutory modifications and changes in
         persons mandated to represent it; it will also notify the Bank of
         any change in the capital ownership, which would result in the
         Borrower not being directly or indirectly wholly-owned by THE
         STANLEY WORKS;

         (iii) that its balance sheet and financials on December 31, 1992
         have been established in accordance with current accounting
         principles and sincerely and faithfully reflects its assets and
         liabilities, and that since January 1, 1993, there has been no
         material adverse change in its financial situation;

         (iv) that the Borrower is not subject to any kind of legal pursuit
         that may seriously affect its ability to meet its financial
         obligations under the present Agreement; that it is not, to the
         best of its knowledge, threatened by any such procedure.


         5.2. Covenants

         5.2.1. The Borrower shall:

         (i) obtain, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary
         to maintain in full force and effect all authorizations,
         approvals, licenses and consents required in or by the laws and
         regulations of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it
         lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under this
         Credit Agreement or to ensure the legality, validity,
         enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of
         incorporation of this Credit Agreement;

<PAGE>

         (ii) the Borrower shall maintain, in full force and effect,
         prudent insurances on and in relation to its business and assets
         or self-insure where this is considered appropriate in the opinion
         of the Borrower;

         (iii) promptly inform the Bank of the occurrence of any event
         which is or is likely, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower,
         to become (with the passage of time, the giving of notice, the 
         making of any determination hereunder or any combination thereof)
         an Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that
         effect from the Bank, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously
         notified to the Bank or as notified in such confirmation, no such
         event has occurred;

         (iv) ensure that at all times the claims of the Bank against it
         under this Credit Agreement rank at least pari passu with the
         claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose
         claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or
         other similar laws of general application;

         (v) that it will deliver to the Bank within 95 days after the end
         of each of its fiscal year its balance sheet, income statement and
         financial annexes, as well as the auditor's report certifying the
         conformity of the accounting documents communicated with
         accounting principles generally accepted in France; that these
         documents will be completed by a letter confirming that none of
         the events provided for in article 5.3 have occurred;

         (vi) that upon request of the Bank, the latter will receive
         without delay any additional information concerning the financial
         situation or the activity of the Borrower, that may be of interest
         to the Bank;

         (vii) that it will immediately inform the Bank of the occurrence
         of any Event of Default provided for in article 5.3;

         5.2.2. The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the
         Bank:

         (i) create or permit to subsist any encumbrance over all or any of
         its present or future Principal Property (unless the Borrower
         secures the Drawdown made equally and ratably with such
         encumbrance) other than:

<PAGE>

              (a) any existing encumbrance which has been disclosed in
         writing to the Bank prior to the date hereof;

              (b) encumbrances on property of any corporation existing at
         the time such corporation becomes a subsidiary;

              (c) encumbrances securing financial indebtedness of one
         member of the Group to another (save for such mortgages securing
         financial indebtedness of the Borrower to a member of the Group
         which is not the Borrower);

              (d) any lien arising solely by operation of law in the
         ordinary course of business or which is contained in a contract
         for the purchase or sale or goods or services entered into in the
         ordinary course of business;

              (e) encumbrances on any property existing at the time of
         acquisition but only if the amount outstanding and secured thereby 
         does not exceed the lesser of the fair market value of or the
         purchase price of the property as purchased;

              (f) any encumbrance securing the purchase price of revenues
         or assets purchased after the date hereof or the cost of repairing
         or altering, constructing, developing or substantially improving
         all or any part of such revenues or assets provided that such
         encumbrance attaches only to such revenues or assets and the
         financial indebtedness thereby secured does not exceed the lesser
         of the fair market value or the purchase price of the revenues or
         assets as purchased;

              (g) any other encumbrances securing financial indebtedness,
         which in aggregate do not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
         Assets; and

              (h) any extension, renewal or replacement of any of the
         encumbrances referred to above provided that the financial
         indebtedness secured by any such extension, renewal or replacement
         does not exceed the principal amount of the financial indebtedness
         originally secured thereby plus any fee incurred in connection
         with such transaction.

<PAGE>

         (ii) make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or
         indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise
         voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or contingent, in
         respect of any obligation of any other person save for:

              (a) any loans, credits, guarantees or indemnities which
         relate directly or indirectly to the carrying on of the business
         of the Borrower; and

              (b) any loans, credits, guarantees and indemnities made to or
         for the benefit of the Borrower; and

         (iii) except for sales, transfers or other disposals of stock in
         trade, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, by one or
         more transactions or series of transactions (whether related or
         not and whether to another member of the Group or not), the whole
         or any part of its revenues or its assets other than sales,
         leases, transfers or other disposals in the ordinary course of
         business or on arms' length terms or which, in any financial year,
         do not exceed 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as determined
         by the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
         article 5.1.(ii) provided that the proceeds thereof are applied
         only in or towards the satisfaction of any financial indebtedness
         and/or to the general working capital requirements of the Group
         except that up to fifty per cent of the proceeds thereof may be
         applied in or towards the repurchasing of any of THE STANLEY
         WORKS's common stock or the payment of dividends and distributions
         thereon, except that not more than 25% (twenty five percent) of
         such proceeds may be applied in or towards the payment of such
         dividends and distributions.  Furthermore, for the purpose of the
         calculation of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, any proceeds from 
         the sale of any Taylor Rental stores owned directly or indirectly
         by THE STANLEY WORKS will not be taken into account.



         5.3. Events of Default

         If any of the following events, in addition to those provided for
         by law, occurs:

         (i) the Borrower does not pay within three business days of 
         maturity all amounts, in principal, interest, fees, ancillary
         expenses, due by virtue of the present contract, or

<PAGE>

         (ii) the Borrower does not comply with any other obligation
         resulting from this contract, and does not remedy to it within 30
         business days after the summons from the Bank to execute the
         obligation, or

         (iii) the Borrower ceases its activity, defaults, declares
         bankruptcy, or a resolution is passed or a petition is presented
         or an order is made for the "liquidation amiable", "reglement
         judiciaire", "reglement amiable", "redressement judiciaire" or
         "liquidation judiciaire" of the Borrower, or a petition is
         presented or an order is made for the appointment of an
         "administrateur ad hoc" or "administrateur judiciaire" to
         administer all or part of the assets of the Borrower, or an event
         analogous to any of the foregoing occurs, or

         (iv) there shall occur any material adverse change in the
         business, assets or conditions of the Group taken as a whole from
         that existing at the date hereof which, in the reasonable opinion
         of the Bank, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
         ability of the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations
         hereunder;

         (v) any financial indebtedness of the Borrower, in an amount in
         excess of US $ 5,000,000 is not paid when due, or any such
         financial indebtedness of the Borrower is declared to be or
         otherwise becomes due and payable by reason of default or by
         reason of the occurrence of an event of default whether as a
         result of culpability or not prior to its specified maturity or
         any other creditor or creditors of the Borrower are entitled (and
         continue to be so entitled) to declare any such financial
         indebtedness of the Borrower due and payable prior to its
         specified maturity by reason of the failure of the Borrower to
         either (i) make any payment in respect of any such financial
         indebtedness upon its due date, (ii) comply with any financial
         covenant or (iii) comply with any other financial test in respect
         of such financial indebtedness, or

         (vi) any representation or statement made by the Borrower in this
         Agreement or in any notice or other document certificate or
         statement delivered by it pursuant hereto or in connection 
         herewith is, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, or proves to
         have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when
         made; or
<PAGE>

         (vii) the Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect, wholly-owned
         subsidiary of THE STANLEY WORKS (subject to the ability of
         directors of such Borrower to hold nominee shares in the capital
         of the Borrower), or

         (viii) more than 15% of the revenues of the Borrower are derived
         from any business wholly and totally unrelated to any of the
         businesses, products, distribution channels or services of
         Borrower at the date hereof, or

         (ix) at any time it is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to
         perform or comply with any of its obligations hereunder or any of
         the obligations of the Borrower are not or cease to be legal,
         valid and binding.


         The Bank may then, by written notification to the Borrower and THE
         STANLEY WORKS, declare immediately due all amounts to be paid with
         respect to the present contract, in principal, interest, fees,
         accessories, and the Bank's commitment resulting from the present
         contract will cease immediately.

         Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Borrower will indemnify
         the Bank for any loss or expense such as but not limited to,
         refinancing, legal or other expenses, incurred by the Bank as a
         result of the early termination of the Credit, by reasons of the
         occurrence of an Event of Default.


         Part VI- TAX - RIGHT OF SET-OFF - BANK'S EXPENSES


         All payments in principal, interest, fees and accessories in favor
         of the Bank will be made without set-off with all the amounts that
         may be due by the Bank to the Borrower, and net of all taxes of
         any kind, present or future, levied by any fiscal authorities. In
         the event where a legal text or regulation would require the
         Borrower to deduct from the amounts due to the Bank taxes of any
         sort, the Borrower agrees to compensate for the shortfall by way
         of additional interest, so that after deduction of all taxes
         including those on the additional interest, the Bank will receive
         all the amounts due to it under this contract.

         More generally, the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Bank, by way
         of additional interest, for any increase in expenses resulting
         from a change in banking regulations occurring after the signature
         of this contract; particularly, if the amount of non-interest
         bearing reserves required for deposit at the Banque de France are

<PAGE>

         increased, the Borrower undertakes to negotiate in good faith a
         new interest rate, which takes into account the aforementioned 
         increased expenses. In the event that no agreement on the
         modification of the interest rate can be reached between the
         Borrower and the Bank, the Borrower may terminate the present
         Agreement at the maturity date of the outstanding Note without
         penalty, but with the payment of the revised interest rate, as
         notified in writing to the Borrower by the Bank. 



         Part VII- MISCELLANEOUS


         The fact that the Bank does not exercise action or exercises it
         with delay against the Borrower, in no way constitutes a waiver of
         the right to this action nor does it result in the novation of the
         credit defined in the present contract.

         The Bank, with no prejudice to all its other rights, will have the
         right, at any time, without prior notice, to set off all the
         amounts due by the Borrower as a result of this contract, with all
         the amounts the Bank holds in its books on behalf of the Borrower,
         in any currency and in any location, for any specific purpose,
         even if the amounts are not yet due. In the event these amounts
         are in different currencies, the Bank may make all foreign
         exchange transactions deemed necessary.



         Part VIII  EXPENSES


         The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank at its first request for
         all the expenses which may result from the Bank taking action to
         defend its rights as described in the present contract, including
         expenses and fees of consulting and lawyers.



         Part IX- ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS


         The Borrower may not transfer in any way any of the rights or
         obligations resulting from the present contract without prior
         written approval from the Bank. The Bank may at its sole
         discretion and without the prior consent of the Borrower, assign
         part or all of the present contract and resulting rights,
         benefits, outstanding debt or obligations to any entity it may
         elect. 

<PAGE>

         Part X- LAW AND JURISDICTION <PAGE>
 

         This contract is governed by French law. Any dispute arising over
         or resulting from the present agreement will be within the
         jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris, knowing that
         the Bank may also pursue any action against the Borrower in front
         of any other competent court.

         The Borrower and the Bank irrevocably agree that the courts of the
         State of New York and the courts of the United States of America
         in New York may have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit,
         action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise
         out of or in connection with this Agreement and, for such
         purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. 


         Part XI- DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

         (i) The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential assignee or
         Transferee or to any person who may otherwise enter into
         contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Agreement
         such information supplied by the Borrower or THE STANLEY WORKS
         pursuant to the present Agreement, and any other information as
         the Bank shall consider appropriate.  Any information supplied by
         the Borrower or THE STANLEY WORKS hereunder shall only be
         disclosed upon the Bank obtaining a confidentiality undertaking,
         from the person to whom the information is to be disclosed.

         (ii) Without prejudice to the above clause, the Bank will treat as
         confidential information received from the Borrower or THE STANLEY
         WORKS in relation to the Credit save for that which has been
         clearly identified by the Borrower as not being confidential, and
         save to the extent that such information may be publicly available
         or which the bank may be obliged to disclose by law. 



         Part XII- NOTICES

         (i) Each communication to be made hereunder shall be made in
         writing but, unless otherwise stated, maybe made by telex or
         letter.

         (ii) Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one
         person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that
         other person has by fifteen days' written notice to the other
         party specified another address) be made or delivered to that
         other person at the address identified on the first page (or in
         the case of a transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate
         to which it is a party as Transferee) and, in the case of the
         Borrower, with a copy to THE STANLEY WORKS at 1000 Stanley Drive,


<PAGE>
         New Britain, Connecticut 06053, Attn. Craig A. Douglas, and shall
         be deemed to be have been made or delivered when dispatched (in
         the case of any communication made by telex) when left at the
         address or (in the case of any communication made by letter) ten
         days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an 
         envelope addressed to it at that address provided that any
         communication or document to be made or delivered to the Bank
         shall be effective only when received by the Bank and then only if
         the same is expressly marked for the attention of the department
         or officer identified with the Bank's signature below (or such
         other department or officer as the Bank shall from time to time
         specify for this purpose).

         (iii) Each communication or document made or delivered by one
         party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the
         English language or accompanied by a translation thereof in
         English certified (by an officer of the person making or
         delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation
         thereof.  






                                          Done in Paris in two copies
                                          on 25/08/1993



         /s/ Michael M. Roberts
         ________________________          Michael M. Roberts
                                           Vice President
                                           CITIBANK N.A.

         /s/ Jean Francois
         ________________________          Mr. Jean Francois
                                           STANLEY BOSTITCH S.A.
                                           ("the Borrower") <PAGE>
 


<PAGE>


                                     GUARANTEE


              The undersigned, THE STANLEY WORKS (hereafter the
         "Guarantor"), whose Head-Office is located at 1000 Stanley Drive,
         New Britain, CT represented by Mr. Richard Huck, Vice President,
         Finance, duly authorized to deliver this guarantee, hereby refers
         to:

         - the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 15,000,000 (fifteen
         million of Dutch Guilders) signed on August 26, 1993 between
         S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A. and Citibank N.A. Paris (hereafter called
         "Citibank");

         - the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 7,500,000 (seven
         million five hundred thousand of Dutch Guilders) signed on August
         26, 1993 between Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A. and
         Citibank N.A. Paris;

         -the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 7,500,000 (seven million
         five hundred thousand of Dutch Guilders) signed on August 26, 1993
         between Stanley Bostitch S.A. and Citibank N.A. Paris;

         (S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A., Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A.
         and Stanley Bostitch S.A. being hereafter called individually the
         "Borrower" and collectively the "Borrowers," and the Credit
         Agreements listed hereabove being hereafter called individually
         the "Agreement" and collectively the "Agreements").

              The Guarantor hereby declares being perfectly aware of all
         the terms and conditions of the Agreements.

              The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably without
         being able to demur, undertakes to pay Citibank at its first
         demand, within two business days following this demand, and in
         Dutch Guilders, all amounts up to NLG 30,000,000 (thirty million
         of Dutch Guilders) in principal, plus interest, fees and
         accessories, payable by the Borrowers under the Agreements.

              This guarantee being unconditional, will then remain in full
         force in any circumstances whatsoever including if any Borrower
         cannot fulfill its obligations under the respective Agreement
         because of laws or regulatory measures or any other measures taken
         by the authorities of such Borrower's country.

               This guarantee being unconditional will remain valid in case
         of extension of maturity or amendment, even tacit or any of the
         Agreements.

<PAGE>

               This guarantee will remain in full force until the effective
         and complete payment of any sum due to Citibank by the Borrowers
         under the Agreements.

               Any delay between the due date of the amounts owing by the 
         Guarantor by virtue of this guarantee and their effective payment
         date, without being necessary to summon the Guarantor, will bear
         interest at a rate per annum equal to the offered rate of Citibank
         N.A. London on the London Interbank Market for three month Dutch
         Guilder deposits plus 1.50%.

               The Guarantor will indemnify Citibank at its demand and on
         the view of bills, of any fees including attorney fees that it
         incurs to obtain the execution of the Guarantor's obligations
         under this guarantee.

               Any amount due by the Guarantor under this guarantee will be
         free and clear of any taxes, imposts, levies of any nature,
         whether present or future deducted or withheld by or on behalf of
         any fiscal authorities.

               This guarantee will be governed by French law.  Any dispute
         arising out of or in connection with this guarantee will be within
         the exclusive jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris.


         New Britain, CT on August 26, 1993

                                              THE STANLEY WORKS


                                               BY:    /s/  Richard Huck
                                               Name:  Richard Huck
                                               Title: Vice President,       
                                                     Finance <PAGE>
 



<PAGE>


                                                     EXHIBIT 4(x)


                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT










         Between


         S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A., a limited liability company with a
         capital of FRF 56,938,000, having its registered office in B.P.
         31, Zornhoff 67102 Saverne, RCS Saverne B, represented by Mr.
         William Moore, duly entitled to this effect),


                   Hereafter called the "Borrower",




         And



         The branch of Citibank N.A., a corporation based on American law,
         located at Citicenter, 19 Le Parvis, La Defense 7, 92800 PUTEAUX,
         represented by Michael M. Roberts, duly entitled to this effect,




                        Hereafter called the "Bank",





         IT IS NOW AGREED THAT
<PAGE>

         Part I- THE FACILITY


         1.1. The Facility (the "Credit Line")

         In accordance with the terms and conditions hereafter, the Bank 
         will make available to the Borrower a credit line ("the Credit")
         in the sum of DFL 15,000,000 (fifteen million Dutch Guilders),
         from 30/08/1993 (hereafter called the "Availability Date") to
         March 22, 1996 (hereafter called the "Repayment Date"). The
         Borrower shall draw on the Credit at one and only one time from
         the Availability date. 

         The Credit, without prejudice to the provisions of Part II
         hereafter, shall be automatically reimbursed by the payment of the
         promissory note created in accordance with article 3.1., whose
         maturity date shall not be later than the Repayment Date .


         1.2 Terms


         Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined will have
         the same definition as those defined in the Syndicated Loan
         Agreement dated March 22nd, 1991 (hereafter the "Syndicated Loan
         Agreement"). 


         1.3. Purpose

         The Credit will be applied, based on the Borrower's statement, to
         general corporate purposes, without the Bank being obliged to
         verify the stated application.
<PAGE>

         Part II- REPAYMENT & PREPAYMENT



         2.1. Repayment

         The repayment of the Drawdown (as defined in article 3.1) by the
         Borrower under this agreement will be made in Dutch Guilders at
         the latest on the Repayment Date.
           


         2.2. Prepayment

         The Borrower may, by giving the Bank not less than thirty day
         prior notice to that effect, prepay the whole or any part (being
         an amount or integral multiple of DFL 2,500,000) of the Credit
         made to such Borrower, at the end of the Interest Period (as
         defined in article 4.1) in which the notice of prepayment is
         given; such prepayment being made without prejudice to the
         Borrower's obligation pursuant to article 4.5., if any. Any
         repayment so made shall satisfy pro tanto the Borrower's
         obligations under article 1.1. 

         Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrower pursuant to the 
         present article shall be irrevocable, shall specify the date upon
         which such prepayment is to take effect and the amount of such
         prepayment and shall oblige such Borrower to make such prepayment
         on such date. After such a notice is sent to the Bank by the
         Borrower, the latter shall not be entitled to reborrow any amount
         repaid or to be repaid.


<PAGE>

         Part III- AVAILABILITY OF THE CREDIT LINE


         3.1. Availability

         The line of credit may be drawn at any time from the Availability
         Date, in one drawdown, subject to prior notice given to the Bank
         by letter or by telex and received by the Bank two (2) business
         days at least before the date of the drawdown. A "business day" is
         each day during which banks are open all day in Paris.

         This prior notice shall oblige the Borrower to borrow the whole
         amount of the Credit on the date therein stated (hereafter called
         the "Drawdown") under the terms and conditions contained herein.
         The Drawdown will be represented by a promissory note issued to
         the order of the Bank, in the form of Annex A hereto attached
         (hereafter called the "Note"). The date of issue of the Note will
         only be a business day; furthermore, if the maturity date of the
         Note falls on a non-business day, this maturity date will be
         extended to the first following business day. The Maturity Date of
         the Note shall not be later than the Repayment Date.

         The issuance of the Note will not be considered as a novation of
         the obligation resulting from the present contract, but will
         represent the monetary obligation of the Borrower arising from the
         Drawdown.


         3.2. Conditions Precedent

         The Drawdown will be conditioned upon:

         i) the signature of a first demand guarantee by THE STANLEY WORKS,
         covering the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement; 

         ii) the prior remittance to the Bank of certified copies of power
         of attorney, or board resolutions authorizing the conclusion of
         the present contract;

         iii) prior remittance to the Bank of all justifications relative
         to the authorizations or the accomplishment of all formalities
         that may eventually be imposed by French or foreign regulations;

         iv) the absence of any Event of Default mentioned in article 5.3. 
         hereunder,

<PAGE>

         v) the accuracy of representations and warranties made by the
         Borrower in article 5.1.,

         vi) the absence of any material adverse change in the financial
         situation of the Borrower since December 31st, 1992 (date of the
         most recent audited Financial Statements), which would, in the
         reasonable judgment of the Bank, prevent it from meeting all
         obligations under this present agreement.

         vii) the receipt of the Note provided for above.

<PAGE>

         Part IV- INTEREST


         4.1. Normal Interest Rate

         The Drawdown of the present Credit line will bear interest at an
         annual rate equal to the offered rate of Citibank N.A. London, one
         business day before the first day of the Interest Period as
         hereafter defined, on the London Interbank Market for Dutch
         Guilder deposits for the period for which such rate is to be
         determined plus a margin of 0.50 % per annum.

         The period starting on the date of the Drawdown and ending on the
         Repayment Date shall be divided into successive periods each of
         which (other than the first) shall start on the last day of the
         preceding period (hereafter called "Interest Period").

         The first Interest Period shall start on the Drawdown date and end
         on September 29, 1993. The duration of this first Interest period,
         which is only for the purposes of calculating accrued interest,
         shall be one month.  The duration of each subsequent Interest
         Period shall be determined as referred to the duration of the
         interest period of the Advances under the Syndicated Loan
         Agreement, provided that:

         i) if the Borrower fails to give notice to the Bank regarding
         its choice in relation to the Interest Period, the duration of
         that Interest Period whether under this Agreement or under the
         Syndicated Loan Agreement shall, subject to ii) below, be three
         months;

         ii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end during the month
         preceding, or extend beyond, the Repayment Date shall be of such
         duration that it shall end on the Repayment Date.

         The duration of an Interest Period by the Borrower shall be
         irrevocably binding for the Borrower for that Interest Period. 

         4.2. Exceptional Interest Rate 

         In case the Bank considers that circumstances affecting the
         monetary market prevent the determination of an applicable
         interest rate, the Bank will notify the Borrower at least one
         business day before the end of the current Interest Period.

<PAGE>

         If, within 30 calendar days following this notification, the
         Borrower and the Bank have not determined a mutually satisfactory
         interest rate for the concerned Interest Period, the Borrower will
         be required to repay to the Bank, within a maximum delay of 10
         calendar days following the Bank's request by telex or letter, the
         amount of the outstanding Note, as well as all outstanding
         interest up to the date of its repayment, at an interest rate
         equal to the effective cost incurred by the Bank to keep the
         Credit available to the Borrower, plus a margin of 0.50%. This
         cost will be determined by the Bank and notified to the Borrower.


         4.3. Accrued Interest

         On the last day of each Interest Period the Borrower shall pay
         accrued interest. The accrued interest due will be calculated on
         the basis of a 360 day-year, and will be debited by the Bank in
         the Borrower's account with the Bank.


         4.4 "Effective Global Rate" (Taux Effectif Global)

         The "effective global rate" applicable to the present credit would
         be 6.90% (6.40% + 0.50%) on the date of signature of this
         Agreement.





         4.5. Late Interest

         All amounts of principal, interest, fees, accessories, due but
         unpaid, will automatically bear interest, in compliance with the
         law, at a rate which will be equal to the interest rate calculated
         in articles 4.1. or 4.2. above, depending on the case, but with
         the substitution of a margin of 1.50 % to that determined in those
         paragraphs, and as long as the Borrower is in default, without
         prejudice to all other rights the Bank may be entitled to because
         of the damages resulting from the default of the Borrower,
         including the refinancing costs.

         The payment of late interest will be made at the Bank's first
         request, who may debit it immediately from the Borrower's account
         with the Bank.  <PAGE>
 


<PAGE>


         Part V REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS & EVENTS OF DEFAULT


         5.1.  Representations and Warranties

         The Borrower represents and warrants: (i) that its obligation to
         pay the principal, the interest, the commitment fee and
         accessories under the present agreement constitutes a direct,
         unconditional and general obligation which ranks pari passu with
         the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose
         claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency,
         liquidation or other similar laws of general application.
          
         (ii) that it will notify the Bank, by remitting to it all its
         documents relating to any event affecting its legal existence and
         its legal capacity, and all statutory modifications and changes in
         persons mandated to represent it; it will also notify the Bank of
         any change in the capital ownership, which would result in the
         Borrower not being directly or indirectly wholly-owned by THE
         STANLEY WORKS;

         (iii) that its balance sheet and financials on December 31, 1992
         have been established in accordance with current accounting
         principles and sincerely and faithfully reflects its assets and
         liabilities, and that since January 1, 1993, there has been no
         material adverse change in its financial situation;

         (iv) that the Borrower is not subject to any kind of legal pursuit
         that may seriously affect its ability to meet its financial
         obligations under the present Agreement; that it is not, to the
         best of its knowledge, threatened by any such procedure.


         5.2. Covenants

         5.2.1. The Borrower shall:

         (i) obtain, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary
         to maintain in full force and effect all authorizations,
         approvals, licenses and consents required in or by the laws and
         regulations of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it
         lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under this
         Credit Agreement or to ensure the legality, validity,
         enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of
         incorporation of this Credit Agreement;

<PAGE>


         (ii) the Borrower shall maintain, in full force and effect,
         prudent insurances on and in relation to its business and assets
         or self-insure where this is considered appropriate in the opinion
         of the Borrower;

         (iii) promptly inform the Bank of the occurrence of any event
         which is or is likely, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower,
         to become (with the passage of time, the giving of notice, the 
         making of any determination hereunder or any combination thereof)
         an Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that
         effect from the Bank, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously
         notified to the Bank or as notified in such confirmation, no such
         event has occurred;

         (iv) ensure that at all times the claims of the Bank against it
         under this Credit Agreement rank at least pari passu with the
         claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose
         claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or
         other similar laws of general application;

         (v) that it will deliver to the Bank within 95 days after the end
         of each of its fiscal year its balance sheet, income statement and
         financial annexes, as well as the auditor's report certifying the
         conformity of the accounting documents communicated with
         accounting principles generally accepted in France; that these
         documents will be completed by a letter confirming that none of
         the events provided for in article 5.3 have occurred;

         (vi) that upon request of the Bank, the latter will receive
         without delay any additional information concerning the financial
         situation or the activity of the Borrower, that may be of interest
         to the Bank;

         (vii) that it will immediately inform the Bank of the occurrence
         of any Event of Default provided for in article 5.3;

         5.2.2. The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the
         Bank:

         (i) create or permit to subsist any encumbrance over all or any of
         its present or future Principal Property (unless the Borrower
         secures the Drawdown made equally and ratably with such
         encumbrance) other than:

<PAGE>

              (a) any existing encumbrance which has been disclosed in
         writing to the Bank prior to the date hereof;

              (b) encumbrances on property of any corporation existing at
         the time such corporation becomes a subsidiary;

              (c) encumbrances securing financial indebtedness of one
         member of the Group to another (save for such mortgages securing
         financial indebtedness of the Borrower to a member of the Group
         which is not the Borrower);

              (d) any lien arising solely by operation of law in the
         ordinary course of business or which is contained in a contract
         for the purchase or sale or goods or services entered into in the
         ordinary course of business;

              (e) encumbrances on any property existing at the time of
         acquisition but only if the amount outstanding and secured thereby 
         does not exceed the lesser of the fair market value of or the
         purchase price of the property as purchased;

              (f) any encumbrance securing the purchase price of revenues
         or assets purchased after the date hereof or the cost of repairing
         or altering, constructing, developing or substantially improving
         all or any part of such revenues or assets provided that such
         encumbrance attaches only to such revenues or assets and the
         financial indebtedness thereby secured does not exceed the lesser
         of the fair market value or the purchase price of the revenues or
         assets as purchased;

              (g) any other encumbrances securing financial indebtedness,
         which in aggregate do not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
         Assets; and

              (h) any extension, renewal or replacement of any of the
         encumbrances referred to above provided that the financial
         indebtedness secured by any such extension, renewal or replacement
         does not exceed the principal amount of the financial indebtedness
         originally secured thereby plus any fee incurred in connection
         with such transaction.

<PAGE>


         (ii) make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or
         indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise
         voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or contingent, in
         respect of any obligation of any other person save for:

              (a) any loans, credits, guarantees or indemnities which
         relate directly or indirectly to the carrying on of the business
         of the Borrower; and

              (b) any loans, credits, guarantees and indemnities made to or
         for the benefit of the Borrower; and

         (iii) except for sales, transfers or other disposals of stock in
         trade, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, by one or
         more transactions or series of transactions (whether related or
         not and whether to another member of the Group or not), the whole
         or any part of its revenues or its assets other than sales,
         leases, transfers or other disposals in the ordinary course of
         business or on arms' length terms or which, in any financial year,
         do not exceed 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as determined
         by the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
         article 5.1.(ii) provided that the proceeds thereof are applied
         only in or towards the satisfaction of any financial indebtedness
         and/or to the general working capital requirements of the Group
         except that up to fifty per cent of the proceeds thereof may be
         applied in or towards the repurchasing of any of THE STANLEY
         WORKS's common stock or the payment of dividends and distributions
         thereon, except that not more than 25% (twenty five percent) of
         such proceeds may be applied in or towards the payment of such
         dividends and distributions.  Furthermore, for the purpose of the
         calculation of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, any proceeds from 
         the sale of any Taylor Rental stores owned directly or indirectly
         by THE STANLEY WORKS will not be taken into account.



         5.3. Events of Default

         If any of the following events, in addition to those provided for
         by law, occurs:

         (i) the Borrower does not pay within three business days of 
         maturity all amounts, in principal, interest, fees, ancillary
         expenses, due by virtue of the present contract, or

<PAGE>

         (ii) the Borrower does not comply with any other obligation
         resulting from this contract, and does not remedy to it within 30
         business days after the summons from the Bank to execute the
         obligation, or

         (iii) the Borrower ceases its activity, defaults, declares
         bankruptcy, or a resolution is passed or a petition is presented
         or an order is made for the "liquidation amiable", "reglement
         judiciaire", "reglement amiable", "redressement judiciaire" or
         "liquidation judiciaire" of the Borrower, or a petition is
         presented or an order is made for the appointment of an
         "administrateur ad hoc" or "administrateur judiciaire" to
         administer all or part of the assets of the Borrower, or an event
         analogous to any of the foregoing occurs, or

         (iv) there shall occur any material adverse change in the
         business, assets or conditions of the Group taken as a whole from
         that existing at the date hereof which, in the reasonable opinion
         of the Bank, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
         ability of the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations
         hereunder;

         (v) any financial indebtedness of the Borrower, in an amount in
         excess of US $ 5,000,000 is not paid when due, or any such
         financial indebtedness of the Borrower is declared to be or
         otherwise becomes due and payable by reason of default or by
         reason of the occurrence of an event of default whether as a
         result of culpability or not prior to its specified maturity or
         any other creditor or creditors of the Borrower are entitled (and
         continue to be so entitled) to declare any such financial
         indebtedness of the Borrower due and payable prior to its
         specified maturity by reason of the failure of the Borrower to
         either (i) make any payment in respect of any such financial
         indebtedness upon its due date, (ii) comply with any financial
         covenant or (iii) comply with any other financial test in respect
         of such financial indebtedness, or

         (vi) any representation or statement made by the Borrower in this
         Agreement or in any notice or other document certificate or
         statement delivered by it pursuant hereto or in connection 
         herewith is, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, or proves to
         have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when
         made; or

<PAGE>

         (vii) the Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect, wholly-owned
         subsidiary of THE STANLEY WORKS (subject to the ability of
         directors of such Borrower to hold nominee shares in the capital
         of the Borrower), or

         (viii) more than 15% of the revenues of the Borrower are derived
         from any business wholly and totally unrelated to any of the
         businesses, products, distribution channels or services of
         Borrower at the date hereof, or

         (ix) at any time it is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to
         perform or comply with any of its obligations hereunder or any of
         the obligations of the Borrower are not or cease to be legal,
         valid and binding.


         The Bank may then, by written notification to the Borrower and THE
         STANLEY WORKS, declare immediately due all amounts to be paid with
         respect to the present contract, in principal, interest, fees,
         accessories, and the Bank's commitment resulting from the present
         contract will cease immediately.

         Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Borrower will indemnify
         the Bank for any loss or expense such as but not limited to,
         refinancing, legal or other expenses, incurred by the Bank as a
         result of the early termination of the Credit, by reasons of the
         occurrence of an Event of Default.


         Part VI- TAX - RIGHT OF SET-OFF - BANK'S EXPENSES


         All payments in principal, interest, fees and accessories in favor
         of the Bank will be made without set-off with all the amounts that
         may be due by the Bank to the Borrower, and net of all taxes of
         any kind, present or future, levied by any fiscal authorities. In
         the event where a legal text or regulation would require the
         Borrower to deduct from the amounts due to the Bank taxes of any
         sort, the Borrower agrees to compensate for the shortfall by way
         of additional interest, so that after deduction of all taxes
         including those on the additional interest, the Bank will receive
         all the amounts due to it under this contract.

         More generally, the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Bank, by way
         of additional interest, for any increase in expenses resulting
         from a change in banking regulations occurring after the signature
         of this contract; particularly, if the amount of non-interest
         bearing reserves required for deposit at the Banque de France are
<PAGE>

         increased, the Borrower undertakes to negotiate in good faith a
         new interest rate, which takes into account the aforementioned 
         increased expenses. In the event that no agreement on the
         modification of the interest rate can be reached between the
         Borrower and the Bank, the Borrower may terminate the present
         Agreement at the maturity date of the outstanding Note without
         penalty, but with the payment of the revised interest rate, as
         notified in writing to the Borrower by the Bank. 



         Part VII- MISCELLANEOUS


         The fact that the Bank does not exercise action or exercises it
         with delay against the Borrower, in no way constitutes a waiver of
         the right to this action nor does it result in the novation of the
         credit defined in the present contract.

         The Bank, with no prejudice to all its other rights, will have the
         right, at any time, without prior notice, to set off all the
         amounts due by the Borrower as a result of this contract, with all
         the amounts the Bank holds in its books on behalf of the Borrower,
         in any currency and in any location, for any specific purpose,
         even if the amounts are not yet due. In the event these amounts
         are in different currencies, the Bank may make all foreign
         exchange transactions deemed necessary.



         Part VIII  EXPENSES


         The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank at its first request for
         all the expenses which may result from the Bank taking action to
         defend its rights as described in the present contract, including
         expenses and fees of consulting and lawyers.



         Part IX- ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS


         The Borrower may not transfer in any way any of the rights or
         obligations resulting from the present contract without prior
         written approval from the Bank. The Bank may at its sole
         discretion and without the prior consent of the Borrower, assign
         part or all of the present contract and resulting rights,
         benefits, outstanding debt or obligations to any entity it may
         elect. 

<PAGE>

         Part X- LAW AND JURISDICTION <PAGE>
 


         This contract is governed by French law. Any dispute arising over
         or resulting from the present agreement will be within the
         jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris, knowing that
         the Bank may also pursue any action against the Borrower in front
         of any other competent court.

         The Borrower and the Bank irrevocably agree that the courts of the
         State of New York and the courts of the United States of America
         in New York may have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit,
         action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise
         out of or in connection with this Agreement and, for such
         purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. 


         Part XI- DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

         (i) The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential assignee or
         Transferee or to any person who may otherwise enter into
         contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Agreement
         such information supplied by the Borrower or THE STANLEY WORKS
         pursuant to the present Agreement, and any other information as
         the Bank shall consider appropriate.  Any information supplied by
         the Borrower or THE STANLEY WORKS hereunder shall only be
         disclosed upon the Bank obtaining a confidentiality undertaking,
         from the person to whom the information is to be disclosed.

         (ii) Without prejudice to the above clause, the Bank will treat as
         confidential information received from the Borrower or THE STANLEY
         WORKS in relation to the Credit save for that which has been
         clearly identified by the Borrower as not being confidential, and
         save to the extent that such information may be publicly available
         or which the bank may be obliged to disclose by law. 



         Part XII- NOTICES

         (i) Each communication to be made hereunder shall be made in
         writing but, unless otherwise stated, maybe made by telex or
         letter.

         (ii) Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one
         person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless that
         other person has by fifteen days' written notice to the other
         party specified another address) be made or delivered to that
         other person at the address identified on the first page (or in
         the case of a transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate
         to which it is a party as Transferee) and, in the case of the
         Borrower, with a copy to THE STANLEY WORKS at 1000 Stanley Drive,

<PAGE>

         New Britain, Connecticut 06053, Attn. Craig A. Douglas, and shall
         be deemed to be have been made or delivered when dispatched (in
         the case of any communication made by telex) when left at the
         address or (in the case of any communication made by letter) ten
         days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an 
         envelope addressed to it at that address provided that any
         communication or document to be made or delivered to the Bank
         shall be effective only when received by the Bank and then only if
         the same is expressly marked for the attention of the department
         or officer identified with the Bank's signature below (or such
         other department or officer as the Bank shall from time to time
         specify for this purpose).

         (iii) Each communication or document made or delivered by one
         party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the
         English language or accompanied by a translation thereof in
         English certified (by an officer of the person making or
         delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation
         thereof.  






                                          Done in Paris in two copies
                                          on 25/08/1993



         /s/ Michael M. Roberts
         ________________________          Michael M. Roberts
                                           Vice President
                                           CITIBANK N.A.

         /s/ William Moore
         ________________________          Mr William Moore
                                           S.I.C.F.O. STANLEY S.A.
                                           (the "Borrower") <PAGE>
 


<PAGE>


                                     GUARANTEE


              The undersigned, THE STANLEY WORKS (hereafter the
         "Guarantor"), whose Head-Office is located at 1000 Stanley Drive,
         New Britain, CT represented by Mr. Richard Huck, Vice President,
         Finance, duly authorized to deliver this guarantee, hereby refers
         to:

         - the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 15,000,000 (fifteen
         million of Dutch Guilders) signed on August 26, 1993 between
         S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A. and Citibank N.A. Paris (hereafter called
         "Citibank");

         - the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 7,500,000 (seven
         million five hundred thousand of Dutch Guilders) signed on August
         26, 1993 between Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A. and
         Citibank N.A. Paris;

         -the Credit Agreement in an amount of NLG 7,500,000 (seven million
         five hundred thousand of Dutch Guilders) signed on August 26, 1993
         between Stanley Bostitch S.A. and Citibank N.A. Paris;

         (S.I.C.F.O. Stanley S.A., Societe de Fabrications Bostitch S.A.
         and Stanley Bostitch S.A. being hereafter called individually the
         "Borrower" and collectively the "Borrowers," and the Credit
         Agreements listed hereabove being hereafter called individually
         the "Agreement" and collectively the "Agreements").

              The Guarantor hereby declares being perfectly aware of all
         the terms and conditions of the Agreements.

              The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably without
         being able to demur, undertakes to pay Citibank at its first
         demand, within two business days following this demand, and in
         Dutch Guilders, all amounts up to NLG 30,000,000 (thirty million
         of Dutch Guilders) in principal, plus interest, fees and
         accessories, payable by the Borrowers under the Agreements.

              This guarantee being unconditional, will then remain in full
         force in any circumstances whatsoever including if any Borrower
         cannot fulfill its obligations under the respective Agreement
         because of laws or regulatory measures or any other measures taken
         by the authorities of such Borrower's country.

               This guarantee being unconditional will remain valid in case
         of extension of maturity or amendment, even tacit or any of the
         Agreements.

<PAGE>

               This guarantee will remain in full force until the effective
         and complete payment of any sum due to Citibank by the Borrowers
         under the Agreements.

               Any delay between the due date of the amounts owing by the 
         Guarantor by virtue of this guarantee and their effective payment
         date, without being necessary to summon the Guarantor, will bear
         interest at a rate per annum equal to the offered rate of Citibank
         N.A. London on the London Interbank Market for three month Dutch
         Guilder deposits plus 1.50%.

               The Guarantor will indemnify Citibank at its demand and on
         the view of bills, of any fees including attorney fees that it
         incurs to obtain the execution of the Guarantor's obligations
         under this guarantee.

               Any amount due by the Guarantor under this guarantee will be
         free and clear of any taxes, imposts, levies of any nature,
         whether present or future deducted or withheld by or on behalf of
         any fiscal authorities.

               This guarantee will be governed by French law.  Any dispute
         arising out of or in connection with this guarantee will be within
         the exclusive jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris.


         New Britain, CT on August 26, 1993

                                              THE STANLEY WORKS


                                               BY:    /s/  Richard Huck
                                               Name:  Richard Huck
                                               Title: Vice President,       
                                                     Finance<PAGE>

<PAGE> 





           
                RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES  
                                 OF THE STANLEY WORKS   


              WHEREAS, The Stanley Works maintains for its employees who
         are employed in salaried positions certain pension, stock bonus
         and profit sharing plans designed to meet the requirements of
         Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and

              WHEREAS, the benefits and contributions that may be provided
         under such plans are limited by Sections 401 and 415 of the
         Internal Revenue Code and other provisions thereof; and

              WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Supplemental Pension Plan
         for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works to provide for certain
         employees, in addition to other benefits, benefits that may not be
         provided under such plans; and

              WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend and restate such
         Supplemental Plan;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Company has adopted the following
         Amendment to and Restatement of the Supplemental Plan for Salaried
         Employees of the Stanley Works:


                                  A R T I C L E   1

                               Name and Effective Date


              Section 1.1    This Plan shall be known as the "Restated
         Supplemental Pension Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley
         Works".

              Section 1.2    This Amendment and Restatement shall be
         effective as of January 1, 1993, with respect to salaried
         employees of the Company employed on or after such date.


                                  A R T I C L E   2

                                     Definitions


              "Affiliate" means any affiliate or subsidiary of The Stanley
         Works.
<PAGE>

              "Applicable Limitation" means each of:

                (i)  the limitation on elective contributions under
         Sections 401(a)(30) and 402(g)(1) of the Code; 

               (ii)  the limitation set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the
         Code on the compensation that may be taken into account under a
         plan; 

              (iii)  the limitation on contributions resulting from the
         application of Section 401(k) or (m) of the Code;

               (iv)  the omission from the definition of "Compensation" set
         forth in Article II of the Pension Plan and Article II of the
         Retirement Plan of amounts deferred pursuant to Section 3 of the
         Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in Stanley's Manage-
         ment Incentive Plans; and

                (v)  the limitation on contributions or benefits, as the
         case may be, set forth in the Savings Plan, the Retirement Plan or
         the Pension Plan as required by Section 415 of the Code.

              "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

              "Committee" means the Compensation and Organization Committee
         of The Stanley Works.

              "Company" means The Stanley Works and any Affiliate that has
         adopted the Qualified Plans.

              "Eligible Employee" means a Highly Compensated Employee who
         is a participant in the Management Incentive Plan of The Stanley
         Works.

              "Highly Compensated Employee" means a salaried employee of
         the Company who during the applicable Plan Year is a highly
         compensated employee, as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code. 
         For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "applicable Plan Year"
         means, in the case of deferrals under Section 4.1, the year in
         which an election is made under Section 4.7 and, in the case of a
         contribution under Section 4.3, the year for which such
         contribution is made.

              "Pension Plan" means the Pension Plan for Salaried Employees
         of The Stanley Works.

              "Plan Year" means the applicable plan year of each of the
         Qualified Plans.

              "Qualified Plan" means each of the Savings Plan, the Retire-
         ment Plan and the Pension Plan.

<PAGE>

              "Retirement Plan" means the Retirement Plan for Salaried
         Employees of The Stanley Works.

              "Savings Plan" means the Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
         of The Stanley Works.

              "Supplemental Company Contribution Account" means the account 
         established under the Plan to which amounts are credited under
         Section 4.2.

              "Supplemental Employee Contribution Account" means the
         account established under the Plan to which amounts are credited
         under Section 4.1.

              "Supplemental Pension Account" means the account established
         under the Plan to which amounts are credited under Section 4.3.

              "Unrestricted Qualified Plan Benefit" means the sum of (i)
         the Participant's Pension Plan Benefit and the Supplemental
         Pension Account and (ii) the actuarial equivalent, determined as
         of the date on which distribution commences under the Pension
         Plan, of the benefit, if any, that would be payable to the
         Participant under the Retirement Plan if no Applicable Limitation
         applied.


                                  A R T I C L E   3

                              Participation in the Plan


              Section 3.1    Each Eligible Employee of the Company shall
         become a participant in the Plan on the date as of which an amount
         is first credited to an account established under Article 4 in the
         name of such Eligible Employee.  Subject to Section 4.6, an
         Eligible Employee shall remain a participant until all amounts to
         which he is entitled hereunder have been distributed.

              Section 3.2    Participation in the Plan shall not give a
         participant any right to remain in the service of the Company or
         of an Affiliate, and a participant shall remain subject to
         discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had not been adopted.


                                  A R T I C L E   4

                      Crediting of Accounts; Election to Defer


              Section 4.1    (a)  If for a Plan Year an Eligible Employee's
         contributions under Section 4.2 of the Savings Plan are limited by

<PAGE>

         reason of the dollar limitation described in paragraph (i) of the
         definition herein of Applicable Limitation and such Eligible
         Employee has elected, in the manner described in Section 4.7, to
         defer a portion of his compensation from the Company (not to
         exceed, when added to contributions made under Section 4.2 of the
         Savings Plan, 12% of such compensation), there shall be credited
         to a Supplemental Employee Contribution Account an amount equal to
         the excess of the portion of compensation so elected over such
         dollar limitation.

              (b)  If for a Plan Year an Eligible Employee's contributions
         under Section 4.2 of the Savings Plan are limited by reason of an
         Applicable Limitation, other than as described in subsection (a),
         and such Eligible Employee has elected, in the manner described in
         Section 4.7, to defer a portion of his compensation from the
         Company, there shall be credited to a Supplemental Employee
         Contribution Account an amount equal to the excess (i) over (ii)
         where:

                   (i)  is the amount that would have been contributed
                        under Section 4.2 of the Savings Plan in the
                        absence of the Applicable Limitation, and 

                  (ii)  is the amount actually contributed under Section
                        4.2 of the Savings Plan.

              Section 4.2    (a)  If for a Plan Year an amount is credited
         to a Supplemental Employee Contribution Account under Section 4.1,
         there shall be credited to a Supplemental Company Contribution
         Account an amount equal to the excess of (i) over (ii) where:

                   (i)  is the amount that would have been contributed by
                        the Company under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan
                        with respect to the sum of the elective contribu-
                        tions made to the Savings Plan and the amount
                        credited under Section 4.1 if all of such amounts
                        had been contributed to the Savings Plan, and 

                  (ii)  is the amount actually contributed by the Company
                        under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan.

              (b)  If the amount that may be contributed by the Company
         under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan is limited by reason of an
         Applicable Limitation, otherwise than as described in subsection
         (a), there shall be credited to a Supplemental Company Contribu-
         tion Account an amount equal to the excess of (i) over (ii) where:

                   (i)  is the amount that would have been contributed by
                        the Company under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan
                        in the absence of the Applicable Limitation, and
<PAGE>

                  (ii)  is the amount actually so contributed by the
                        Company.

              Section 4.3    If the contributions made by the Company on
         behalf of an Eligible Employee under Section 4.2 of the Pension
         Plan are less than the amount that would have been contributed by
         the Company if an Applicable Limitation did not apply, there shall
         be credited to a Supplemental Pension Account an amount equal to
         the excess of the amount that, in the absence of the Applicable
         Limitation, would have been contributed under Section 4.2 of the
         Pension Plan over the amount actually so contributed by the
         Company.

              Section 4.4    If a Participant's Unrestricted Qualified Plan
         Benefit exceeds the sum of the amount payable to him under the
         Pension Plan and the actuarial equivalent, determined as of the
         date on which distribution commences under the Pension Plan, of
         the amount payable to him under the Retirement Plan, subject to
         Section 5.1, there shall be payable to him under this Plan such
         excess.

              Section 4.5    (a)  A participant's Supplemental Employee
         Contribution Account and Supplemental Company Contribution Account
         shall be adjusted to reflect the rate of return such accounts
         would have earned if they had been invested in accordance with the
         provisions of the Savings Plan.  Such rate of return shall further
         reflect any additional amount that would have been payable under
         the Retirement Plan by reason of the rate of return actually
         achieved under the Savings Plan.

              (b)  A participant's Supplemental Pension Account shall be
         adjusted to reflect the rate of return such account would have
         earned if it had been invested in the trust fund maintained under
         the Pension Plan.

              (c)  For purposes of subsections (a) and (b), the applicable
         rate of return shall be calculated from the time when the contri-
         butions to the applicable Qualified Plan would have been allocated
         to the participant's account thereunder in the absence of the
         Applicable Limitation.

              Section 4.6    (a)  In the event that a participant shall
         cease to be an Eligible Employee or the Company, in its sole
         discretion, shall determine that a participant may no longer
         actively participate in the Plan, any election under Section 4.1
         shall be deemed to have been revoked and no election may be made
         under such section, and no amounts shall be credited under
         Sections 4.2(b) and 4.3.

              (b)  If a participant described in subsection (a) later
         becomes an Eligible Employee or the Company determines that such

<PAGE>

         participant may recommence active participation in the Plan, as
         the case may be, such participant shall again become an active
         participant in the Plan; crediting under Sections 4.2(b) and 4.3
         shall recommence; and, upon the filing of an election under
         Section 4.7, crediting under Section 4.1 shall recommence.

              (c)  Any amount credited to an account established under
         Article 4 in the name of a participant who was not an Eligible
         Employee for the Plan Year with respect to which such amount was
         credited shall be distributed in a cash lump sum payment upon the
         first to occur of the participant's death, disability or
         separation from service with the Company or an Affiliate or the
         first day of the calendar year in which the participant attains
         age 60.  No further amount shall be credited to any account
         established in the name of a participant described in this
         subsection unless and until such participant becomes an Eligible
         Employee.  When such a participant becomes an Eligible Employee,
         amounts credited to an account established in the name of the
         participant after he or she becomes an Eligible Employee shall be
         distributed in accordance with Section 6.1 and amounts to which
         this subsection applies shall be distributed in accordance with
         this subsection.

              Section 4.7    An election to defer compensation under
         Section 4.1 shall be made, and may be revoked, in such manner as
         the Committee may from time to time prescribe.  Any such election
         shall be effective only as to compensation to be earned after the
         date of the election.


                                  A R T I C L E   5

                                       Vesting


              Section 5.1    Subject to Section 4.4, a participant shall be
         vested in each benefit provided under this Plan in accordance with
         the vesting provisions of the Qualified Plan to which such benefit
         relates.


                                  A R T I C L E   6

                                    Distributions


              Section 6.1    (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Section
         4.6, amounts credited to a participant's Supplemental Employee
         Contribution Account and Supplemental Company Contribution Account
         shall be distributed upon a participant's retirement, death,
         disability or other separation from service with the Company or an

<PAGE>

         Affiliate, or the later date specified in a written election filed
         by the participant with the Committee under this subsection. 
         Except as otherwise permitted by the Committee in its sole
         discretion, no election may be filed under this subsection after
         the beginning of the one-year period ending on the date on which a
         participant retires, dies, becomes disabled or otherwise separates
         from service with the Company or an Affiliate.  No more than one
         election may be filed by a participant under this subsection.

              (b)  Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c), amounts
         payable under Section 4.4 shall be paid on the date on which
         distribution commences under the Pension Plan.

              Section 6.2    Distributions under the Plan shall be made in
         the form of a cash lump sum payment.

              Section 6.3    If, at the time of any payment hereunder, the
         Committee determines that a participant to whom or on whose behalf
         payment is being made is, for any reason, indebted to the Company
         or an Affiliate, The Stanley Works shall be entitled to offset
         such indebtedness, including any interest accruing thereon,
         against the payment otherwise due under the Plan.

              Section 6.4    The Stanley Works shall withhold from any
         payment due under the Plan the amount of any tax required by law
         to be withheld from compensation paid to an employee.

              Section 6.5    Any payment of benefits after a participant's
         death shall be made to the beneficiary designated by the partici-
         pant under the Qualified Plan to which the benefit payable relates
         or to the individual entitled to benefits under such plan in the
         absence of a beneficiary designation, unless the participant
         designates, on a form provided by the Committee, another individ-
         ual or entity to receive benefits payable hereunder after his
         death.

              Section 6.6    No loans shall be permitted under the Plan.


                                  A R T I C L E   7

                                    Miscellaneous


              Section 7.1    The Board of Directors of The Stanley Works
         may, at any time and from time to time, amend or terminate this
         Plan without the consent of any participant or beneficiary.

              Section 7.2    The Plan shall be administered by the Com-
         mittee.  The Committee shall make all determinations as to the
         right of any person to a benefit and the amount thereof.  Any

<PAGE>

         denial by the Committee of a claim by a participant or beneficiary
         for benefits under the Plan shall be stated in writing by the
         Committee and delivered or mailed to the participant or
         beneficiary.  Such notice shall set forth the specific reasons for
         the denial, written in a manner that may be understood without
         legal counsel.  The Committee shall afford to any participant or
         beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied a reasonable
         opportunity for a review of the denial of the claim.

              Section 7.3    This Plan, including any amendments, shall
         constitute the entire agreement between the Company and any
         employee, participant or beneficiary regarding the subject matter
         of the Plan.  There are no covenants, promises, agreements,
         conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the
         Company and any such individual relating to the subject matter
         hereof, other than those set forth in the Plan.  This Plan and any
         amendment hereto shall be binding on the parties hereto and their
         respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and
         assigns, and on any beneficiary of a participant.

              Section 7.4    If any provision of the Plan shall, to any
         extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan
         shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision of the
         Plan shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted
         by law.

              Section 7.5    The Company may establish a reserve or make
         any investment for purposes of satisfying its obligation to pay
         benefits hereunder, and no participant in the Plan shall have any
         interest in any such investment or reserve.  The right of any
         person to receive benefits under the Plan shall be no greater than
         the right of any unsecured general creditor of The Stanley Works. 

              Section 7.6    To the extent permitted by law, the right of
         any participant or beneficiary to any benefit hereunder shall not
         be subject to attachment or other legal process for the debts of
         such participant or beneficiary, and any such benefit shall not be
         subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or
         encumbrance.

              Section 7.7    Whenever, in the opinion of the Committee, a
         person entitled to receive any benefit hereunder is under a legal
         disability or is unable to manage his financial affairs, the
         Committee may direct that payment be made to such person or to his
         legal representative or to a relative of such person for his
         benefit, or the Committee may direct that any payment due here-
         under be applied for the benefit of such person in such manner as
         the Committee considers advisable.  Any payment in accordance with
<PAGE>

         this section shall be a complete discharge of any liability for
         the making of such payment under the provisions of the Plan.

              Dated this 24th day of March, 1994.



                        THE STANLEY WORKS


                        By /s/ Barbara Bennett
                           Title: Vice President
                                            Human Resources 






<PAGE>



                                                      Exhibit 10(xii)

                                                      [Conformed Copy]







         ******************************************************************







                                  THE STANLEY WORKS

                                   MAC TOOLS, INC.

                                         and

                               STANLEY-BOSTITCH, INC.

                     __________________________________________


                           RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    dated as of

                                  December 1, 1993


                     __________________________________________


                   WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                      as Agent







         ******************************************************************
         **


         R#95355.6 <PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS


         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions..................................   1

         SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations..........  14

         SECTION 1.03.  References...................................  14

                                       ARTICLE II

                        PURCHASE AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES


         SECTION 2.01.  Commitments to Purchase Receivables..........  15

         SECTION 2.02.  Receivables Schedules; Method of Offer.......  15

         SECTION 2.03.  Purchase Price...............................  16

         SECTION 2.04.  Purchasers' Yield............................  16

         SECTION 2.05.  Commitment Reductions  . . . . . . . . . . . .   17

         SECTION 2.06.  Repurchase of Receivables; Corrections for
              Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17

         SECTION 2.07.  Servicing and Collections  . . . . . . . . . .   18

         SECTION 2.08.  Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21

         SECTION 2.09.  Adjustments and Settlement . . . . . . . . . .   22

         SECTION 2.10.  General Provisions as to Payments  . . . . . .   25

         SECTION 2.11.  Computation of Purchasers' Yield and Facility
              Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

         SECTION 2.12.  Financing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

         SECTION 2.13.  Commitment Expiration and Termination  . . . .   27
         

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE III








                                CONDITIONS TO PURCHASES


         SECTION 3.01.  Conditions to First Purchase . . . . . . . . .   28

         SECTION 3.02.  Conditions to All Purchases  . . . . . . . . .   30
         
                                     ARTICLE IV

                           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


         SECTION 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power  . . . . . . . .   31

         SECTION 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization;
              Contravention  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31

         SECTION 4.03.  Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31

         SECTION 4.04.  Financial Information  . . . . . . . . . . . .   32

         SECTION 4.05.  Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32

         SECTION 4.06.  Requirements of Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32

         SECTION 4.07.  Compliance with ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . .   32

         SECTION 4.08.  Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

         SECTION 4.09.  Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

         SECTION 4.10.  Not an Investment Company  . . . . . . . . . .   33

         SECTION 4.11.  No Default or Repurchase Event . . . . . . . .   33

         SECTION 4.12.  Full Disclosure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

         SECTION 4.13.  Environmental Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

         SECTION 4.14.  Receivables Not Selected for Creditworthiness    34

         SECTION 4.15.  Eligible Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
         







                            [NOT A PART OF THE AGREEMENT]


                                       - xi -         R#95355.6<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                          ARTICLE V

                                      COVENANTS


         SECTION 5.01.  Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
              (a)  Annual Financial Statements
              (b)  Quarterly Financial Statements
              (c)  Officer's Certificate
              (d)  Accountants' Certificate
              (e)  Receivables Schedule
              (f)  Notice of Repurchase Event
              (g)  Notice of Debt Rating Change
              (h)  SEC Filings
              (i)  Notice of ERISA Matters
              (j)  Additional Information

         SECTION 5.02.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records  . .   36

         SECTION 5.03.  Maintenance of Existence . . . . . . . . . . .   36

         SECTION 5.04.  Dissolution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36

         SECTION 5.05.  Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets  .   37

         SECTION 5.06.  Ownership of Bostitch and MAC  . . . . . . . .   37

         SECTION 5.07.  Use of Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37

         SECTION 5.08.  Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

         SECTION 5.09.  Payment of Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

         SECTION 5.10.  ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

         SECTION 5.11.  Cash Flow Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
         
                                     ARTICLE VI

                                  REPURCHASE EVENTS


         SECTION 6.01.  Repurchase Events  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39

         SECTION 6.02.  Purchase or Repurchase Upon a Repurchase
              Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41


<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.03.  Billing and Collection of Receivables  . . . .   43

         SECTION 6.04.  Other Rights and Remedies  . . . . . . . . . .   43

         SECTION 6.05.  Security Interest; Offset  . . . . . . . . . .   45

         SECTION 6.06.  Notice of Repurchase Event . . . . . . . . . .   45
         
                                     ARTICLE VII

                                      THE AGENT


         SECTION 7.01.  Appointment, Powers and Immunities . . . . . .   45

         SECTION 7.02.  Reliance by Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46

         SECTION 7.03.  Knowledge of Repurchase Events . . . . . . . .   46

         SECTION 7.04.  Rights of Agent as a Purchaser . . . . . . . .   46

         SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47

         SECTION 7.06.  Original Purchasers Treated as Owners  . . . .   47

         SECTION 7.07.  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Purchasers . .   47

         SECTION 7.08.  Failure to Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48

         SECTION 7.09.  Resignation or Removal of Agent  . . . . . . .   48

         SECTION 7.10.  Transmittal of Documents . . . . . . . . . . .   48
         
                                    ARTICLE VIII

                        CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES; COMPENSATION


         SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Euro-Dollar Rate
              Inadequate or Unfair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48

         SECTION 8.02.  Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49

         SECTION 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return  . . . . . .   49

         SECTION 8.04.  Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
<PAGE>         
                                     ARTICLE IX

                               UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY




         SECTION 9.01.  Guaranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51

         SECTION 9.02.  Absolute, Unconditional Guaranty . . . . . . .   52

         SECTION 9.03.  Reinstatement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53

         SECTION 9.04.  Purchasers' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54

         SECTION 9.05.  Information Concerning Bostitch and MAC  . . .   54

         SECTION 9.06.  Subordination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54

         SECTION 9.07.  Subrogation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55

         SECTION 9.08.  Continuing Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
         
                                      ARTICLE X

                                    MISCELLANEOUS


         SECTION 10.01.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55

         SECTION 10.02.  No Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55

         SECTION 10.03.  Expenses; Documentary Taxes; Indemnification    55

         SECTION 10.04.  Sharing of Set-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57

         SECTION 10.05.  Amendments and Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . .   57

         SECTION 10.06.  Margin Stock Collateral . . . . . . . . . . .   58

         SECTION 10.07.  Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . .   58

         SECTION 10.08.  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60

         SECTION 10.09.  Substitute Debt Ratings . . . . . . . . . . .   60

<PAGE>


         SECTION 10.10.  Purchasers' Sales Without Recourse or
              Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61

         SECTION 10.11.  Obligations Several . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61

         SECTION 10.12.  Georgia Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61

         SECTION 10.13.  No Setoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61

         SECTION 10.14.  Consent to Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . .   62

         SECTION 10.15.  Survival of Obligations . . . . . . . . . . .   62

         SECTION 10.16.  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62

         SECTION 10.17.  Captions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62

         SECTION 10.18.  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62



































<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULES


         SCHEDULE 2.07: Lockbox Accounts and Depositories

         SCHEDULE 2.12: Principal Offices, Location of Records, Etc.


                                      EXHIBITS


         EXHIBIT A-1:   Specimen Contract - Bostitch

         EXHIBIT A-2:   Specimen Contract - MAC

         EXHIBIT B:          Form of Receivables Schedule

         EXHIBIT C:          Form of Notice to Lockbox Depository

         EXHIBIT D-1:   Form of Settlement Statement

         EXHIBIT D-2:   Form of Agent's Settlement Statement

         EXHIBIT E:          Form of Assignment and Bill of Sale

         EXHIBIT F-1:   Form of Opinion of Stephen S. Weddle

         EXHIBIT F-2:   Form of Opinion of Vorys, Sater, Seymour and Pease

         EXHIBIT F-3:   Form of Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher
         and Flom

         EXHIBIT G:          Form of Opinion of Agent's Special Counsel

         EXHIBIT H:          Form of Notice to Obligors

         EXHIBIT I:          Form of Assignment and Acceptance


<PAGE>




                              RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT dated as of December 1, 1993, among THE STANLEY
         WORKS, MAC TOOLS, INC., STANLEY BOSTITCH, INC., the PURCHASERS
         listed on the signature pages hereof, and WACHOVIA BANK OF
         GEORGIA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent. 

              The parties hereto agree as follows: 

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

              SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.  The terms as defined in this
         Section 1.01 shall, for all purposes of this Agreement and any
         amendment hereto (except as herein or therein otherwise expressly
         provided or unless the context otherwise requires), have the
         meanings set forth herein (terms defined in the singular to have
         the corresponding meanings when used in the plural, and vice
         versa):

              "Adjusted Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum
         equal to the sum of the Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable
         Base Rate Margin for such day, provided that, upon the occurrence
         and during the continuance of a Repurchase Event, the Adjusted
         Base Rate for any day means a rate per annum equal to the sum of
         the Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin
         for such day plus 2.00% per annum.  The "Adjusted Base Rate" for
         any Settlement Period means a rate per annum equal to the weighted
         average of the Adjusted Base Rate in effect for each day during
         such Settlement Period.

              "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any
         Settlement Period means a rate per annum equal to the quotient
         obtained (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100
         of 1%) by dividing (a) the applicable London Interbank Offered
         Rate for such Settlement Period by (b) 1.00 minus the Euro-Dollar
         Reserve Percentage.

              "Affiliate" shall mean any Person that directly or indirectly
         controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by,
         any Seller and, if such Person is an individual, any member of the
         immediate family (including parents, spouse, children and
         siblings) of such individual and any trust whose principal
         beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such
         immediate family and any Person who is controlled by any such
         member or trust.  As used in this definition, "control"
         (including, with its correlative meanings, "controlled by" and
         "under common control with") shall mean possession, directly or
         indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of
         management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or
         partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or
         otherwise), provided that, in any event, any Person that owns
         directly or indirectly securities having 5% or more of the voting
         power for the election of directors or other governing body of a
         corporation or 5% or more of the partnership or other ownership
         interests of any other Person (other than as a limited partner of
         such other Person) will be deemed to control such corporation or
         other Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual
         shall be an Affiliate solely by reason of his or her being a
         director, officer or employee of a Seller or any of Stanley's
         Subsidiaries and (b) none of the Subsidiaries of Stanley shall be
         Affiliates.

<PAGE>
              "Agent" means Wachovia Bank of Georgia, National Association,
         a national banking association organized under the laws of the
         United States of America, in its capacity as agent for the
         Purchasers hereunder, and its successors and permitted assigns in
         such capacity. 

              "Agent's Costs and Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned
         to such term in Section 2.08(d).

              "Agent's Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Section 2.08(d).

              "Agent's Settlement Statement" shall have the meaning
         assigned to such term in Section 2.07(b)(iii).

              "Agency Fees" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
         Section 2.08(b).

              "Applicable Base Rate Margin" and "Applicable Euro-Dollar
         Margin" (collectively referred to herein as the "Applicable
         Margins") mean, for any day during any period set forth in the
         following table, those percentages per annum set forth opposite
         such period in such table, which percentages shall vary from time
         to time as set forth below depending on whether the Debt Rating of
         the Unsupported Stanley Debt is High, Medium or Low (the
         Applicable Margins to change from time to time on any day on which
         there occurs a change in the Debt Rating of the Unsupported
         Stanley Debt):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Period          Debt    Applicable   Applicable
                                       Rating     Euro-      Base
                                                  Dollar      Rate
                                                  Margin     Margin
                     <S>                        <C>         <C>
                     Prior to the       High    + 0.2500%   + 0.0000%
                      Commitment
                   Expiration Date      Medium  + 0.3750%   + 0.1250%

                                         Low    + 0.5000%   + 0.2500%

                  From and after the    High    + 1.0000%   + 0.7500%
                      Commitment
                   Expiration Date
                                       Medium   + 1.1250%   + 0.8750%
                                         Low    + 1.2500%   + 1.0000%
</TABLE>
               "Assignee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
          10.07(c).

               "Assignment and Acceptance" shall have the meaning set forth
          in Section 10.07(c).

               "Authority" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02.

<PAGE>
               "Base Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to
          the higher as of such day of (a) the Prime Rate, and (b) one-half
          of one percent above the Federal Funds Rate for such day.  For
          purposes of determining the Base Rate for any day, changes in the
          Prime Rate shall be effective on the date of each such change.

               "Beneficial Interest" of any Purchaser means, at any time,
          such Purchaser's undivided beneficial ownership interest in the
          Purchased Receivables in an amount equal to such Purchaser's
          Beneficial Interest Percentage multiplied by the Portfolio
          Balance.

               "Beneficial Interest Percentage" of any Purchaser means, at
          any date, a percentage obtained by dividing (a) the sum of (i)
          the aggregate amount funded by such Purchaser hereunder, on or
          prior to such date, in respect of the Purchase Price for the
          Initial Offered Receivables and all Portfolio Increases minus
          (ii) the aggregate amount allocated and paid to such Purchaser
          pursuant to Section 2.09(c), on or prior to such date, in respect
          of all Portfolio Decreases by (b) the Portfolio Balance as of the
          Cutoff Date or, if later, the Domestic Business Day next
          preceding the Reset Date for the last Settlement Period that
          shall have ended on or prior to such date.  In the event of a
          permitted assignment by a Purchaser of a portion of its
          Beneficial Interest, such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest
          Percentage shall be allocated proportionately between such
          Purchaser and such Purchaser's Assignee.

               "Bostitch" means Stanley-Bostitch, Inc., a Delaware
          corporation, and its permitted successors and assigns.

                   "Capital Stock" means any nonredeemable capital stock of
          Stanley or any Consolidated Subsidiary (to the extent issued to a
          Person other than Stanley), whether common or preferred.

               "Change of Law" shall have the meaning set forth in
          Section 8.02.

               "Charged-Off Receivable" shall mean a Receivable (a) that
          any Seller or Servicer has charged-off as uncollectible or (b)
          with respect to which any accounts, debts or other obligations of
          any Obligor thereon any Seller or Servicer has charged-off as
          uncollectible.

               "Closing Balance" for any Settlement Period means the
          Portfolio Balance of the Closing Receivables for such Settlement
          Period as of the Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset
          Date for such Settlement Period.

               "Closing Date" means the date on which there shall have been
          satisfied all of the conditions specified in Article IV to the
          purchase of Receivables on the occasion of the first purchase of
          Receivables hereunder.

               "Closing Receivables" for any Settlement Period shall mean
          (a) all Receivables constituting Purchased Receivables as of the
          Ending Date for such Settlement Period, excluding all Opening
          Receivables for such Settlement Period (i) that any Seller is
          required to repurchase on such Ending Date pursuant to Section
          2.06 or (ii) that have been fully paid by the Obligors thereon
          and with respect to which there remains no Unpaid Balance, and


<PAGE>
          (b) all additional Receivables, if any, offered for sale on such
          Ending Date to the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.02, but only
          if such Ending Date is prior to the Commitment Expiration Date or
          the Commitment Termination Date, as applicable.

               "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
          or any successor Federal tax code. 

               "Commission" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
          4.05.

               "Commitment" means, with respect to each Purchaser, the
          amount set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser on the
          signature pages hereof, as such amount may be reduced from time
          to time pursuant to Section 2.05.  The total of the Commitments
          initially shall be $80,000,000.

               "Commitment Expiration Date" means September 20, 1996 or
          such later date as the Sellers and all of the Purchasers may
          agree in to writing.

                   "Commitment Percentage" of any Purchaser means (a) at any
          time prior to the Commitment Expiration Date or the Commitment
          Termination Date, as applicable, a percentage obtained by
          dividing such Purchaser's Commitment by the total Commitments as
          at such time and (b) at any time from and after the Commitment
          Expiration Date or the Commitment Termination Date, as
          applicable, a percentage obtained by dividing such Purchaser's
          Commitment by the total Commitments as in effect immediately
          prior to the Commitment Expiration Date or the Commitment
          Termination Date, as applicable; provided that in the event of a
          permitted assignment by a Purchaser of a portion of its
          Beneficial Interest, such Purchaser's Commitment Percentage shall
          be allocated proportionately between such Purchaser and such
          Purchaser's Assignee.

               "Commitment Termination Date" shall have the meaning
          assigned to such term in Section 2.13(a).

               "Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any Subsidiary
          or other entity the accounts of which, in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
          would be consolidated with those of Stanley in its consolidated
          financial statements as of such date.

               "Contract" means, with respect to any Receivable, the
          installment sale or other financing contract or lease under or
          pursuant to which such Receivable was created or otherwise arose,
          between and executed by the seller of such Receivable and all
          Obligors on such Receivable, for the sale or lease of goods by
          such seller to or for the benefit of such Obligor, and for the
          performance of related services, if any, together with each other
          accompanying or related purchase order, guarantee, waiver or
          other instrument evidencing, securing or otherwise given in
          connection with such Receivable.

               "Controlled Group" means all members (including Stanley) of
          a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses
          (whether or not incorporated) under common control that, together
          with Stanley, are treated as a single employer under Section 414
          of the Code. 

<PAGE>

               "Cutoff Date" means the third Euro-Dollar Business Day that
          next precedes the Closing Date.

               "Debt" of any Person means at any date, without duplication,
          (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all
          obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes
          or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person
          to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services,
          except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
          business, (d) the principal component of all obligations of such
          Person as lessee under leases that are accounted for as capital
          leases, (e) all obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank
          or other Person in respect of amounts payable under a banker's
          acceptance, (f) all obligations of such Person to reimburse any
          bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of
          credit or similar instrument, (g) all Debt of others secured by a
          Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is
          assumed by such Person, and (h) all Debt of others Guaranteed by
          such Person.  For purposes of clause (h) of this definition, the
          amount of Debt attributable to any Guarantee shall be deemed to
          be equal to the amount of the Debt so Guaranteed or, if the
          amount of such Debt may vary from time to time, the maximum
          amount of such Debt, provided that if the amount or maximum
          amount of such Debt is not stated or determinable, then the
          amount of Debt attributable to such Guarantee shall be the
          maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof
          (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as
          determined by such Person in good faith.

               "Debt Rating" means, at any time, the rating of the
          Unsupported Stanley Debt by Standard & Poor's and Moody's (or, in
          circumstances where Standard & Poor's or Moody's is not providing
          public ratings of Unsupported Stanley Debt, substitute public
          ratings or private credit ratings as specified in Section 10.09). 
          The Debt Rating shall be "High" at any time when Unsupported
          Stanley Debt is rated A minus or higher by Standard & Poor's and A3
          or higher by Moody's (or, in either case, the comparable ratings
          then in existence).  The Debt Rating shall be "Medium" at any
          time when Unsupported Stanley Debt is rated (x) BBB+ or higher,
          but lower than A minus, by Standard & Poor's and Baa1 or higher by
          Moody's, or (y) BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor's and Baa1 or
          higher, but lower than A3, by Moody's (or, in any case, the
          comparable ratings then in existence).  The Debt Rating shall be
          "Low" at any time when Unsupported Stanley Debt is rated lower
          than BBB+ by Standard & Poor's or lower than Baa1 by Moody's (or,
          in either case, the comparable ratings then in existence).  The
          Debt Rating shall be "Less Than Investment Grade" at any time
          when Unsupported Stanley Debt is rated lower than BBB- by
          Standard & Poor's or lower than Baa3 by Moody's (or, in either
          case, the comparable ratings then in existence).

               "Defaulted Receivable" means, at any time, a Purchased
          Receivable (a) with respect to which any required payment thereon
          or in respect thereof (including, without limitation, in respect
          of principal, interest or taxes) is more than 90 days past due,
          or (b) in respect of which any Obligor thereon (i) has committed
          any material breach under the Contract giving rise to such
          Receivable, which breach has not been cured within 60 days after
          written notice thereof from any Seller, any Servicer, or the
          Agent (which notice shall be given at the Agent's option or at
          the direction of any Purchaser), (ii) has ceased doing business
          as a going concern (if such Obligor is a corporation), or (iii)
          has become insolvent or bankrupt under any insolvency or
          bankrupcy law or has made an assignment for the benefit of
          creditors.
<PAGE>
               "Dollars" or "$" means dollars in lawful currency of the
          United States of America.

               "Domestic Business Day" means any day except a Saturday,
          Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Georgia or New
          York are authorized by law to close. 

               "Eligible Purchaser" means, at any time, a Purchaser (or an
          Assignee or potential Assignee) that at such time (a) is a
          commercial or investment bank, insurance company or other
          financial institution (but excluding factors) and (b) is not a
          Seller or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any Seller or
          Subsidiary.

               "Eligible Receivable" means, at any time, a Receivable:

                    (a)  as to which (i) at the time of its creation and
               its conveyance hereunder, the Seller thereof (x) was the
               true and sole owner thereof, (y) had good, absolute and
               marketable title thereto free and clear of all Liens of any
               nature, and (z) had the right to transfer and assign the
               same without restriction, and (ii) the full Net Balance, as
               shown on the bill of sale or the Receivables Schedule first
               identifying the same, is owing;

                    (b)  that was created, and with respect to which at all
               times thereafter the Seller thereof, the underlying Contract
               and the related sales and services remain in all material
               respects, in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes,
               rules or regulations (including, without limitation, laws
               pertaining to usury, other limitations on interest, truth in
               lending, equal credit opportunity, consumer protection and
               unfair or deceptive trade practice, as any of such laws are
               applicable);

                    (c)  that (i) is payable in Dollars, (ii) is free from
               allowances, discounts, credits, adjustments, defenses, set-
               offs or counterclaims by any Obligor thereon of any kind
               against the Seller thereof, (iii) is secured by a valid
               security interest in the goods the sale or lease of which
               gave rise to such Receivable, (iv) is not evidenced, in
               whole or in part, by any note, trade acceptance, draft or
               other instrument constituting an "instrument" or "document"
               within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC as enacted and
               then in effect in the States of Connecticut, Ohio, Rhode
               Island, Georgia or any other jurisdiction in which any
               Seller has its principal place of business or maintains any
               books, records, files or other information concerning any of
               its Receivables and (v) was created in an created in a
               country that is a member of the Organization for Economic
               Cooperation and Development.

                    (d)  with respect to which (i) the right to payment has
               been fully earned by delivery and acceptance of the goods
               involved and by the completed performance of all related
               services, if any, (ii) there has been no denial of liability
               by any Obligor, and (iii) no Obligor is the United States of
               America, any State thereof or any political subdivision or
               agency of the United States of America or any such State,
               unless the Seller thereof has fully complied with the
               Assignment of Claims Act or any similar applicable State law
               with respect to such Receivable;

                    (e)  
          with respect to which the underlying Contract (i) is
          substantially in a form as shown in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 or

<PAGE>

          (if Stanley is the Seller of such Receivable) in a form approved
          by the Purchasers, in each case without material amendments,
          modifications or supplements thereto, written or otherwise, (ii)
          has been duly and fully executed by the seller or lessor of the
          goods sold or leased thereunder and by each Obligor thereon,
          (iii) constitutes the valid, genuine and binding obligation of
          each such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, (iv)
          constitutes the only Contract with respect to the goods sold or
          leased thereunder and the services, if any, related thereto, (v)
          correctly states all names, addresses, amounts and other
          statements of fact, (vi) has a term no longer than 60 months from
          the date of such Contract, (vii) contains no provision
          prohibiting assignment of, or the creation of a security interest
          in, such Contract or the Receivable arising thereunder, and
          (viii) is in the possession of either a Servicer or the Agent in
          originally executed form (and not a copy);

                    (f)  
          that is not (i) a Charged-Off Receivable or a Defaulted
          Receivable, (ii) payable by any Obligor that is an Obligor under
          a Defaulted Receivable or a Charged-Off Receivable, or (iii) in
          repossession or litigation; and

                    (g)  
          that constitutes either an "account" or "chattel paper" under and
          as defined in Article 9 of the UCC as enacted and then in effect
          in the States of Connecticut, Ohio, Rhode Island, Georgia or any
          other jurisdiction in which any Seller has its principal place of
          business or maintains any books, records, files or other
          information concerning any of its Receivables.

               "Ending Date" for any Settlement Period means the last day
          of such Settlement Period.

                   "Environmental Laws" means any Federal, state or local law,
          statute, rule or regulation, or any order or decree of any
          governmental authority or regulatory body, relating to health,
          safety or the environment.

               "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
          1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, or any
          successor law.  Any reference to any provision of ERISA shall
          also be deemed to be a reference to any successor provision or
          provisions thereof. 

               "Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic Business Day
          on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried out in the
          London interbank market.

               "Euro-Dollar Rate" means, for any day during any Settlement
          Period, a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Adjusted London
          Interbank Offered Rate for such Settlement Period plus the
          Applicable Euro-Dollar Margin for such day, provided that, upon
          the occurrence and during the continuance of a Repurchase Event,
          the Euro-Dollar Rate for any day during any Settlement Period
          means a rate per annum equal to the sum of (x) the Adjusted
          London Interbank Offered Rate for such Settlement Period plus (y)
          the Applicable Euro-Dollar Margin for such day plus (z) 2.00% per
          annum.  The "Euro-Dollar Rate" for any Settlement Period means a
          rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the Euro-Dollar
          Rate in effect for each day during such Settlement Period.


<PAGE>

               "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day that
          percentage (expressed as a decimal) that is in effect on such
          day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal
          Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum
          reserve requirement for a member bank of the Federal Reserve
          System in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or in respect of
          any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by
          reference to which the Purchasers' Yield (when calculated by
          reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate) is determined or
          any category of extensions of credit or other assets that
          includes loans by a non-United States office of any Purchaser to
          United States residents).  The Adjusted London Interbank Offered
          Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective
          date of any change in the Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage.

               "Facility Documents" means this Agreement and any other
          document evidencing or securing any Seller's Obligations.

               "Facility Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
          in Section 2.08(a).

               "Facility Fee Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum
          equal to (a) to 0.1500% per annum at all times when the Debt
          Rating of Unsupported Stanley Debt is High, or (b) 0.1875% per
          annum at all other times.

               "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum
          (rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the
          weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
          transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged
          by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published for such day
          (or, if such day is not a Domestic Business Day, for the next
          preceding Domestic Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of
          New York, provided that if such rate is not so published for any
          day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of
          the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the
          Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing
          selected by the Agent.

               "Fiscal Year" means any fiscal year of Stanley.

               "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent
          or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing
          any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct
          or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to
          secure, purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
          purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation (whether
          arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to
          keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to
          provide collateral security, to take-or-pay, or to maintain
          financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into
          for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of
          such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to
          protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or
          in part), provided that the term Guarantee shall not include
          endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
          business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a
          corresponding meaning. 

               "Guaranteed Obligations" shall have the meaning assigned to
          such term in Section 9.01.


<PAGE>

               "Hazardous Materials" means (a) solid or hazardous waste, as
          defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1980, or
          in any other applicable federal, state or local law, rule or
          regulation, (b) hazardous substances, as defined in the
          Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
          Act, or in any other applicable federal, state or local law, rule
          or regulation, (c) gasoline or any other petroleum product or by-
          product (including but not limited to crude oil, diesel oil, fuel
          oil, gasoline, lubrication oil, oil refuse, oil mixed with other
          waste, oil sludge, and all other liquid hydrocarbons, regardless
          of specific gravity), natural or synthetic gas products, urea
          formaldehyde, asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls, (d) toxic
          substances, as defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act of
          1976, or in any other applicable federal, state or local law,
          rule or regulation, (e) insecticides, fungicides, or
          rodenticides, as defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,
          and Rodenticide Act of 1975, or in any other applicable federal,
          state or local law, rule or regulation, or (f) any other
          hazardous, toxic or dangerous substance, material, waste,
          pollutant or contaminant, defined as such in (or for the purposes
          of) any other applicable federal or state environmental law, rule
          or regulation, in each case as each such Act, statute, law, rule
          or regulation may be amended from time to time.

               "Initial Offered Receivables" shall have the meaning
          assigned to such term in Section 2.02(a).

               "Lockbox Account" shall have the meaning assigned to such
          term in Section 2.07(a)(vii).

               "Lockbox Depository" shall have the meaning assigned to such
          term in Section 2.07(a)(vii).

               "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
          pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in
          respect of such asset.  For the purposes of this Agreement,
          Stanley or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject to a
          Lien any asset that it has acquired or holds subject to the
          interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale
          agreement, capital lease (to the extent accounted for as a
          capital lease) or other title retention agreement relating to
          such asset.

               "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any Settlement
          Period means the rate per annum determined on the basis of the
          offered rate for deposits in Dollars of amounts equal or
          comparable to the principal amount of the Opening Balance for
          such Settlement Period offered for a term of three months, which
          rates appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page as of 11:00 a.m.,
          London time, two (2) Euro-Dollar Business Days prior to the first
          day of such Settlement Period, provided that (a) if more than one
          such offered rate appears on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the
          "London Interbank Offered Rate" will be the arithmetic average
          (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) of
          such offered rates; and (b) if no such offered rates appear on
          such page, the "London Interbank Offered Rate" for such
          Settlement Period will be the arithmetic average (rounded upward,
          if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) of rates quoted by
          not less than two major banks in New York City, selected by the
          Agent, at approximately 10:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, two
          (2) Euro-Dollar Business Days prior to the first day of such
          Settlement Period, for deposits in Dollars offered to leading
          European banks for a period of three months in an amount
          comparable to the Opening Balance for such Settlement Period.

<PAGE> 


                   "MAC" means Mac Tools, Inc., an Ohio corporation, and its
          permitted successors and assigns.

               "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as defined in Regulation
          G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
          System, as in effect from time to time, together with all
          official rulings and interpretations issued thereunder.

               "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
          the business, financial condition or results of operations of
          Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

               "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any
          successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

               "Multiemployer Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in
          Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

               "Net Balance" means, with respect to any Receivable at any
          time, the Unpaid Balance of such Receivable at such time less the
          Unearned Charges (to the extent such Unearned Charges are
          included in such Unpaid Balance) with respect to such Receivable
          at such time.

               "Notice to Lockbox Depository" shall have the meaning
          assigned to such term in Section 2.07(a)(vii).

               "Notice to Obligor" shall have the meaning assigned to such
          term in Section 3.02(b).

               "Obligations" of a Seller or the Sellers, as the case may
          be, means all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities existing
          on the date of this Agreement or arising thereafter, direct or
          indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or
          unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured,
          arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, of such
          Seller or Sellers, as applicable, under this Agreement or any
          other Facility Document, including, without limitation, all such
          indebtedness, obligations and liabilities under Article II,
          Section 6.02 and Article IX.

               "Obligor" means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person
          or Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such
          Receivable, including any guarantor thereof, and its or their
          heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

               "Office" means, as to each Purchaser, its office located at
          its address set forth on the signature pages hereof (or
          identified on the signature pages hereof as its Office) or such
          other office as such Purchaser may hereafter designate as its
          Office by notice to Stanley and the Agent.

                   "Opening Balance" for any Settlement Period means the
          Portfolio Balance of the Opening Receivables for such Settlement
          Period as of the first day of such Settlement Period.

<PAGE>

               "Opening Receivables" means (a) for the first Settlement
          Period, the Receivables first purchased by the Purchasers under
          this Agreement on the Closing Date, and (b) for each other
          Settlement Period, the Closing Receivables for the next preceding
          Settlement Period.

               "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(b).

               "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
          entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA. 

               "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership,
          an unincorporated association, a trust or any other entity or
          organization, including, but not limited to, a government or
          political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 

               "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan
          that is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum
          funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and is either (i)
          maintained by a member of the Controlled Group for employees of
          any member of the Controlled Group or (ii) maintained pursuant to
          a collective bargaining agreement or any other arrangement under
          which more than one employer makes contributions and to which a
          member of the Controlled Group is then making or accruing an
          obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five
          plan years made contributions. 

               "Portfolio Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate amount
          of the Net Balances of all Purchased Receivables at such time.

               "Portfolio Decrease" means, for any Settlement Period, the
          positive sum, if any, of the Opening Balance for such Settlement
          Period minus the Closing Balance for such Settlement Period.

               "Portfolio Increase" means, for any Settlement Period, the
          negative sum, if any, of the Opening Balance for such Settlement
          Period minus the Closing Balance for such Settlement Period.  The
          Portfolio Increase for any Settlement Period represents the
          amount of the aggregate Purchase Price for all Subsequently
          Offered Receivables to be purchased by the Purchasers hereunder
          on the Ending Date for such Settlement Period, net of the amount
          by which the Opening Balance for such Settlement Period exceeds
          the aggregate Net Balance of the Opening Receivables for such
          Settlement Period as of such Ending Date.

               "Potential Repurchase Event" means any act, event, condition
          or circumstance that with the giving of notice or lapse of time
          or both would, unless cured or waived, become a Repurchase Event.

                   "Prime Rate" refers to that interest rate so denominated and
          set by Wachovia from time to time as an interest rate basis for
          borrowings.  The Prime Rate is but one of several interest rate
          bases used by Wachovia.  Wachovia lends at interest rates above
          and below the Prime Rate.

               "Principal Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of Stanley that
          has net sales that represent 15% or more of the consolidated net
          sales of Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a
          whole.


<PAGE>

               "Purchase" means a purchase of Receivables hereunder by the
          Purchasers under the Commitments.

               "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning assigned to such
          term in Section 2.03(a).

               "Purchased Receivables" means, at any time, all Receivables
          that have then or theretofore been sold hereunder to the
          Purchasers and that continue to be beneficially owned by them.

               "Purchaser" means each bank listed on the signature pages
          hereof as having a Commitment, and its successors and permitted
          assigns. 

               "Purchasers' Yield" for any Settlement Period means an
          amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the
          Opening Balance for such Settlement Period times (b) the Yield
          Rate for such Settlement Period times (c) a fraction, the
          numerator of which is the number of days in such Settlement
          Period, including the first but excluding the last, and the
          denominator of which is 360.

               "Receivable" shall mean the right to receive all or any part
          of the payments made or to be made by or for the benefit of any
          Obligor under a Contract, which right has been fully earned by
          delivery and acceptance of goods and by performance in full of
          all related services, if any, in accordance with the terms of
          such Contract.

               "Receivables Schedule" shall have the meaning assigned to
          such term in Section 2.02(a).

               "Reportable Event" shall have the meaning given such term in
          Section 4043(b) of Title V of ERISA (other than a Reportable
          Event as to which the provision of 30 days notice to the PBGC is
          waived under applicable regulations).

               "Repurchase Event" shall have the meaning set forth in
          Section 6.01.

                   "Required Purchasers" means at any time Purchasers having
          Commitments that equal or exceed 66 2/3% of the aggregate amount
          of the Commitments or, if the Commitments are no longer in
          effect, Purchasers holding at least 66 2/3% of Beneficial
          Interests, provided that if any Purchaser's Beneficial Interest
          shall have been purchased, pursuant to Section 6.02(a) or
          otherwise, or is otherwise owned or held, legally or
          beneficially, by any Person that is not an Eligible Purchaser,
          then so long as such Beneficial Interest shall be owned or held
          by any such Person, such Purchaser's Commitment and Beneficial
          Interest shall be zero and shall not be considered for the
          determination of the Required Purchasers.

               "Reset Date" for any Settlement Period means the second
          Euro-Dollar Business Day next preceding the Ending Date for such
          Settlement Period.

               "Security" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
          Section 2(l) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

               "Sellers" means Stanley, Bostitch and MAC.

<PAGE>

               "Sellers' Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to
          such term in Section 2.09(f).

               "Servicers" means the Sellers in their capacity as servicers
          of the Purchased Receivables acting on behalf of and as
          independent contractors of the Purchasers.

               "Settlement Period" means each period that (i) in the case
          of the first Settlement Period, shall commence on Closing Date
          and shall end March 20, 1994 or (ii) in the case of each
          Settlement Period thereafter, shall commence on the last day of
          the immediately preceding Settlement Period and shall end on the
          20th day in the third succeeding calendar month (unless such day
          is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, in which event such Settlement
          Period shall end on the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business
          Day).

               "Settlement Statement" has the meaning assigned to such term
          in Section 2.09(b).

               "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Corporation and
          any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating
          agency.

               "Stanley" means The Stanley Works, a Connecticut
          corporation, and its permitted successors and assigns, and shall
          be deemed to refer to it in its capacity as a Seller hereunder
          and as a guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to the
          provisions of Article IX.

                   "Subsequently Offered Receivables" means, with respect to
          the Ending Date for any Settlement Period, in the event that on
          the Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such
          Settlement Period the Portfolio Balance of the Opening
          Receivables for such Settlement Period (excluding those, if any,
          that any Seller is required to repurchase on such Ending Date
          pursuant to Section 2.06) is less than the total Commitments then
          in effect, all additional Receivables, if any, offered for sale
          to the Purchasers on such Ending Date pursuant to Section
          2.02(b).

               "Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation or other
          entity of which securities or other ownership interests having
          ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
          directors or other persons performing similar functions are at
          the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.  Unless
          otherwise indicated, all references herein to Subsidiaries refer
          to Subsidiaries of Stanley, including, without limitation,
          Bostitch and MAC.

               "Transferee" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(d).

               "UCC" or "U.C.C." means, at any time, the Uniform Commercial
          Code as enacted and then in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

               "Unearned Charges" means, with respect to any Receivable at
          any time, any sales, use or other taxes applicable to such
          Receivable plus all interest and other charges applicable to such
          Receivable that have not then been earned or accrued, determined
          in each case by the terms of the Contract giving rise to such
          Receivable.

<PAGE>

               "Unpaid Balance" shall mean, with respect to any Receivable
          at any time, the aggregate of installments of principal and
          interest due and to become due on such Receivable at such time,
          plus any and all sales, use or other taxes applicable to such
          Receivable.

               "Unsupported Stanley Debt" means, at any time (a) the long-
          term senior, unsecured Debt of Stanley, the creditworthiness of
          which is not supported through defeasance, guarantees, credit
          enhancement or otherwise or (b) if at such time no such Debt is
          outstanding, Stanley's Obligations under this Agreement.

               "Voting Stock" means Securities of any class or classes, the
          holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies,
          entitled to elect a majority of Stanley's corporate directors (or
          Persons performing similar functions).

               "Yield Rate" for any Settlement Period means the Adjusted
          Base Rate or the Euro-Dollar Rate for such Settlement Period, as
          Stanley shall select or be deemed to have selected pursuant to
          Section 2.04.

               "Wachovia" means Wachovia Bank of Georgia, National
          Association, a national banking association and its successors.

               "Withdrawal Liability" means a withdrawal liability with
          respect to a Multiemployer Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

               "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary all of the
          shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of which
          (except directors' qualifying shares) are at the time directly or
          indirectly owned by Stanley. 

               SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless
          otherwise specified herein, all terms of an accounting character
          used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
          hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to
          be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time
          to time, applied on a basis consistent (except for changes
          concurred in by Stanley's independent public accountants) with
          the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of
          Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered to the
          Purchasers.

               SECTION 1.03.  References.  Except as otherwise expressly
          provided in this Agreement:  the words "herein," "hereof,"
          "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this
          Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules and Exhibits
          hereto, if any, that are a part hereof, and not to any particular
          Section, Article, paragraph or other subdivision; the singular
          includes the plural and the plural includes the singular; "or" is
          not exclusive; the words "include," "includes" and "including"
          are not limiting; a reference to any agreement or other contract
          includes past and future permitted supplements, amendments,
          modifications and restatements thereto or thereof; a reference to
          an Article, Section, paragraph or other subdivision, Schedule or
          Exhibit is a reference to an Article, Section, paragraph or other
          subdivision of, or Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement; a
          reference to any law includes any amendment or modification to
          such law and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; a
          reference to a Person includes its permitted successors and
          assigns; any right may be exercised at any time and from time to
          time; and, except as otherwise expressly provided therein, all

<PAGE>

          obligations under any agreement or other contract are continuing
          obligations throughout the term of such agreement or contract.



                                                         ARTICLE II

                        PURCHASE AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

               SECTION 2.01.  Commitments to Purchase Receivables.  Each
          Purchaser severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth
          herein, to purchase Receivables, up to such Purchaser's
          Commitment, owned by one or more of the Sellers and offered for
          sale pursuant to Section 2.02 on the Closing Date and on any
          Ending Date for any Settlement Period ending prior to the
          Commitment Expiration Date or the Commitment Termination Date, as
          applicable; provided that, immediately after each such Purchase
          the Portfolio Balance shall not exceed the total Commitments; and
          provided further that the aggregate Net Balances, as of the
          Cutoff Date, of Receivables so offered for sale on the Closing
          Date, shall not be less than $25,000,000.  Notwithstanding
          anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Agent or
          any Purchaser shall assume or be deemed or considered to have
          assumed the duties, liabilities or obligations of any Seller or
          any other Person under any Contract by reason of any Purchase
          hereunder or otherwise.

               SECTION 2.02.  Receivables Schedules; Method of Offer.  (a) 
          Initial Purchase.  Not later than 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia
          time) on the second Euro-Dollar Day next preceding the Closing
          Date, Stanley shall deliver to the Agent a schedule in the form
          attached hereto as Exhibit B (a "Receivables Schedule") for the
          Closing Date, which Receivables Schedule shall be dated as of
          such second Euro-Dollar Business Day next preceding the Closing
          Date.  Such Schedule so delivered shall identify each Receivable
          offered for sale to the Purchasers on the Closing Date (the
          "Initial Offered Receivables").

               (b)  Subsequent Purchases.  Stanley shall deliver to the
          Agent, for receipt not later than 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia
          time) on the Ending Date for each Settlement Period, a
          Receivables Schedule for such Settlement Period, dated as of
          Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such
          Settlement Period, that identifies each Closing Receivable for
          such Settlement Period, including (in the case of any Settlement
          Period ending prior to the Commitment Termination Date or the
          Commitment Expiration Date, as applicable) all Subsequently
          Offered Receivables, if any, offered for sale on such Ending
          Date, provided that the aggregate Net Balance of such
          Subsequently Offered Receivables shall not exceed the amount, if
          any, by which the total Commitments exceed the Portfolio Balance,
          as of the Domestic Business Day next preceding such Reset Date,
          of the Opening Receivables for such Settlement Period (excluding
          those, if any, that any Seller is required to repurchase on such
          Ending Date pursuant to Section 2.06).  The Closing Balance for
          such Settlement Period, as reflected in the Settlement Statement
          for such Settlement Period to be delivered for receipt by the
          Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia) on the Ending
          Date for such Settlement Period, shall reflect the aggregate Net
          Balance of such Subsequently Offered Receivables as of the
          Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such
          Settlement Period.


<PAGE>

               (c)  Contents and Effect of Receivables Schedules.  No
          Receivables Schedule shall list any Receivable that, to the
          knowledge of any Seller, after reasonable inquiry, is not or may
          not be an Eligible Receivable.  With respect to each Receivable
          listed on any Receivables Schedule, such Receivables Schedule
          shall contain such information as to enable the Purchasers to
          determine, with respect to such Receivable, (i) the name of each
          Obligor thereon, (ii) the original term (expressed in months) of
          the Contract giving rise to such Receivable, (iii) the amount and
          frequency (e.g., monthly or quarterly) of, and due date for, each
          payment due thereon, (iv) the aggregate number of remaining
          payments due thereon as of the Closing Date or such Ending Date,
          as applicable, (v) the Net Balance thereof as of the date of such
          Receivables Schedule (which, in the case of the Receivables
          Schedule for the Closing Date shall be the Cutoff Date and in the
          case of a Receivables Schedule for any Settlement Period shall be
          the Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such
          Settlement Period), and (vi) an aging of such Receivable.  The
          delivery of each Receivables Schedule shall constitute an offer
          to sell to the Purchasers hereunder (x) on the Closing Date, each
          Initial Offered Receivable and (y) on the Ending Date for any
          Settlement Period, each Subsequently Offered Receivable for such
          Ending Date.

               SECTION 2.03.  Purchase Price.  (a)  The purchase price
          payable by the Purchasers for the Initial Offered Receivables and
          for the Subsequently Offered Receivables on the Ending Date for
          any Settlement Period, as the case may be (the "Purchase Price"),
          shall be equal to the aggregate Net Balances of all the Initial
          Offered Receivables as of the Cutoff Date or, in the case of such
          Subsequently Offered Receivables, the aggregate Net Balances of
          all such Subsequently Offered Receivables as of the Domestic
          Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement
          Period.

               (b)  With respect to the Purchase Price for the Initial
          Offered Receivables, on the Closing Date, each Purchaser shall
          make available to the Agent its ratable share (determined on the
          basis of such Purchaser's Commitment Percentage) of such Purchase
          Price.  Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition
          specified in Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will,
          subject to Section 2.10(c), make the funds so received from the
          Purchasers available to Stanley on the Closing Date, on behalf of
          and for the account of the Sellers, at the Agent's address
          referred to in Section 10.01.

                   (c)  The Purchase Price for any Subsequently Offered
          Receivables purchased on the Ending Date for any Settlement
          Period shall be credited to the Sellers and accounted for as part
          of the settlement reconciliation for such Settlement Period
          pursuant to Section 2.09.

               SECTION 2.04.  Purchasers' Yield.  (a)  The Sellers hereby
          guarantee to the Purchasers a yield on the Opening Receivables
          for each Settlement Period equal to the Purchasers' Yield for
          such Settlement Period, without regard to the amount of interest
          on such Opening Receivables collected from the Obligors thereon
          during such Settlement Period.  The Purchasers' Yield for each
          Settlement Period shall be credited to the Purchasers and
          accounted for as part of the settlement reconciliation for such
          Settlement Period pursuant to Section 2.09.  

               (b)  Stanley may select, on behalf of the Sellers, for each
          Settlement Period whether the Yield Rate for such Settlement
          Period shall be the Adjusted Base Rate or the Euro-Dollar Rate

<PAGE>
          for such Settlement Period.  Such selection shall be made by
          written notice from Stanley to the Agent to be received not later
          than 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the third Euro-Dollar
          Business Day next preceding the first day of such Settlement
          Period if Stanley shall elect the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield
          Rate for such Settlement Period; provided that if the Agent shall
          not have received such a notice from Stanley on or prior to 10:00
          a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the third Euro-Dollar Business
          day next preceding the first day of such Settlement Period,
          Stanley shall be deemed to have selected, on behalf of the
          Sellers, the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate for such
          Settlement Period; and provided further that, upon the occurrence
          and during the continuance of a Repurchase Event, Stanley may not
          select the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate for any Settlement
          Period unless all of the Purchasers shall consent thereto in
          writing.

               SECTION 2.05.  Commitment Reductions.  If on the Ending Date
          for any Settlement Period the total Commitments shall exceed the
          Closing Balance for such Settlement Period, Stanley may reduce
          the Commitments effective as of such Ending Date by the amount of
          such excess by delivering to the Agent, not less than 5 Domestic
          Business Days prior to such Ending Date, written notice of such
          reduction specifying the total amount of such reduction and the
          Settlement Period Ending Date on which such reduction shall be
          effective.  Any notice of a reduction of the Commitments
          delivered pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, and on
          the Settlement Period Ending Date so specified in such notice the
          Commitments shall be reduced, without further action, by the
          amount of reduction so specified in such notice.  Each such
          reduction shall be applied pro rata to the Commitments of the
          respective Purchasers based on their respective Commitment
          Percentages.

                   SECTION 2.06.  Repurchase of Receivables; Corrections for
          Errors.  (a)  Each Seller shall repurchase from the Purchasers
          any Purchased Receivable conveyed hereunder by such Seller (i)
          that becomes a Defaulted Receivable or a Charged-Off Receivable,
          (ii) with respect to which any Obligor thereon is also an Obligor
          on a Defaulted Receivable or a Charged-Off Receivable, (iii) that
          was not an Eligible Receivable when conveyed to the Purchasers
          hereunder, or (iv) that at any time after such conveyance ceases
          to be an Eligible Receivable for any reason (other than solely by
          reason of its conveyance to the Purchasers hereunder).  Such
          repurchase shall be made as of the Ending Date of any Settlement
          Period during which any officer or responsible official
          (including, without limitation, the credit manager) of such
          Seller or any Servicer obtains knowledge of, or during which the
          Agent or any Purchaser shall have notified Stanley or such Seller
          of, any of the foregoing conditions with respect to such
          Purchased Receivable.  The repurchase price for each such
          Purchased Receivable shall be the Net Balance of such Purchased
          Receivable as of the Domestic Business Day next preceding the
          Reset Date for such Settlement Period.

               (b)  If it shall be determined that, as a result of any
          error in a Receivables Schedule, a Settlement Statement or
          otherwise, the amount paid by the Purchasers in respect of the
          Purchase Price for the Initial Offered Receivables or any
          Subsequently Offered Receivables exceeded or was less than the
          Purchase Price required to be paid hereunder, then on the Ending
          Date of any Settlement Period in which such error shall have been
          discovered the Sellers and the Purchasers shall make appropriate
          adjustments to correct such error, which adjustments may include,
          without limitation, the Sellers' repurchase of Purchased
          Receivables or a refund of amounts paid in respect of the
          Purchase Price, as appropriate.

<PAGE>

               (c)  With respect to each Purchased Receivable to be
          repurchased under this Section on the Ending Date for any
          Settlement Period, the repurchase price for such Purchased
          Receivable, together with the Purchasers' Yield allocable to such
          Purchased Receivable for such Settlement Period shall be credited
          to the Purchasers and accounted for as part of the settlement
          reconciliation for such Settlement Period pursuant to Section
          2.09.

               SECTION 2.07.  Servicing and Collections.  (a)  Until such
          time as the Agent shall have assumed the responsibility for the
          billing and collection of the Purchased Receivables pursuant to
          Section 6.03 or paragraph (b) of this Section, the Sellers, in
          their capacity as Servicers and acting on behalf of and as
          independent contractors of the Purchasers, shall bill and service
          the Purchased Receivables and collect all amounts due from
          Obligors on the Purchased Receivables.  In the performance of
          such duties, the Sellers shall use such reasonable commercial
          practices, and exercise such care and diligence, as the Sellers
          would employ in the billing, servicing and collection of
          Receivables owned by them.  Subject to and in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 2.09, all amounts collected by the
          Servicers in respect of the Purchased Receivables during any
          Settlement Period shall be credited to the Purchasers and
          accounted for as part of the settlement reconciliation for such
          Settlement Period pursuant to Section 2.09.  As compensation for
          the Sellers' performance of their duties as Servicers, the
          Sellers shall be entitled to a Sellers' Servicing Fee for each
          Settlement Period for which such duties are performed, as
          provided in Section 2.08(c), but otherwise the Sellers shall
          perform their duties as Servicers hereunder at their own expense. 
          As part of and included in the Sellers' duties as Servicers, the
          Sellers agree as follows:

                    (i)  Sellers shall, on behalf of the Purchasers,
               collect payments and all sales/use and other applicable
               taxes from Obligors on the Purchased Receivables and will,
               at their sole cost and expense, diligently perform all
               billing and collecting for amounts due or to become due with
               respect to Purchased Receivables.  Sellers shall bill
               Obligors in accordance with their standard billing
               procedures, provided that each invoice sent to an Obligor
               with respect to any Purchased Receivable shall separately
               list the amount due as such Obligor's payment obligation
               under such Purchased Receivable from any other Receivable
               that is not a Purchased Receivable.

                    (ii) Sellers shall maintain books and records
               pertaining to all Purchased Receivables.

                    (iii)     To the extent the Sellers are responsible
               therefor, the Sellers will, on behalf of the Purchasers,
               collect when due, any and all personal property taxes,
               license fees, sales, use, excise, or similar taxes now or
               hereafter imposed by any governmental authority or
               regulatory body on any goods sold or leased, or services
               performed, under or pursuant to any Contract giving rise to
               any Purchased Receivable or payments due under such
               Contract, or such Contract itself or the Purchased
               Receivable arising thereunder, together with any penalties
               or interest in connection therewith and remit the same to
               the appropriate governmental authority or regulatory body. 
               To the extent any Purchaser is directly assessed any taxes,
               penalties or interest on any such goods or services, on any
               such payments or on any such Contract or Purchased
               Receivable, and such Purchaser notifies Stanley of said
               assessment, then such Purchaser and the Sellers agree to

<PAGE>

               first attempt (at the Sellers' expense) to have the
               governmental authority or regulatory body reassess such
               taxes, penalties or interest against the Sellers on behalf
               of such Purchaser, failing which, such Purchaser shall pay
               such taxes to the appropriate governmental authority or
               regulatory body; provided that such taxes, penalty or
               interest shall in any event be paid by the Purchasers before
               they become delinquent or become a Lien upon any Purchased
               Receivable or any goods sold or leased under any Contract
               giving rise to any Purchased Receivable.  Stanley shall,
               promptly upon demand, reimburse each Purchaser for all such
               taxes, penalties and interest so assessed against and paid
               by such Purchaser.  Each Purchaser agrees to cooperate with
               and provide reasonable assistance to the Sellers, at the
               Sellers' sole cost and expense, in their efforts to obtain a
               refund from the appropriate governmental authority or
               regulatory body for any duplication of any tax payments.

                    (iv) Sellers shall maintain and preserve the original
               Contracts giving rise to the Purchased Receivables and shall
               not permit any other Person to obtain possession thereof,
               provided that, if the Agent shall have assumed the Sellers'
               duties for the billing and collection of the Purchased
               Receivables pursuant to Section 6.03 or paragraph (b) of
               this Section, then the Sellers shall promptly deliver to the
               Agent the originals (and all original counterparts in any
               Seller's possession or control) of all such Contracts. 
               Further, the Sellers shall file proper financing statements
               or (with respect to financing statements theretofore filed)
               financing statement amendments under Article 9 of the UCC
               (as enacted and then in effect in any relevant jurisdiction)
               with the appropriate recording officers showing the Agent,
               as assignee of any security interest in the goods sold or
               leased under any such Contract, provided that no such filing
               shall be required to be made unless (x) the Sellers shall
               fail to repurchase the Purchased Receivables or any
               Purchaser's Beneficial Interest pursuant to Section 6.02 or
               (y) the Agent shall have assumed the Sellers' duties and
               responsibilities for the billing and collection of Purchased
               Receivables pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section or
               Section 6.03.

                    (v)  Sellers shall preserve and maintain such records
               of goods sold or leased under a Contract that are in the
               possession of any Obligor under a Purchased Receivable in
               accordance with the Sellers' normal business procedures. 
               Sellers shall give each Purchaser and the Agent, and their
               respective representatives, at all reasonable times access
               to such records and shall permit such representatives to
               inspect, audit and to make extracts therefrom.

                    (vi) Where required under a Contract giving rise to a
               Purchased Receivable, Sellers shall obtain evidence of
               insurance covering the goods sold or leased under such
               Contract and listing the Seller of such Purchased Receivable
               and any of its assigns as co-payee.

                    (vii)     Sellers shall direct that all payments made
               by any Obligor on any Purchased Receivable be deposited into
               one or more separate lockbox accounts (each a "Lockbox
               Account") with a depository that is not a Subsidiary or an
               Affiliate (a "Lockbox Depository") for which each Seller
               shall have delivered to the Agent, executed in blank, a
               notice to such Lockbox Depository (a "Notice to Lockbox
               Depository") substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached
               hereto.  The Sellers warrant and represent that attached
               hereto as Schedule 2.07 is a true and correct listing of all

<PAGE>

               Lockbox Accounts and the names and addresses of all Lockbox
               Depositories.  No Seller shall close or make any change of
               any Lockbox Account or any Lockbox Depository, or authorize
               or direct any Obligor on any Purchased Receivable to remit
               its payments to a different Person or account (or, in the
               case of Stanley, any Person or account), unless, not less
               than 30 days prior to the date thereof, such Seller shall
               have delivered written notice thereof to the Agent and shall
               have executed and delivered to the Agent a new Notice to
               Lockbox Depository, addressed to such new Lockbox Depository
               but otherwise executed in blank.  Subject to paragraph (b)
               of this Section and Section 6.04(c), the Sellers may use and
               withdraw funds from any Lockbox Account without restriction.

               (b)  Sellers' duties as Servicers of the Purchased
          Receivables may be terminated unilaterally by the Agent or the
          Required Purchasers pursuant to Section 6.03 or by a written
          amendment to this Agreement signed by the Required Purchasers,
          the Agent and the Sellers.  If the servicing arrangement is so
          terminated, thereupon the Agent shall assume all rights and
          responsibilities for the billing and collection of the Purchased
          Receivables, and

                    (i)  from and after such termination (A) Sellers shall
               not be entitled to the any Sellers' Servicing Fee, (B) if a
               Repurchase Event has occurred, no Seller shall be entitled
               to receive or retain any sum collected in respect of any
               Purchased Receivable until all of the Purchased Receivables
               shall have been repurchased pursuant to Section 6.02, (C) no
               Seller shall withdraw or otherwise remove, or permit the
               removal by any Person other than the Agent or its agents, of
               any funds in any Lockbox Account (provided that, subject to
               Section 6.05, the Agent shall pay to a Seller amounts paid
               into a Lockbox Account on a Receivable, owned by such
               Seller, that is not a Purchased Receivable (a "Non-Purchased
               Receivable") so long as, in each instance, such Seller shall
               have (x) notified the Agent in writing of the amount to be
               remitted to it and the identity of the applicable Receivable
               and of the Obligor thereunder and (y) demonstrated to the
               Agent's reasonable satisfaction that the amount proposed to
               be removed did not represent any part of a payment made on a
               Purchased Receivable, and provided further that the Sellers
               may notify Obligors on any Non-Purchased Receivables to make
               payments only on such Non-Purchased Receivables as the
               Sellers may direct), (D) each Seller shall transmit and
               deliver to the Agent, immediately upon receipt thereof, all
               payments on account of any Purchased Receivable that such
               Seller may receive, (E) the Sellers shall pay to the Agent
               for its own account the Agent's Servicing Fee in accordance
               with the provisions of Section 2.08(d) and, promptly upon
               demand from time to time, the Agent's Costs and Expenses,
               and (F) the Sellers will provide the Agent with an ASCII
               file containing the names and mailing addresses of the
               Obligors on the Purchased Receivables;

                    (ii) the Sellers shall promptly deliver to the Agent
               all books, records, files and insurance policies referred to
               in paragraph (a) of this Section and shall execute and
               deliver to the Agent instruments of assignment, in form and
               substance satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel,
               assigning to the Agent all such insurance policies;

                    (iii)     the Agent, in connection with its assumption
               of the Sellers' rights and duties for the billing and
               collection of the Purchased Receivables, (A) may contract
               with third-party independent contractors for the performance

<PAGE>

               of any or all of such duties, (B) may direct any or all of
               the Obligors on the Purchased Receivables to remit any and
               all payments thereon to the Agent or such other Person as
               the Agent may designate, and for that purpose the Agent may
               date and deliver to the Obligors on Purchased Receivables
               the Notices to Obligors delivered to Agent by the Sellers at
               various times pursuant to Section 3.02, (C) may assume
               control of and dominion over all funds then on deposit in or
               thereafter deposited into each Lockbox Account, and for such
               purpose the Agent may date, otherwise complete and deliver
               to each Lockbox Depository a Notice to Lockbox Depository
               delivered to the Agent pursuant to the provisions of clause
               (a)(vii) of this Section, (D) shall bill for and collect all
               amounts payable under the Purchased Receivables and (E)
               shall be responsible for the preparation of a Settlement
               Statement in the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto (the "Agent's
               Settlement Statement") on the Ending Date of each Settlement
               Period ending after the date of such assumption;

                    (iv) no Seller shall interfere, attempt to interfere,
               or communicate in any way with any Obligor concerning the
               notices, billing and collection of payments on Purchased
               Receivables and other amounts as provided in this Agreement;
               and
                           (v)  the Agent may, in any Seller's name (and each
               Seller hereby expressly authorizes the Agent and gives the
               Agent permission to do so) or in the name of the Purchasers,
               (A) endorse all remittances received and all notes (if any)
               evidencing obligations under the Purchased Receivables and
               any assignments thereof, and (B) release, on terms
               satisfactory to Agent or by operation of law or otherwise,
               compromise or adjust any and all rights against, and/or
               grant extensions of time of payment to, the Obligors on any
               Purchased Receivable or agree to the substitution of an
               Obligor, without notice to any Seller and without affecting
               any Seller's Obligations.

               (c)  Each Seller does hereby irrevocably constitute and
          appoint the Agent and its officers its true and lawful attorney
          with full power of substitution, for such Seller and in its name,
          place and stead, to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for,
          sue for, compromise, adjust, and give acquittance for any and all
          amounts due or to become due in respect of any Purchased
          Receivable, to endorse the name of such Seller on all checks,
          collection receipts or instruments given in payment or part
          payment thereof, to sign terminations, amendments and assignments
          (to the Agent or otherwise) of financing statements referencing
          such Seller as secured party given to perfect security interests
          under any such Purchased Receivable, and otherwise to take any
          and all actions determined by the Agent to be necessary or
          desirable in the servicing, billing or collection of the
          Purchased Receivables; provided that the power herein conferred
          shall be exercisable only if, and from and after such time as,
          the Agent shall have assumed the responsibilities for the billing
          and collection of the Purchased Receivables pursuant to paragraph
          (b) of this Section or under Section 6.03.

               SECTION 2.08.  Fees.  The following fees shall be payable
          and (except with respect to the Agent's Servicing Fees unless
          otherwise provided in Section 2.09) shall be credited and
          accounted for hereunder in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 2.09:

                    (a)  Facility Fee.  The Sellers shall pay to the Agent,
               for the ratable account of each Purchaser, for each
               Settlement Period a fee (a "Facility Fee") equal to the
               product obtained by multiplying (i) such Purchaser's


<PAGE>
               Commitment as of the first day of such Settlement Period
               times (ii) the weighted average of the Facility Fee Rate in
               effect for each day during such Settlement Period times
               (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the
               numerator of which is the total number of days (including
               the first but excluding the last) during such Settlement
               Period; provided that, if a Purchaser shall have failed to
               fund its ratable share of the Purchase Price for the Initial
               Offered Receivables or a Portfolio Increase and such failure

               Closing Date or the applicable Ending Date, as the case may
               be, then the amount of Facility Fees due to such Purchaser
               shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section
               2.10(c)(ii).

                    (b)  Agency Fees.  Stanley shall pay to the Agent, for
               its own account, the fees provided for in that letter
               agreement, dated November 4, 1993, between the Agent and
               Stanley (the "Agency Fees").

                    (c)  Sellers' Servicing Fee.  As compensation for the
               Sellers' performance of their duties as Servicers under
               Section 2.07(a), for each Settlement Period (or portion
               thereof) during which the Sellers act as Servicers, the
               Sellers shall be entitled to the Sellers' Servicing Fee for
               such Settlement Period; provided that if, pursuant to
               Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03, the Agent shall have
               assumed the Sellers' duties for the billing and collection
               of the Purchased Receivables, the Sellers' right to receive
               any Sellers' Servicing Fee shall terminate as of the date of
               such assumption, and if such assumption shall occur on a
               date other than the first day of a Settlement Period, the
               Sellers' Servicing Fee for the Settlement Period during
               which such assumption shall occur shall be pro-rated as of
               the date of such assumption.

                    (d)  Agent's Servicing Fee.  In the event that,
               pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03, the Agent shall
               have assumed the Sellers' duties for the billing and
               collection of the Purchased Receivables, the Sellers shall
               pay a monthly fee of $25,000 to the Agent, for its own
               account, on the date of such assumption and on the first day
               of each month thereafter (an "Agent's Servicing Fee").   The
               Agent's Servicing Fee shall be pro-rated for any partial
               month.  In addition, upon demand from time to time the
               Sellers shall also pay to the Agent, and reimburse it for,
               all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in
               connection with the performance of such duties, including,
               without limitation, the fees, costs and expenses charged to
               the Agent by any third Person engaged to perform all or any
               part of such billing and collection tasks (the "Agent's
               Costs and Expenses").  The Sellers shall be obligated to pay
               the Agent's Servicing Fees and the Agent's Costs and
               Expenses until all of the Purchased Receivables have been
               sold to one or more third parties or all of the Purchased
               Receivables have been finally and indefeasibly paid in full
               by the Obligors thereon.

               SECTION 2.09.  Adjustments and Settlement.  (a)  The
          balances owed to the Sellers on the one hand and to the
          Purchasers on the other hand in respect of collections of amounts
          due from Obligors in respect of Purchased Receivables, the sale
          of Subsequently Offered Receivables, the repurchase of Purchased
          Receivables pursuant to Section 2.06, the Facility Fees, the
          Agency Fees, the Sellers' Servicing Fees and (to the extent
          herein provided) the Agent's Servicing Fees and Agent's Costs and
          Expenses, if applicable, shall be evidenced by a mutual open
          account that shall be reconciled and settled for each Settlement
          Period as of the Ending Date thereof as provided in this Section. 

<PAGE>
               (b)  Prior to 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the
          Reset Date for each Settlement Period, the Servicers shall submit
          to the Agent a settlement statement, bill of sale and assignment,
          substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 (each a
          "Settlement Statement"), dated the Ending Date for such
          Settlement Period and specifying among other things (i) the
          Opening Balance and the Closing Balance for such Settlement
          Period, (ii) the Portfolio Decrease, if any, for such Settlement
          Period, (iii) the Portfolio Increase, if any, for such Settlement
          Period, (iv) the amount and computation of the Purchasers' Yield
          for such Settlement Period, (v) the amount and computation of the
          Facility Fee for such Settlement Period, and (vi) the amount of
          all Agent's Servicing Fees and Agent's Costs and Expenses, if
          any, that became due to the Agent on or before, but remain unpaid
          as of, such Ending Date.  In connection with the Settlement
          Statement for each Settlement Period, Stanley shall deliver to
          the Agent, for receipt not later than 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta,
          Georgia time) on the Ending Date for such Settlement Period, a
          Receivables Schedule for such Settlement Period, dated as of the
          Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such
          Settlement Period, conforming to the requirements of Section
          2.02.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Agent
          shall have assumed the Sellers' responsibilities for the billing
          and collection of Purchased Receivables, such Settlement
          Statements shall be prepared by the Agent (with copies furnished
          to the Sellers and the Purchasers) and the calculations and
          information therein shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

               (c)  On the Ending Date for each Settlement Period, the
          Sellers shall pay (without regard to the aggregate amount or
          sufficiency of collections received by the Sellers during such
          Settlement Period of payments made on the Opening Receivables for
          such Settlement Period) to the Agent an amount equal to the sum
          of (i) the Portfolio Decrease, if any, for such Settlement Period
          (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.10(c)(i)(B)),
          (ii) the Purchasers' Yield for such Settlement Period (subject to
          adjustment as provided in Section 2.10(c)(i)(A)), (iii) the
          Facility Fees for such Settlement Period (subject to adjustment
          as provided in Section 2.10(c)(ii)), and (iv) the amount of all
          Agent's Servicing Fees and Agent's Costs and Expenses, if any,
          that became due to the Agent on or before, but remain unpaid as
          of, the Ending Date for such Settlement Period; provided that, if
          as a consequence of a Repurchase Event the Agent shall have
          established a date, that is within 5 Domestic Business Days
          following such Ending Date, for the repurchase of all of the
          Purchased Receivables pursuant to Section 6.02(c), then such
          payment otherwise due on such Ending Date shall be deferred until
          and shall be due on the date so established for such repurchase,
          except that nothing in this proviso shall relieve the Sellers of
          their obligation to prepare and deliver a Settlement Statement
          for such Settlement Period.  Promptly upon receipt of any amount
          so paid by the Sellers, the Agent shall apply the same first to
          the items identified in clause (iv) of this paragraph (b) and to
          any the Agency Fees that shall have become due but which then
          remain unpaid by the Sellers, and from the balance, if any,
          remaining after such application the Agent shall remit to each
          Purchaser (by a credit to an account of such Purchaser maintained
          with the Agent for such purpose or by the delivery of Federal or
          other funds immediately available to such Purchaser in accordance
          with written wiring instructions delivered to the Agent by such
          Purchaser) such Purchaser's ratable share of the Portfolio
          Decrease (if any), the Purchasers' Yield and the Facility Fees
          for such Settlement Period, in each case subject to any necessary
          adjustment required by Section 2.10(c).  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, if the Agent shall have assumed the Sellers'
          responsibilities for the billing and collection of the Purchased
          Receivables pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03, then the
          amount to be so paid by the Sellers on the Ending Date for any
          Settlement Period shall be reduced by the amount of collected
          funds in the Agent's possession, as of the Domestic Business Day
          next preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement Period,
          representing payments made by Obligors in respect of the Opening
          Receivables for such Settlement Period and received by the Agent
          from and after the Reset Date for the next preceding Settlement
          Period.  The Sellers' repurchase of any Purchased Receivables on

<PAGE>

          the Ending Date of any Settlement Period, under Section 2.06,
          Section 2.13, Section 6.02 or otherwise, shall not relieve the
          Sellers of their obligation to pay to the Agent any amounts
          required to be paid hereunder on such Ending Date.

               (d)  Subject to Section 3.02, on the Ending Date for each
          Settlement Period each Purchaser shall make available to the
          Agent, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10(c), its
          ratable share of the Portfolio Increase, if any, for such
          Settlement Period.  Subject to Section 2.10(c), the Agent will
          make the funds so received from the Purchasers available to
          Stanley, on behalf of and for the account of the Sellers, at the
          Agent's aforesaid address.

               (e)  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,
          if on the Ending Date for any Settlement Period any Purchaser's
          Commitment or Beneficial Interest shall be held by a Person that
          is not an Eligible Purchaser (by reason of a purchase of such
          Beneficial Interest pursuant to Section 6.02 or otherwise), then
          (i) the amount of the Portfolio Increase, if any, to be paid to
          the Sellers for such Settlement Period, and the amount of the
          Portfolio Decrease, if any, Purchasers' Yield and Facility Fees
          to be so credited for payment to the Agent for such Settlement
          Period, each shall be reduced by a percentage equal to the
          Beneficial Interest Percentage attributable to the Person that is
          not an Eligible Purchaser, (ii) such Person shall account
          directly to the Sellers in respect of the amount of such Person's
          pro rata share of the Portfolio Increase, if any, that otherwise
          would have been so credited for payment to the Sellers (and the
          Agent and the Eligible Purchasers shall be relieved of any
          obligation to do so), (iii) the Sellers shall account directly to
          such Person for the amount of such Person's pro rata share (based
          on the Beneficial Interest Percentages) of the Portfolio
          Decrease, if any, Purchasers' Yield and Facility Fees that
          otherwise would have been so credited for payment to the Agent
          for the account of such Person (and the Agent shall be relieved
          of any obligation to do so), and (iv) after giving effect to such
          reductions, those amounts to be remitted by the Agent to the
          Purchasers shall be allocated to the Eligible Purchasers on a pro
          rata basis in accordance with the portion of the total Beneficial
          Interest Percentage of each such Eligible Purchaser.

               (f)  Without in any way limiting the obligation to account
          for or pay the amounts required to be paid to the Agent pursuant
          to paragraph (c) of this Section, until such time as the Agent
          have shall assumed, pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03,
          the Sellers' duties for the billing and collection of the
          Purchased Receivables, to the extent that the collections during
          any Settlement Period (or part thereof prior to the date of such
          assumption by the Agent) in respect of the Opening Receivables
          therefor exceed the sum of (i) the amount by which the Opening
          Balance for such Settlement Period exceeds the aggregate Net
          Balance of such Opening Receivables as of the Domestic Business
          Day next preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement Period,
          plus (ii) the Purchasers' Yield for such Settlement Period, plus
          (iii) the Facility Fees and Agency Fees for such Settlement
          Period, the Sellers may retain such excess collections (herein,
          the "Sellers' Servicing Fee" for such Settlement Period) for
          their own account as compensation for such Settlement Period (or
          portion thereof) in respect of such servicing.  In the event the
          Agent shall so assume the Sellers' duties for the billing and
          collection of the Purchased Receivables, such excess shall be
          retained by the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Purchasers,

<PAGE>

          as collateral security for Sellers' Obligations (and for such
          purpose and to such extent, each Seller hereby grants to the
          Agent, as security for the Sellers' Obligations, a security
          interest in such funds).

               SECTION 2.10.  General Provisions as to Payments.  (a) Each
          Seller shall make all payments required to be made by it under
          this Agreement (including, without limitation, payments of

                                       - 37 -         R#95355.6<PAGE>





          amounts required under Section 2.09, Section 2.13, Section 6.02
          or Article IX) not later than 11:00 A.M. (Atlanta, Georgia time)
          on the date when due, in Federal or other funds immediately
          available in Atlanta, Georgia, to the Agent at its address
          referred to in Section 10.01.  To the extent required by this
          Agreement, the Agent will promptly distribute to each Purchaser
          its share, determined in accordance with the provisions of this
          Agreement, of each such payment received by the Agent for the
          account of the Purchasers.

               (b)  Payment of any amount due from any Seller hereunder
          (including, without limitation, pursuant to any provision of
          Article II, Article VI, Article IX or Article X) that is not paid
          when due in accordance with the provisions hereof shall bear
          interest, payable upon demand, for each day until paid at a rate
          per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate for such day plus the
          Applicable Base Rate Margin for such day plus 2.0% per annum.

               (c)  Not later than 11:00 A.M. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on
          the Closing Date each Purchaser shall make available its ratable
          share of the Purchase Price for the Initial Offered Receivables,
          and not later than 11:00 A.M. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on each
          Ending Date each Purchaser shall make available its ratable share
          of the Portfolio Increase, if any, due on such date, in each case
          in Federal or other funds immediately available in Atlanta,
          Georgia, to the Agent at its address referred to in Section
          10.01.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
          the Agent will promptly distribute to Stanley, for the account of
          the Purchasers, such Purchase Price or Portfolio Increase, as
          applicable.  Unless the Agent receives notice to the contrary
          from a Purchaser, at the Agent's address referred to in
          Section 10.01, no later than 4:00 P.M. (local time at such
          address) on the Domestic Business Day next preceding the Closing
          Date or an Ending Date, as applicable, the Agent shall be
          entitled to assume that such Purchaser will make available to the
          Agent, not later than 11:00 A.M. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the
          Closing Date or such Ending Date, as applicable, such Purchaser's
          ratable share of such Purchase Price or Portfolio Increase (if
          any), as applicable, to be paid to the Sellers on such date and,
          in reliance on such assumption, the Agent may (but shall not be
          obligated to) make available such Purchaser's ratable share of
          such Purchase Price or Portfolio Increase, as applicable, to
          Stanley for the account of such Purchaser.  If the Agent makes
          such Purchaser's ratable share of such Purchase Price or
          Portfolio Increase, as applicable, available to Stanley and such
          Purchaser does not in fact make available such ratable share of
          such Purchase Price or Portfolio Increase, as applicable, as and
          when required hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to recover
          such Purchaser's ratable share of such Purchase Price or
          Portfolio Increase from such Purchaser or the Sellers (and for
          such purpose shall be entitled to charge such amount to any
          account of any Seller maintained with the Agent), together with
          interest thereon for each day during the period from the Closing
          Date or such Ending Date, as applicable, until such sum shall be
          repaid to the Agent in full at a rate per annum equal to the
          Federal Funds Rate for each such day during such period, provided
          that (x) any such payment by the Sellers of such Purchaser's
          ratable share shall be without prejudice to any rights that the
          Sellers may have against such Purchaser and shall not affect in
          any manner such Purchaser's obligation to fund its ratable share
          of such Purchase Price or Portfolio Increase and (y) payments of

<PAGE>

          interest for any period to the Agent by the Sellers on any
          amounts recovered by the Agent from the Sellers under this
          Section 2.10(c) shall be made in lieu of any Purchasers' Yield
          (or, in the case of a required purchase of a Purchaser's
          Beneficial Interest or required repurchase of the Purchased
          Receivables pursuant to Section 6.02, that component of the
          purchase price or repurchase price determined by reference to the
          Yield Rate) for such period on such recovered amount.  If the
          Agent does not exercise its option to advance funds for the
          account of such Purchaser, it shall forthwith notify Stanley of
          such decision.  In addition, if on the Closing Date or any Ending
          Date a Purchaser shall be required but shall fail to fund its
          ratable share of the Purchase Price for the Initial Offered
          Receivables or a Portfolio Increase, then in such event 

                    (i)  if the Agent does not advance funds for the
               account of such Purchaser, or if the Agent advances such
               funds to, and thereafter recovers such funds from, the
               Sellers, then (A) for each day of any Settlement Period on
               which such ratable share remains unfunded, the amount of
               Purchasers' Yield for such day otherwise payable by the
               Sellers for the account of such Purchaser shall be reduced
               to an amount equal to the total Purchasers' Yield for such
               day multiplied by such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest
               Percentage and (B) for any Settlement Period that shall end
               after such failure without such failure having been
               remedied, the amount of the Portfolio Decrease (if any) for
               such Settlement Period otherwise payable by the Sellers for
               the account of such Purchaser shall be reduced to an amount
               equal to the Portfolio Decrease for such Settlement Period
               multiplied by such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest
               Percentage; and

                    (ii) notwithstanding Section 2.08(a), if such failure
               was for a reason within such Purchaser's control and shall
               remain unremedied for a period of five (5) Domestic Business
               Days, then the amount of the Facility Fee for the Settlement
               Period in which such failure occurs otherwise payable by the
               Sellers for the account of such Purchaser shall be reduced
               to an amount equal to the total Facility Fees of all of the
               Purchasers for such Settlement Period (calculated as set
               forth in Section 2.08(a)) multiplied by such Purchaser's
               Beneficial Interest Percentage.

          Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (c), a
          failure by a Purchaser to fund its ratable share of the Purchase
          Price on the occasion of the initial Purchase hereunder, or of a
          Portfolio Increase on the occasion of any other Purchase
          hereunder, shall not be deemed to affect in any manner the number
          or amount of Initial Offered Receivables or Subsequently Offered
          Receivables sold to the Purchasers hereunder, the Sellers' sole
          remedy being to recover from such Purchaser the amount such
          Purchaser has failed to fund.

               SECTION 2.11.  Computation of Purchasers' Yield and Facility
          Fees. Purchasers' Yield and Facility Fees hereunder shall be
          computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the
          actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but
          excluding the last day).

               SECTION 2.12.  Financing Statements.  In order to evidence
          the sale of Receivables under this Agreement, each Seller shall,
          from time to time as requested by Required Purchasers or the

<PAGE>

          Agent, take such action, and execute and deliver such instruments
          (including, without limitation, financing statements under the
          UCC as enacted and then in effect in the States of Connecticut,
          Ohio, Rhode Island, Georgia or any other jurisdiction in which
          any Seller has its principal place of business or maintains any
          books, records, files or other information concerning any of its
          Receivables) in order to evidence the sale of Receivables under
          this Agreement or to record notice of the Purchasers' interest in
          the Purchased Receivables.  Each Seller represents and warrants
          to the Purchasers that Schedule 2.12 attached hereto accurately
          sets forth such Seller's federal employment identification
          number, the address of such Seller's principal place of business
          and the address of each location where such Seller maintains any
          books, records, files or other information concerning any of its
          Receivables or the Purchased Receivables.  No Seller shall change
          the location of its principal place of business, the location of
          any such books, records files or information, its name, its
          identity or its corporate structure unless, in each case, not
          less than 30 days prior to such change, such Seller shall have
          notified the Agent in writing of the proposed change and shall
          have executed, delivered and/or recorded such instruments as the
          Agent may determine shall be necessary in order to continue the
          effectiveness of any notice of the Purchasers' interest in the
          Purchased Receivables.

               SECTION 2.13.  Commitment Expiration and Termination.  (a)
          The Commitments shall expire on the Commitment Expiration Date
          unless earlier terminated at the Sellers' election.  The
          effective date of any such termination (the "Commitment
          Termination Date") shall be the Ending Date of the Settlement
          Period in which the Sellers have notified the Purchasers of their
          exercise of such election, which notice to be effective on such
          Ending Date shall be given not less than three Euro-Dollar
          Business Days prior to such Ending Date.  Upon the expiration or
          termination of the Commitments (other than a termination
          resulting from the occurrence of a Repurchase Event):

                    (i)  The Sellers, upon 30 days prior notice, may at any
               time require each of the Purchasers to sell all of its
               right, title and interest in all the Purchased Receivables
               to a third party or third parties designated in such notice
               on the Ending Date of any Settlement Period ending on or
               after the Commitment Expiration Date or Commitment
               Termination Date, as applicable.  The purchase price, which
               shall be paid on such Ending Date, shall be equal to the sum
               of (A) for each Purchaser, the product obtained by
               multiplying such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest Percentage
               by the Portfolio Balance on the Domestic Business Day next
               preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement Period plus (B)
               to the extent not otherwise accounted for and paid pursuant
               to Section 2.09, all Purchasers' Yield accrued to such
               Ending Date and all Facility Fees for such Settlement
               Period, subject to any necessary adjustment required by
               Section 2.10(c)(i)(A) and Section 2.10(c)(ii), respectively,
               plus (C) all other amounts payable to the Purchasers and the
               Agent hereunder and under the other Facility Documents; or

                    (ii) If upon the expiration or termination of the
               Commitments, the Sellers do not require the sale of the
               Purchased Receivables to a designated third party, the
               Purchasers shall have the right, in addition to and without
               waiving all other rights they may have under applicable law:

                         (A) to sell or otherwise transfer the Purchased
                    Receivables in any lawful manner that may be

<PAGE>

                    expeditious or economically advantageous to the
                    Purchasers, provided that, the Purchased Receivables
                    must be conveyed as a whole to a purchaser or group of
                    purchasers acceptable to the Sellers; or 

                         (B) to retain the Purchased Receivables, in which
                    event, (1) the Sellers shall continue to act as
                    Servicers and to receive the Sellers' Servicing Fee for
                    so acting (unless the Agent have shall assumed,
                    pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03, the
                    Sellers' duties for the billing and collection of the
                    Purchased Receivables), (2) the Purchasers shall be
                    entitled to receive and the Sellers shall be obligated
                    to pay the Purchasers' Yield and (3) the Agent shall be
                    entitled to receive and the Sellers shall be obligated
                    to pay the Agent's Fee.  Such obligations shall
                    continue until (x) there are no longer any amounts
                    owing on the Purchased Receivables, (y) the remaining
                    Purchased Receivables have been sold to a third party
                    (pursuant to clause (i) or clause (ii)(A) above) or (z)
                    the Sellers shall have repurchased all of the Purchased
                    Receivables pursuant paragraph (b) of this Section.

               (b)  If on the Domestic Business Day next preceding the
          Reset Date for any Settlement Period ending on or after the
          Commitment Termination Date or the Commitment Expiration Date, as
          applicable, the Portfolio Balance is less than $12,000,000, the
          Sellers shall have the right on the Ending Date for such
          Settlement Period, upon notice delivered to the Agent not less
          than 5 Domestic Business Days prior to such Ending Date, to
          repurchase from the Purchasers all of the Purchased Receivables
          for a repurchase price equal to the sum of (i) for each
          Purchaser, the product obtained by multiplying such Purchaser's
          Beneficial Interest Percentage by the Portfolio Balance on the
          Domestic Business Day next preceding such Reset Date, plus (ii)
          to the extent not otherwise accounted for and paid pursuant to
          Section 2.09, all Purchasers' Yield accrued to such Ending Date
          and all Facility Fees for such Settlement Period, subject to any
          necessary adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A) and
          Section 2.10(c)(ii), respectively, plus (iii) all other amounts
          payable to the Purchasers and the Agent hereunder and under the
          other Facility Documents.  Any notice of repurchase delivered
          pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable.

               (c)  Any conveyance of the Purchased Receivables by the
          Purchasers pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (b) of this
          Section shall be made without recourse to or warranty by any
          Purchaser and shall be free of all liens, claims, encumbrances
          and assignments created by the Purchasers.


                                     ARTICLE III

                               CONDITIONS TO PURCHASES

               SECTION 3.01.  Conditions to First Purchase.  The obligation
          of each Purchaser to purchase Receivables on the occasion of the
          first Purchase is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
          set forth in Section 3.02 and the following additional
          conditions:

                    (a)  receipt by the Agent from each of the parties
               hereto of either (i) a duly executed counterpart of this
               Agreement, or a facsimile transmission of a duly executed

<PAGE>

               signature page from a counterpart of this Agreement, signed
               by such party or (ii) if such party is a Purchaser, a telex
               or facsimile transmission stating that such party has duly
               executed a counterpart of this Agreement and sent such
               counterpart to the Agent;

                    (b)  receipt by the Agent from each Seller of financing
               statements under the UCC as enacted and then in effect in
               the States of Connecticut and Georgia (with respect to those
               to be executed by Stanley), the States of Georgia and Rhode
               Island (with respect to those to be executed by Bostitch)
               and in the States of Ohio and Georgia (with respect to those
               to be executed by MAC) or any other jurisdiction in which
               such Seller has its principal place of business, identifying
               the Agent as secured party and signed by such Seller,
               evidencing the sale of Purchased Receivables to the
               Purchasers (or, in the event any sale of Receivables
               hereunder is considered as or determined to be a secured
               transaction, the security interest in the Purchased
               Receivables in favor of the Agent for the ratable benefit of
               the Purchasers);

                    (c)  receipt by the Agent of an assignment and bill of
               sale, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
               E, to which shall be attached a Receivables Schedule,
               conforming to the requirements of Section 2.02, setting
               forth all Receivables to be sold to the Purchasers on the
               occasion of the first Purchase;

                    (d)  receipt by the Agent of a duly executed Notice to
               Lockbox Depository from each Seller with respect to each
               Lockbox Account;

                    (e)  receipt by the Agent of an opinion of Stephen S.
               Weddle, Vice President and General Counsel of Stanley,
               substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 hereto and covering
               such additional matters relating to the transactions
               contemplated hereby as any Purchaser may reasonably request;

                    (f)  receipt by the Agent of an opinion of Vorys,
               Sater, Seymour and Pease, special counsel to MAC, covering
               matters of Ohio law, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-
               2 hereto;

                    (g)  receipt by the Agent of an opinion of Skadden,
               Arps, Slate, Meagher and Flom, special counsel to Bostitch,
               covering matters of Delaware law, substantially in the form
               of Exhibit F-3 hereto;

                    (h)  receipt by the Agent of an opinion of Womble
               Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, special counsel for the Purchasers
               and the Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto
               and covering such additional matters relating to the
               transactions contemplated hereby as any Purchaser may
               reasonably request;

                    (i)  receipt by the Agent of a certificate, dated the
               date of the first Purchase, signed by a principal financial
               officer of the Sellers, to the effect that (i) no Potential
               Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event has occurred and is
               continuing on such date and (ii) the representations and
               warranties of the Sellers contained in Article IV hereof are
               true on and as of such date; and


<PAGE>
                    (j)  with respect to each Seller, receipt by the Agent
               of all documents that the Agent may reasonably request
               relating to the existence of such Seller, the corporate
               authority for and the validity of this Agreement, and any
               other matters relevant hereto, all in form and substance
               satisfactory to the Agent, including without limitation a
               certificate of incumbency of such Seller, signed by the
               Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Seller,
               certifying as to the names, true signatures and incumbency
               of the officer or officers of such Seller authorized to
               execute and deliver the Facility Documents, and certified
               copies of the following items:  

                         (i) such Seller's Certificate of Incorporation and
                    Bylaws, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant
                    Secretary of such Seller,

                         (ii) a certificate of the Secretary of State (or
                    equivalent authority) of the jurisdiction of such
                    Seller's incorporation confirming as to the existence
                    and the good standing of such Seller as a corporation
                    of such jurisdiction, 

                         (iii) a certificate of the taxing authority of the
                    State (or equivalent authority) of the jurisdiction of
                    such Seller's incorporation confirming that such Seller
                    has filed all applicable tax returns and filings then
                    required to have been filed and paid all taxes then
                    required to have been paid, and 

                         (iv) the action taken by the Board of Directors of
                    such Seller authorizing such Seller's execution,
                    delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
                    other Facility Documents to which such Seller is a
                    party.

               SECTION 3.02.  Conditions to All Purchases.  The obligation
          of each Purchaser to purchase Receivables on the occasion of each
          Purchase is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions:

                    (a)  except in the case of the Purchase on the Closing
               Date, receipt by the Agent, not later than 10:00 a.m.
               (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the Ending Date on which such
               Purchase is to be made, of (i) a Settlement Statement for
               the Settlement Period ending on such Ending Date and (ii) a
               Receivables Schedule for such Settlement Period, conforming
               to the requirements of Section 2.02 and setting forth all
               Receivables proposed to be sold to the Purchasers on such
               Ending Date;

                    (b)  receipt by the Agent, from each Seller that is
               selling Receivables as a part of such Purchase, of a notice
               to Obligor in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (each a
               "Notice to Obligor"), duly executed by such Seller in blank
               with respect to each Initial Offered Receivable or each
               Subsequently Offered Receivable that is the subject of such
               Purchase (provided that no Notice to Obligor shall be
               delivered to any Obligor unless and until the Agent shall
               have assumed, pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03,
               the Sellers' duties for the billing and collection of the
               Purchased Receivables);

                    (c)  the fact that, immediately after such Purchase, no
               Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event shall have
               occurred and be continuing;


<PAGE>

                    (d)  the fact that the representations and warranties
               of the Sellers contained in Article IV of this Agreement
               shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as
               of the date of such Purchase, both before and after giving
               effect to such Purchase; and

                    (e)  the fact that, immediately after such Purchase,
               the Portfolio Balance will not exceed the aggregate amount
               of the Commitments as then in effect.

          Each sale of Receivables hereunder by any Seller shall be deemed
          to be a representation and warranty by all of the Sellers on the
          date of such sale as to the facts specified in clauses (c), (d)
          and (e) of this Section.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

               Each Seller represents and warrants that: 

               SECTION 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power.  Each Seller
          (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
          standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation,
          (b) is duly qualified to transact business in every jurisdiction
          wherein the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) has the
          corporate power and authority, the legal right and all
          governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals
          required to carry on its business as now conducted except where,
          with respect to governmental licenses, authorizations, consents
          and approvals only, the absence thereof would not have a Material
          Adverse Effect.

                   SECTION 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization;
          Contravention.  The execution, delivery and performance by each
          Seller of this Agreement, and the other Facility Documents
          (a) are within such Seller's corporate powers, (b) have been duly
          authorized by all necessary corporate action, (c) require no
          action by or in respect of, or notice to, filing with or consent
          of, any governmental authority or regulatory body, (d) do not
          contravene such Seller's charter or bylaws, (e) do not constitute
          a material default under any law, statute, rule or regulation
          applicable to such Seller or any of the Principal Subsidiaries or
          any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other
          instrument binding upon such Seller or any Principal Subsidiary,
          and (f) do not result in the creation or imposition of any
          material Lien on any asset of such Seller or any Principal
          Subsidiary.

               SECTION 4.03.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement constitutes a
          valid and binding agreement of each Seller, enforceable in
          accordance with its terms, and the other Facility Documents, when
          executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will
          constitute valid and binding obligations of each Seller party
          thereto, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,
          except to the extent the enforcement hereof or thereof may be
          limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and
          other similar laws now or hereafter in effect regarding the
          enforcement of creditors' rights generally and general principles
          of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
          proceeding at law or in equity).

<PAGE>


               SECTION 4.04.  Financial Information.  (a) The consolidated
          balance sheet of Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of
          January 2, 1993, and the related consolidated statements of
          earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year
          then ended, reported on by Ernst & Young, copies of which have
          been delivered to each of the Purchasers, and the unaudited
          consolidated financial statements of Stanley for the interim
          period ended October 2, 1993, copies of which have been delivered
          to each of the Purchasers, fairly present in all material
          respects, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
          principles, the consolidated financial position of Stanley and
          its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and their
          consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such
          periods stated.

               (b)  Since January 2, 1993, there has been no material
          adverse change in the business, financial condition, assets,
          nature of the assets or operations of Stanley and its
          Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

               SECTION 4.05.  Litigation.  There is no action, suit or
          proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of any Seller threatened,
          against or affecting any Seller or any of the Subsidiaries before
          any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority or
          regulatory body that (a) is reasonably likely to result in a
          Material Adverse Effect, except as disclosed or otherwise
          reflected in Stanley's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal
          Year ended January 2, 1993, filed with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission (the "Commission") or in any quarterly report
          on Form 10-Q or current report on Form 8-K subsequently (but
          before the date hereof) filed with the Commission, or (b)
          purports to affect the validity of this Agreement or any of the
          other Facility Documents.

               SECTION 4.06.  Requirements of Law.  Each of the Sellers and
          the Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, statutes, rules
          and regulations (including, without limitation, Environmental
          Laws), and all orders, awards, judgments, decrees, writs or
          determinations of any arbitrator or a court or other governmental
          authority or regulatory body, applicable to it and its business,
          where the failure to so comply would have, or could reasonably be
          expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect or to affect the
          validity of, or to impair the ability of any Seller to perform,
          pay or satisfy its Obligations under, this Agreement or any of
          the other Facility Documents.

               SECTION 4.07.  Compliance with ERISA.  (a) Stanley and each
          member of the Controlled Group have fulfilled their obligations
          under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with
          respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material
          respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and
          the Code, and have not incurred any liability to the PBGC or a
          Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

               (b) Except as reflected in Stanley's annual audited or
          quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements identified
          in Section 4.04, neither Stanley nor any member of the Controlled
          Group has been assessed any Withdrawal Liability in an amount
          that is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
          and neither Stanley or any member of the Controlled Group has
          taken, nor does it intend to take, any action that it reasonably
          anticipates will result in the assessment of Withdrawal Liability
          in an amount that would have a Material Adverse Effect.


<PAGE>

               SECTION 4.08.  Taxes.  Stanley and its Subsidiaries have
          filed all United States income tax returns and all other tax
          returns material to Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries,
          considered as a whole, that are required to be filed by them and
          have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to
          any assessment received by Stanley or any Subsidiary, except for
          (a) taxes in immaterial amounts and (b) such taxes as are being
          contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
          adequate reserves have been recorded on the books of Stanley and
          its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting
          principles.  United States income tax returns of Stanley and its
          Subsidiaries have been examined by the appropriate taxing
          authorities, or closed by the applicable statutes of limitations,
          and satisfied for all Fiscal Years ending prior to and including
          the Fiscal Year ended December 29, 1984, and no claims have been
          assessed and are unpaid with respect to such returns, except as
          shown in the financial statements identified in Section 4.04(a).

               SECTION 4.09.  Subsidiaries.  Each of the Principal
          Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly
          existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction
          of incorporation, (ii) is duly qualified to transact business in
          each jurisdiction wherein the failure to be so qualified could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and
          (iii) has the corporate power and authority, the legal right and
          all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals
          required to carry on its business as now conducted except where,
          with respect to governmental licenses, authorizations, consents
          and approvals only, the absence thereof would not have a Material
          Adverse Effect.

               SECTION 4.10.  Not an Investment Company.  None of the
          Sellers is an "investment company" within the meaning of the
          Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 

               SECTION 4.11.  No Default or Repurchase Event.  No Seller
          nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any
          agreement, instrument or undertaking to which it is a party or by
          which it or any of its property is bound which default could have
          a Material Adverse Effect or that will materially adversely
          affect the ability of any Seller to perform, pay or satisfy its
          Obligations hereunder or under any of the other Facility
          Documents.  No Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event has
          occurred and is continuing.

               SECTION 4.12.  Full Disclosure.  No information furnished in
          writing by or on behalf of any Seller to the Agent or any
          Purchaser in connection with the negotiation, execution and
          delivery of this Agreement contains any material misstatement of
          fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the
          statements contained herein and therein, in light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

               SECTION 4.13.  Environmental Matters.  Except as disclosed
          or otherwise reflected in Stanley's Annual Report on Form 10-K
          for the Fiscal Year ended January 2, 1993, filed with the
          Commission, or in any quarterly report on Form 10-Q or current
          report on Form 8-K subsequently (but before the date hereof)
          filed with the Commission, neither Stanley nor any Subsidiary has
          received notice or otherwise obtained knowledge of any claim,
          demand, action, event, condition, report or investigation
          indicating or concerning any potential or actual liability that,
          individually or in the aggregate, is reasonably likely to result
          in a Material Adverse Effect arising in connection with (a) any
          non-compliance with or violation of the requirements of any

<PAGE>

          Environmental Law or (b) the release or threatened release of any
          Hazardous Materials.

               SECTION 4.14.  Receivables Not Selected for
          Creditworthiness.  No Receivable sold to or proposed for sale by
          any Seller to the Purchasers hereunder has been or will be
          selected for sale or repurchase on any basis indicative of the
          lack of creditworthiness of any Obligor in respect thereof.

               SECTION 4.15.  Eligible Receivables.  To the best of each
          Seller's knowledge and belief as at the date of such Purchase,
          each Purchased Receivable is or shall be, as of the date of the
          Receivables Schedule that first identifies such Receivable as a
          Purchased Receivable, an Eligible Receivable.


                                      ARTICLE V

                                      COVENANTS

               Each Seller agrees that, so long as any Purchaser has any
          Commitment hereunder or any amount payable by any Obligor under
          any Purchased Receivable, or any amount payable by any Seller
          hereunder or under any other Facility Document, remains unpaid: 

               SECTION 5.01.  Information.  The Sellers will deliver to
          each of the Purchasers and the Agent: 

                    (a)  Annual Financial Statements.  As soon as available
               and in any event within 95 days after the end of each Fiscal
               Year, a consolidated balance sheet of Stanley and its
               Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year
               and the related consolidated statements of earnings,
               shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year,
               setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures
               for the previous Fiscal Year, all certified by Ernst & Young
               or other independent public accountants of nationally
               recognized standing, with such certification to be free of
               exceptions and qualifications not acceptable to the Required
               Purchasers.

                    (b)  Quarterly Financial Statements.  As soon as
               available and in any event within 50 days after the end of
               each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year, a
               consolidated balance sheet of Stanley and its Consolidated
               Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the related
               statement of earnings and statement of cash flows for such
               quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the
               end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in
               comparative form the figures for the corresponding quarter
               and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year.

                    (c)  Officer's Certificate.  Simultaneously with the
               delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in
               clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of the chief
               financial officer or the chief accounting officer of Stanley
               (i) stating whether the Debt Rating was High, Medium, Low or
               Below Investment Grade on the date of either of such


<PAGE>
               financial statements or such certificate, (ii) certifying
               (x) that such financial statements fairly present the
               financial condition and the results of operations of Stanley
               and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on the dates and for the
               periods indicated, and (y) that such officer has reviewed
               the terms of this Agreement and has made, or caused to be
               made under his or her supervision, a review in reasonable
               detail of the business and condition of Stanley and its
               Consolidated Subsidiaries during, and matters relevant to
               this Agreement for, the accounting period covered by such
               financial statements, and that as a result of such review
               such officer has concluded that no Repurchase Event or
               Potential Repurchase Event has occurred during the period
               commencing at the beginning of the accounting period covered
               by the financial statements accompanied by such certificate
               and ending on the date of such certificate or, if any
               Repurchase Event or Potential Repurchase Event has occurred
               or is otherwise known to such officer, specifying the nature
               and extent thereof and, if continuing, the action the
               Sellers propose to take in respect thereof.

                    (d)  Accountants' Certificate.  Simultaneously with the
               delivery of each set of annual financial statements referred
               to in clause (a) above, a statement of the firm of
               independent public accountants that reported on such
               statements to the effect that nothing has come to their
               attention to cause them to believe that any Potential
               Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event existed on the date of
               such financial statements.

                    (e)  Receivables Schedule.  As soon as available and in
               any event within 20 days after the 20th day of each calendar
               month, a Receivables Schedule dated as of the Domestic
               Business Day next preceding the 20th day of such calendar
               month.

                    (f)  Notice of Repurchase Event.  Promptly, and in any
               event within five Domestic Business Days after any Seller
               becomes aware of the occurrence of any Potential Repurchase
               Event or Repurchase Event, a certificate of the chief
               financial officer, the chief accounting officer or the
               Director, Corporate Finance of such Seller setting forth the
               details thereof and the action that the Sellers are taking
               or propose to take with respect thereto.

                    (g)  Notice of Debt Rating Change.  Promptly upon, and
               in any event within five Domestic Business Days after, any
               change in the Debt Rating by Moody's, Standard & Poor's or a
               substitute rating agency designated pursuant to Section
               10.09, a certificate of the chief financial officer, the
               chief accounting officer or the Director, Corporate Finance
               of Stanley specifying the new Debt Rating, as so changed, of
               Moody's, Standard & Poor's or such rating agency together,
               in the case of any such change, with a statement of the date
               of such change and a reasonably detailed description of the
               facts and circumstances underlying such change known to any
               Seller.

                    (h)  SEC Filings.  Promptly upon the transmission
               thereof, copies of all registration statements (other than
               the exhibits thereto and any registration statements on Form
               S-8 or its equivalent), periodic financial information,
               proxy materials and other information and reports, if any,
               that Stanley shall have filed with the Securities and
               Exchange Commission or that Stanley shall have sent to its
               shareholders.


<PAGE>

                    (i)  Notice of ERISA Matters.  Promptly, and in any
               event within 30 days, after any member of the Controlled
               Group (i) gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of
               any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan that might
               constitute grounds for a termination of such Plan under
               Title IV of ERISA, which termination could result in a
               liability of $1,000,000 or more to any member of the
               Controlled Group, or knows that the plan administrator of
               any Plan has given or is required to give notice of any such
               Reportable Event, a copy of the notice of such Reportable
               Event given or required to be given to the PBGC;
               (ii) receives notice of complete or partial withdrawal
               liability under Title IV of ERISA equal to or in excess of
               (or that could reasonably be expected to equal or exceed)
               $1,000,000, a copy of such notice; or (iii) receives notice
               from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to
               terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a
               copy of such notice.

                    (j)  Additional Information.  From time to time such
               additional information regarding the financial position or
               business of Stanley and its Subsidiaries as the Agent, at
               the request of any Purchaser, may reasonably request.

               SECTION 5.02.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records. 
          Each Seller will maintain financial records in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
          and will permit representatives of any Purchaser at such
          Purchaser's or (after the occurrence of a Repurchase Event)
          Stanley's expense to visit the offices where books and records
          relating to this Agreement are maintained and, as they relate
          directly or indirectly to this Agreement, to examine and make
          abstracts from any of their respective books and records and to
          discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with
          their respective officers, employees and independent public
          accountants.  Each Seller agrees to cooperate and assist in such
          visits and examinations, in each case at such reasonable times
          and intervals as may be reasonably requested.

               SECTION 5.03.  Maintenance of Existence.  (a) Except as
          permitted in Section 5.05, each Seller shall maintain its
          corporate existence.

               (b) Except as permitted in Section 5.05, Stanley shall cause
          each Principal Subsidiary to maintain its corporate existence.

               (c)  Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably
          be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Seller shall,
          and Stanley shall cause each Principal Subsidiary to, do all
          things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and
          effect the licenses, permits, rights and franchises necessary to
          the proper conduct of its business.  Neither Stanley or any of
          its Subsidiaries shall engage in any business if, as a result,
          the general nature of the business, taken on a consolidated
          basis, which would then be engaged in by Stanley and its
          Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from the general
          nature of the business engaged in by Stanley and its Subsidiaries
          on the date of this Agreement.

               SECTION 5.04.  Dissolution.  No Seller shall, nor shall
          Stanley permit any Principal Subsidiary to, suffer or permit
          dissolution or liquidation either in whole or in part or redeem
          or retire any shares of its own stock or that of any Principal
          Subsidiary, except through corporate reorganization to the extent
          permitted by Section 5.05.


<PAGE>


               SECTION 5.05.  Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets. 
          (a) No Seller shall, in a single transaction or series of related
          transactions consolidate or merge with or into, or convey, sell,
          lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial
          part of its business, provided that, in each case, if immediately
          after giving effect to such transaction or transactions, no
          Repurchase Event or Potential Repurchase Event shall have
          occurred and be continuing, 

                    (i)  Stanley may merge with another Person (including
               its Subsidiaries) if Stanley is the corporation surviving
               such merger,

                           (ii) Bostitch or MAC may merge with another Person
               (other than Stanley) if Bostitch or MAC, as the case may be,
               is the corporation surviving such merger, and

                    (iii)     Bostitch or MAC may merge into or convey,
               sell, lease or transfer all or substantially all of its
               assets to, Stanley or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary so long
               as (A) Stanley or such Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall assume
               the Obligations of Bostitch or MAC, as the case may be,
               under this Agreement by an agreement reasonably satisfactory
               to the Purchasers, and (B) the Purchasers shall receive a
               written legal opinion confirming the validity and legality
               of such assumption and that, in the case of a merger into or
               transfer to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, this Agreement
               constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable
               obligation of such Wholly Owned Subsidiary, subject to
               normal reasonable exceptions.

               (b) Stanley will not permit or suffer any Subsidiary (other
          than Bostitch or MAC) to enter into any merger or consolidation,
          or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve (or suffer any liquidation,
          wind-up or dissolution), discontinue its business or convey,
          lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction
          or series of transactions, all or substantially all of its
          business or property, whether now or hereafter acquired, unless
          such action could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect, provided that, in each case so long as
          immediately after giving effect to such transaction or
          transactions, no Repurchase Event or Potential Repurchase Event
          shall have occurred and be continuing,

                    (i)  any Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than Bostitch
               or MAC) may merge into or convey, sell, lease or transfer
               all or substantially all of its assets to, a Seller or any
               other Wholly Owned Subsidiary, and

                    (ii) any Subsidiary (other than Bostitch or MAC) may
               enter into any merger or consolidation with another Person
               (other than a Seller) if a Subsidiary (other than Bostitch
               or MAC) or a Person that, as a result of such transaction or
               transactions, becomes a Subsidiary is the corporation
               surviving such merger.

               SECTION 5.06.  Ownership of Bostitch and MAC.  Stanley shall
          at all times cause each of Bostitch and MAC to be a Wholly Owned
          Subsidiary.

               SECTION 5.07.  Use of Proceeds.  No portion of the purchase
          price proceeds for Receivables purchased by the Purchasers
          hereunder will be used by any Seller (i) in connection with any
          tender offer for, or other acquisition of, stock of any

<PAGE>

          corporation with a view towards obtaining control of such other
          corporation, (ii) directly or indirectly, for the purpose,
          whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or
          carrying any Margin Stock, or (iii) for any purpose in violation
          of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation, or order,
          award, judgment, decree, writ or determination of an arbitrator
          or a court or other governmental authority or regulatory body.

               SECTION 5.08.  Compliance with Laws.  Each of the Sellers
          shall, and Stanley shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
          comply with all applicable laws, statutes, rules and regulations
          (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws), and all
          orders, awards, judgments, decrees, writs or determinations of
          any arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority or
          regulatory body (domestic or foreign) applicable to it, except
          such non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to
          result in a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect
          on any Seller's ability to perform its obligations hereunder, in
          each case at the time of such non-compliance or in the
          foreseeable future.

               SECTION 5.09.  Payment of Taxes.  Each of the Sellers shall,
          and Stanley shall cause its Subsidiaries to, pay or cause to be
          paid, when due, all taxes, charges and assessments and all other
          lawful claims required to be paid by such Seller or such
          Subsidiary except (a) as contested in good faith and by
          appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate
          reserves have been established with respect thereto in conformity
          with generally accepted accounting principles and (b) where such
          nonpayment could not reasonably be expected to result in a
          Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on any
          Seller's ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

               SECTION 5.10.  ERISA.  (a) Each Seller will, and Stanley
          will cause each member of the Controlled Group to, comply with
          ERISA and all rules and regulations thereunder in all material
          respects with respect to each Plan.

               (b) Stanley shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, take any action that it reasonably anticipates
          will result in the assessment of a Withdrawal Liability upon
          Stanley and members of the Controlled Group that would have a
          Material Adverse Effect.  For purposes of this Section 5.10(b),
          the amount of Withdrawal Liability of Stanley and members of the
          Controlled Group at any date shall be the aggregate present value
          of the amount claimed to have been incurred less any portion
          thereof that Stanley and members of the Controlled Group have
          paid or as to which Stanley reasonably believes, after
          appropriate consideration of possible adjustments arising under
          Sections 4219 and 4221 of ERISA, it and members of the Controlled
          Group will have no liability, provided that Stanley shall obtain
          prompt written advice from independent actuarial consultants
          supporting such determination.  Stanley agrees once in each
          calendar year, beginning with December 1994, to deliver to the
          Agent the most currently available estimate of the Withdrawal
          Liability of Stanley and members of the Controlled Group with
          respect to each Multiemployer Plan, if any, in which they
          participate.

               SECTION 5.11.  Cash Flow Coverage.  Stanley shall cause
          Consolidated Cash Flow to equal or exceed 125% of Consolidated
          Cash Expenditures at the end of each fiscal quarter for the
          twelve-month period then ended.  The defined terms used in this
          Section shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted
          accounting principles consistently applied and as follows:


<PAGE>

                    (a)  "Consolidated Cash Flow" means for any fiscal
               period the sum of (i) consolidated earnings before income
               taxes of Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such
               fiscal period (including any earnings representing net gain
               on disposition of assets) before extraordinary items and
               their tax effects and before income from discontinued
               operations; (ii) to the extent such amount is greater than
               zero, (x) consolidated interest expense for Stanley and its
               Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, minus (y)
               consolidated interest earnings for Stanley and its
               Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period; and (iii)
               consolidated depreciation and amortization for Stanley and
               its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period; and 

                    (b)  "Consolidated Cash Expenditures" means for any
               fiscal period the sum of (i) consolidated interest expense
               of Stanley and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (ii)
               consolidated capital expenditures of Stanley and its
               Consolidated Subsidiaries and (iii) the aggregate amount of
               all dividends paid or declared by Stanley on any of its
               capital stock during such fiscal period.


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                  REPURCHASE EVENTS

               SECTION 6.01.  Repurchase Events.  The occurrence of any one
          or more of the following events shall constitute a "Repurchase
          Event" under this Agreement:

                    (a)  any Seller or Stanley shall fail to pay any amount
               due and owing by such Seller under this Agreement (other
               than an amount referred to in clause (b) below) within 5
               Domestic Business Days after the same becomes due; or

                    (b)  any Seller or Stanley shall fail to repurchase any
               Purchased Receivable that such Seller is required to
               repurchase hereunder and to pay the full Repurchase Price
               therefor, in each case when and as required by Section 2.06;
               or

                    (c)  Any Seller shall fail to observe or perform any
               covenant contained in Section 5.03(a), Section 5.04 (as to
               any Seller), Section 5.05(a) or Section 5.11; or

                    (d)  any Seller shall fail to observe or perform any
               covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other
               than those covered by clause (a), (b), or (c) above)
               required to be performed or observed by such Seller for
               thirty days after written notice thereof has been given to
               Stanley by the Agent at the request of any Purchaser; or

                    (e)  any representation, warranty, certification or
               statement made by any Seller in Article IV (other than the
               representation and warranty in Section 4.15) or in any
               certificate, financial statement or other document delivered
               pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been
               incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed
               made); or


<PAGE>

                    (f)  any Seller shall fail to pay when due (whether by
               acceleration or otherwise) any principal of or interest on
               any item or items of Debt in an aggregate amount that, when
               added to all such other defaulted Debt, shall equal or
               exceed $10,000,000, or any event shall occur that would
               permit the holder of any such item or items of Debt of any
               Seller in such aggregate amount (or any trustee, fiduciary
               or agent on behalf of such holder, with or without the
               assent of or direction by such holder) to accelerate such
               Debt, to terminate its commitment to fund such Debt or to
               require Stanley or such Seller to purchase, or cause the
               purchase of, such Debt; or

                    (g)  Any Seller or any Principal Subsidiary shall
               commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
               insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
               or shall consent to the entry of any order for relief in an
               involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the
               appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
               liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
               official of such Seller or such Principal Subsidiary or for
               any substantial part of its property, or shall make any
               general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall
               fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall
               take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the
               foregoing; or 

                    (h)  A court having jurisdiction in the premises shall
               enter a decree or order for relief in respect of any Seller
               or any Principal Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any
               applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now
               or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,
               liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
               other similar official of such Seller or such Principal
               Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or
               ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs and
               such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for
               a period of 30 consecutive days; or

                    (i)  if (i) there shall be at any time any "accumulated
               funding deficiency," as defined in ERISA, with respect to
               any Plan or any trust created thereunder, whether or not
               waived, which deficiency, when added to all other such
               deficiencies, shall equal or exceed $25,000,000; or (ii) a
               trustee shall be appointed by a United States District Court
               to administer any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan); or
               (iii) the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate any
               Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan); or (iv) any member
               of the Controlled Group shall incur any liability to the
               PBGC in connection with any Plan (other than a Multiemployer
               Plan), which liability, when added to all other such
               liabilities, shall equal or exceed $5,000,000; or (v) any
               member of the Controlled Group, any Plan (other than a
               Multiemployer Plan), or any trust created under any Plan
               (other than a Multiemployer Plan) shall engage in a
               "prohibited transaction" (as such term is defined in Section
               406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) that would subject
               such Plan or any other Plan, any trust created thereunder,
               or any trustee or administrator thereof, or any member of
               the Controlled Group or any Person dealing with any such
               Plan or trust, to either the tax or penalty on "prohibited
               transactions" imposed by Section 502 of ERISA or Section
               4975 of the Code; or (vi) any member of the Controlled Group
               shall fail to make full payment when due to all amounts
               that, under the provisions of any Plan, any member of the
               Controlled Group is required to pay as contributions
               thereto, and which amount, when added to all other such
               amounts, shall equal or exceed $5,000,000; or


<PAGE>


                    (j)  if any of the following shall occur and such
               occurrence would have, or could reasonably be expected to
               have, a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) a trustee shall be
               appointed by a United States District Court to administer
               any Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan; or (ii) the PBGC
               shall institute proceedings to terminate any such Plan; or
               (iii) any member of the Controlled Group shall incur any
               liability to the PBGC in connection with any such Plan; or
               (iv) any member of the Controlled Group, any such Plan, or
               any trust created under any such Plan shall engage in a
               "prohibited transaction" (as such term is defined in Section
               406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) that would subject
               such Plan or any other Plan, any trust created thereunder,
               or any trustee or administrator thereof, or any member of
               the Controlled Group or any Person dealing with any such
               Plan or trust, to either the tax or penalty on "prohibited
               transactions" imposed by Section 502 of ERISA or Section
               4975 of the Code; or 

                    (k)  if there shall remain in force, undischarged,
               unsatisfied and unstayed, for more than 30 days any final
               judgment against Stanley or any of its Subsidiaries in an
               amount that, when added to other outstanding final
               judgments, undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed, against
               Stanley or any of its Subsidiaries, exceeds $5,000,000; or

                    (l)  the Unsupported Stanley Debt shall at any time
               receive a Debt Rating of Less Than Investment Grade; or

                    (m)  (i) any Person or two or more Persons acting in
               concert shall have acquired, in a single transaction or
               series of transactions, beneficial ownership (within the
               meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange
               Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25%
               or more of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of
               Stanley (other than Voting Stock owned by Stanley's two
               existing employee stock ownership plans for its hourly and
               salaried employees, respectively, or by an employee stock
               ownership plan or plans, sponsored and established by
               Stanley, succeeding to the interest of such existing stock
               ownership plans); or (ii) as of any date a majority of the
               Board of Directors of Stanley consists of individuals who
               were not either (A) directors of Stanley as of the
               corresponding date of the previous year, (B) selected or
               nominated to become directors by the Board of Directors of
               Stanley of which a majority consisted of individuals
               described in clause (A), or (C) selected or nominated to
               become directors by the Board of Directors of Stanley of
               which a majority consisted of individuals described in
               clause (A) and individuals described in clause (B); or

                    (n)  if any of Stanley's obligations under Article IX
               ceases to be in full force and effect, or if Stanley shall
               contest, or repudiate or deny in writing, the validity or
               enforceability of any of its obligations under Article IX.

               SECTION 6.02.  Purchase or Repurchase Upon a Repurchase
          Event.  If a Repurchase Event shall occur and be continuing, 

                    (a)  If such Repurchase Event is a Repurchase Event set
               forth in Section 6.01(l) or Section 6.01(m), any Purchaser

<PAGE>

               may, by notice to Stanley, the Agent and the other
               Purchasers, (i) terminate and be relieved of all of its
               obligations to the Sellers hereunder and under its
               Commitment (which obligations shall thereupon terminate,
               unless such Purchaser's Commitment is assumed by a third
               party that acquires such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest)
               and (ii) require the Sellers to, and the Sellers shall,
               purchase from such Purchaser such Purchaser's Beneficial
               Interest on a date specified in such notice (that shall be
               not less than 5 nor more than 15 Domestic Business Days
               after such notice is given), at a purchase price (payable to
               the Agent for such Purchaser's account in the manner and at
               the time set forth in Section 2.10(a)) equal to the sum of
               (I) such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest Percentage
               multiplied by the Opening Balance for the Settlement Period
               during which the date so specified for such purchase shall
               occur plus (II) subject to any necessary adjustment required
               by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A), the product obtained by
               multiplying (A) such Purchaser's Commitment Percentage times
               (B) the product of such Opening Balance times the Yield Rate
               for such Settlement Period times (C) a fraction, the
               denominator of which is 360 and the numerator of which is
               the number of days elapsed from (and including) the first
               day of such Settlement Period to (but excluding) the date so
               specified for such purchase plus (III) subject to any
               necessary adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(ii), an
               amount in respect of Facility Fees equal to the product
               obtained by multiplying (A) such Purchaser's Commitment
               Percentage times (B) the product of the Facility Fee Rate
               then in effect times the total Commitments as in effect on
               the first day of such Settlement Period times (C) a
               fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the numerator
               of which is the number of days elapsed from (and including)
               the first day of such Settlement Period to (but excluding)
               the date so specified for such purchase, plus (IV) all other
               amounts payable to such Purchaser hereunder and under the
               other Facility Documents;

                    (b)  if such Repurchase Event is a Repurchase Event set
               forth in Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h), (i) all of the
               Commitments shall be automatically terminated, immediately
               upon the occurrence thereof, without notice or other action
               by or on behalf of the Agent or any Purchaser, and (ii) the
               Sellers shall purchase from the Purchasers all of the
               Purchased Receivables on that date that is 5 Domestic
               Business Days after the occurrence of such Repurchase Event
               at a purchase price (payable to the Agent for the
               Purchasers' account (or the Agent's account, as the case may
               be) in the manner and at the time set forth in Section
               2.10(a)) equal to the sum of (I) for each Purchaser, such
               Purchaser's Beneficial Interest Percentage multiplied by the
               Opening Balance for the Settlement Period during which such
               fifth Domestic Business Day shall occur plus (II) subject to
               any necessary adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A),
               the product obtained by multiplying (A) the product of such
               Opening Balance times the Yield Rate for such Settlement

<PAGE>

               Period times (B) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360
               and the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed
               from (and including) the first day of such Settlement Period
               to (but excluding) such fifth Domestic Business Day plus
               (III) subject to any necessary adjustment required by
               Section 2.10(c)(ii), an amount in respect of Facility Fees
               equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the product
               of the Facility Fee Rate then in effect times the total
               Commitments as in effect on the first day of such Settlement
               Period times (B) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360
               and the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed
               from (and including) the first day of such Settlement Period
               to (but excluding) such fifth Domestic Business Day, plus
               (IV) all other amounts payable to the Purchasers and the
               Agent hereunder and under the other Facility Documents; and

                    (c)  if such Repurchase Event is any Repurchase Event
               other than those referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this
               Section, the Required Purchasers may, by notice from the
               Agent (given at the direction of the Required Purchasers) to
               Stanley (i) terminate all of the Commitments (which shall
               thereupon terminate) and (ii) require the Sellers to, and
               the Sellers shall, purchase from the Purchasers all of the
               Purchased Receivables on a date specified in such notice
               (that shall be not less than 5 nor more than 15 Domestic
               Business Days after such notice is given), at a purchase
               price (payable to the Agent for the Purchasers' account (or
               the Agent's account, as the case may be) in the manner and
               at the time set forth in Section 2.10(a)) equal to the sum
               of (I) for each Purchaser, such Purchaser's Beneficial
               Interest Percentage multiplied by the Opening Balance for
               the Settlement Period during which the date so specified for
               such purchase shall occur plus (II) subject to any necessary
               adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A), the product
               obtained by multiplying (A) the product of such Opening
               Balance times the Yield Rate for such Settlement Period
               times (B) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and
               the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from
               (and including) the first day of such Settlement Period to
               (but excluding) the date so specified for such purchase plus
               (III) subject to any necessary adjustment required by
               Section 2.10(c)(ii), an amount in respect of Facility Fees
               equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the product
               of the Facility Fee Rate then in effect times the total
               Commitments as in effect on the first day of such Settlement
               Period times (B) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360
               and the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed
               from (and including) the first day of such Settlement Period
               to (but excluding) the date so specified for such purchase,
               plus (IV) all other amounts payable to the Purchasers and
               the Agent hereunder and under the other Facility Documents.

                   SECTION 6.03.  Billing and Collection of Receivables.  Upon
          the occurrence of any Repurchase Event, the Agent may, and at the
          direction of the Required Purchasers shall, assume all the
          Sellers' duties for the billing and collection of the Purchased
          Receivables.  In such event, the provisions of Section 2.07(b)
          shall apply, and in performance of such duties, the Agent may
          contract with third-party independent contractors for the
          performance of any or all of such duties.  Upon such assumption,
          the Sellers shall pay the Agent's Servicing Fees and the Agent's
          Costs and Expenses to the Agent as provided in Section 2.08(d).

               SECTION 6.04.  Other Rights and Remedies.  (a)  Without
          limiting any Purchaser's other rights and remedies under this
          Agreement or otherwise available to such Purchaser at law or in
          equity, if the Sellers shall be required to purchase such
          Purchaser' Beneficial Interest under Section 6.02(a) and shall
          fail to do so or to pay the purchase price therefor when and as
          required thereby, such Purchaser may sell such Beneficial
          Interest or portions thereof without the consent of any Seller
          (notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.07 hereof) in one
          or more separate sales, to any other Person with or without
          recourse to the Sellers, or any of them, and with or without the
          benefits of and recourse to any Seller under this Agreement, and
          apply the proceeds of such sale to the purchase price due to such
          Purchaser due under Section 6.02(a).  Such Purchaser may commence
          an action or, from time to time, actions against Sellers in order
          to recover from the Sellers costs and/or losses incurred by such
<PAGE>

          Purchaser by reason of the Sellers' failure to purchase such
          Beneficial Interest in accordance with the provisions of this
          Agreement or to recover from the Sellers amounts otherwise due
          and owing to such Purchaser hereunder.

               (b)  Without limiting the Purchasers' other rights and
          remedies under this Agreement or otherwise available to the
          Purchasers at law or in equity, if the Sellers shall be required
          to repurchase the Purchased Receivables under Section 6.02(b) or
          Section 6.02(c) and shall fail to do so or to pay the repurchase
          price therefor when and as required thereby, the Purchasers may
          sell any or all of the Purchased Receivables without notice to or
          consent of any Seller (notwithstanding the provisions of Section
          10.07 and provided that if notice shall be required under the UCC
          as enacted and then in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, then
          10 days prior notice of the time and place of any public sale, or
          of the time after which any private sale or other disposition may
          be made, shall be sufficient and considered to be commercially
          reasonable) in one or more separate sales, to any other Person
          with or without recourse to the Sellers, or any of them, and with
          or without the benefits of and recourse to any Seller under this
          Agreement, and apply the proceeds of such sale to such repurchase
          price due to such Purchasers.  The Purchasers may commence an
          action or, from time to time, actions against Sellers in order to
          recover from the Sellers costs and/or losses incurred by the
          Purchasers by reason of the Sellers' failure to repurchase the
          Purchased Receivables in accordance with the provisions of this
          Agreement or to recover from the Sellers amounts otherwise due
          and owing to the Purchasers hereunder.

               (c)  Without regard to whether the Agent shall have assumed
          the Sellers' duties and responsibilities for the billing and the
          collection of the Purchased Receivables, in the event that the
          Sellers shall be required but shall fail to repurchase the
          Purchased Receivables when and as required under Section 6.02,
          (i) thereafter Sellers shall not be entitled to any Sellers'
          Servicing Fee, (ii) no Seller shall be entitled to receive or
          retain any sum collected in respect of any Purchased Receivable,
          (iii) except as expressly permitted by Section 2.07(b)(i)(C), no
          Seller shall withdraw or otherwise remove, or permit the removal
          other than by the Agent or its agents, of any funds in any
          Lockbox Account, and (iv) each Seller shall transmit and deliver
          to the Agent, immediately upon receipt thereof, all payments on
          account of any Purchased Receivable that such Seller may receive. 
          In such event, the Agent may, and at the direction of any
          Purchaser shall (x) direct any or all of the Obligors on the
          Purchased Receivables to remit any and all payments thereon to
          the Agent or such other Person as the Agent may designate, and
          for that purpose the Agent may date and deliver to the Obligors
          on Purchased Receivables the Notices to Obligors delivered to
          Agent by the Sellers at various times pursuant to Section 3.02,
          and (y) assume control of and dominion over all funds then on
          deposit in or thereafter deposited into each Lockbox Account, and
          for such purpose the Agent may date, otherwise complete and
          deliver to each Lockbox Depository a Notice to Lockbox Depository
          delivered to the Agent pursuant to the provisions of Section
          2.07(a)(vii).  The Agent may, in any Seller's name, endorse all
          remittances received and all notes (if any) evidencing
          obligations under the Purchased Receivables and any assignments
          thereof.  Each Seller does hereby irrevocably constitute and
          appoint the Agent and its officers its true and lawful attorney
          with full power of substitution, for such Seller and in its name,
          place and stead, to endorse the name of such Seller on all
          checks, collection receipts or instruments given in payment or
          part payment of any Purchased Receivable; provided that the power
          herein conferred shall be exercisable only if, and from and after
          such time as, the Sellers shall have been required but shall have

<PAGE>

          failed to repurchase the Purchased Receivables when and as
          required under Section 6.02.

               SECTION 6.05.  Security Interest; Offset.  In addition to,
          and not in limitation of, all rights of offset that any Purchaser
          may have under applicable law, each Seller hereby grants to each
          Purchaser, and to each Participant, Assignee or other Transferee,
          as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of
          such Seller's or (in the case of Stanley) all of the Sellers'
          Obligations, a continuing Lien on all deposits and other sums
          credited by or due from such Purchaser (or such Participant,
          Assignee or other Transferee) to such Seller or subject to
          withdrawal by such Seller; and regardless of the adequacy of any
          collateral or other means of obtaining repayment of such Seller's
          or (in the case of Stanley) the Sellers' Obligations, such
          Purchaser (and each such Assignee and, to the extent permitted by
          applicable law, each such Participant and other Transferee) may,
          at any time after the failure of the Sellers to repurchase the
          Purchased Receivables or to purchase a Purchaser's Beneficial
          Interest when and as required under Section 6.02 and without
          notice to any Seller, set off the whole or any portion or
          portions of any or all such deposits and other sums against such
          Obligations, whether or not any other Person or Persons could
          also withdraw money therefrom.

               SECTION 6.06.  Notice of Repurchase Event.  The Agent shall
          give notice to the Sellers pursuant to Section 6.01(d) promptly
          upon being requested to do so by any Purchaser and shall
          thereupon notify all the Purchasers thereof.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                                      THE AGENT

               SECTION 7.01.  Appointment, Powers and Immunities.  Each
          Purchaser hereby appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as its
          agent hereunder and under the other Facility Documents with such
          powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms
          hereof and thereof, together with such other powers as are
          reasonably incidental thereto.  The Agent:  (a) shall have no
          duties or responsibilities except as expressly set forth in this
          Agreement and the other Facility Documents, and shall not by
          reason of this Agreement or any other Facility Document be a
          trustee for any Purchaser; (b) shall not be responsible to the
          Purchasers for any recitals, statements, representations or
          warranties contained in this Agreement or any other Facility
          Document, or in any certificate or other document referred to or
          provided for in, or received by any Purchaser under, this
          Agreement or any other Facility Document, or for the validity,
          effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this
          Agreement or any other Facility Document or any other document
          referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure
          by any Seller to perform, pay or satisfy any of its Obligations
          hereunder or thereunder; (c) shall not be required to initiate or
          conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or
          under any other Facility Document except to the extent requested
          by the Required Purchasers, and then only on terms and conditions
          satisfactory to the Agent, and (d) shall not be responsible for
          any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under
          any other Facility Document or any other document or instrument
          referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection
          herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence or
          willful misconduct.  The Agent may employ agents and attorneys-

<PAGE>

          in-fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or
          misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it
          with reasonable care.  The provisions of this Article VII are
          solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Purchasers, and no
          Seller shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any
          of the provisions hereof.  In performing its functions and duties
          under this Agreement and under the other Facility Documents, the
          Agent shall act solely as agent of the Purchasers and does not
          assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation
          towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any
          Seller.  The duties of the Agent shall be ministerial and
          administrative in nature, and the Agent shall not have by reason
          of this Agreement or any other Facility Document a fiduciary
          relationship in respect of any Purchaser.

               SECTION 7.02.  Reliance by Agent.  The Agent shall be
          entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other
          communication (including any thereof by telephone, telefax,
          telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and
          to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person
          or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel,
          independent accountants or other experts selected by the Agent. 
          As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or
          any other Facility Document, the Agent shall in all cases be
          fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
          hereunder and thereunder in accordance with instructions signed
          by the Required Purchasers (or all the Purchasers when expressly
          required hereby or thereby), and such instructions of the
          Required Purchasers in any action taken or failure to act
          pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Purchasers.

               SECTION 7.03.  Knowledge of Repurchase Events.  The Agent
          shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of any
          Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event (other than the
          non-payment of amounts known by the Agent to be due from the
          Sellers) unless the Agent has received notice from a Purchaser or
          a Seller specifying such Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase
          Event and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Repurchase
          Event".  In the event that the Agent receives such a notice of
          the occurrence of a Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase
          Event, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the
          Purchasers.  The Agent shall give each Purchaser prompt notice of
          each non-payment of monies that the Agent knows are required to
          be paid to the Agent by any Seller pursuant hereto, whether or
          not it has received any notice of the occurrence of such non-
          payment.  The Agent shall (subject to Section 10.05) take such
          action with respect to such Potential Repurchase Event or
          Repurchase Event as shall be directed by the Required Purchasers,
          provided that, unless and until the Agent shall have received
          such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to)
          take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with
          respect to such Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event as
          it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Purchasers.

               SECTION 7.04.  Rights of Agent as a Purchaser.  With respect
          to its Beneficial Interest, the Agent in its capacity as a
          Purchaser hereunder shall have the same rights and powers
          hereunder as any other Purchaser and may exercise the same as
          though it were not acting as the Agent, and the term "Purchaser"
          or "Purchasers" shall, unless the context otherwise indicates,
          include the Agent in its individual capacity.  The Agent may
          (without having to account therefor to any Purchaser) accept
          deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of
          banking, trust or other business with any Seller (and any of
          Stanley's Subsidiaries or any of any Seller's Affiliates) as if
          it were not acting as the Agent, and the Agent may accept fees
          and other consideration from any Seller (in addition to any

<PAGE>

          agency fees and arrangement fees heretofore agreed to between the
          Sellers and the Agent) for services in connection with this
          Agreement or any other Facility Document or otherwise without
          having to account for the same to the Purchasers.

               SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification.  Each Purchaser severally
          agrees to indemnify the Agent, to the extent the Agent shall not
          have been reimbursed by the Sellers, ratably in accordance with
          its Commitment Percentage, for any and all liabilities,
          obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
          suits, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, counsel
          fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind and nature
          whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
          against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this
          Agreement or any other Facility Document or any other documents
          contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the
          transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding, unless a
          Repurchase Event has occurred and is continuing, the normal
          administrative costs and expenses incident to the performance of
          its agency duties hereunder, but including the Agent's Servicing
          Fees and the Agent's Costs and Expenses due to the Agent under
          Section 2.07(b) or Section 6.03, in the event the Agent shall
          assume, pursuant to either of said provisions, the Sellers'
          duties and responsibilities for the collection and billing of the
          Purchased Receivables and excluding any of such items for which
          the Agent is not entitled to reimbursement by the Sellers or any
          of them) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof
          or any such other documents; provided that no Purchaser shall be
          liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the
          gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.  If any
          indemnity furnished to the Agent for any purpose shall, in the
          opinion of the Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the
          Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not
          commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such
          additional indemnity is furnished.

                   SECTION 7.06.  Original Purchasers Treated as Owners.  The
          Agent may deem and treat each Purchaser identified on the
          signature pages hereof as the owner and holder of such
          Purchaser's Beneficial Interest for all purposes hereof unless
          and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof,
          expressly consented to by Stanley (if required by Section 10.07),
          shall have been filed with the Agent.  Any requests, authority or
          consent of any Person who at the time of making such request or
          giving such authority or consent is the owner and holder of any
          Beneficial Interest shall be conclusive and binding on any
          subsequent owner and holder, transferee or assignee of that
          Beneficial Interest.

               SECTION 7.07.  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Purchasers. 
          Each Purchaser agrees that it has, independently and without
          reliance on the Agent or any other Purchaser, and based on such
          documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its
          own credit analysis of the Sellers, the Purchased Receivables and
          decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will,
          independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other
          Purchaser, and based on such documents and information as it
          shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
          analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this
          Agreement or any of the other Facility Documents.  The Agent
          shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the
          performance or observance by the Sellers of this Agreement or any
          of the other Facility Documents or any other document referred to
          or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or
          books of the Sellers or any other Person.  Except for notices,
          reports and other documents and information expressly required to
          be furnished to the Purchasers by the Agent hereunder or under
<PAGE>      

          the other Facility Documents, the Agent shall not have any duty
          or responsibility to provide any Purchaser with any credit or
          other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or
          business of any Seller, any of Stanley's Subsidiaries or any
          other Person (or any of their Affiliates) that may come into the
          possession of the Agent.

               SECTION 7.08.  Failure to Act.  Except for action expressly
          required of the Agent hereunder or under the other Facility
          Documents, the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in
          failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder unless it
          shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction by the
          Purchasers of their indemnification obligations under Section
          7.05 against any and all liability and expense that may be
          incurred by the Agent by reason of taking, continuing to take, or
          failing to take any such action. 

               SECTION 7.09.  Resignation or Removal of Agent.  Subject to
          the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided
          below, the Agent may resign at any time by giving 30 days prior
          notice thereof to the Purchasers and Stanley and the Agent may be
          removed at any time with or without cause by the Purchasers
          holding more than 50% of the Commitments or, if the Commitments
          are no longer in effect, more than 50% of the Beneficial
          Interests (the "Majority Purchasers").  Upon any such resignation
          or removal, the Majority Purchasers shall have the right to
          appoint a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been
          so appointed by the Majority Purchasers and shall have accepted
          such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent's notice
          of resignation or the Majority Purchasers' removal of the
          retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the
          Purchasers, appoint a successor Agent.  Any successor Agent shall
          be a bank that has a combined capital and surplus of at least
          $500,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent
          hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall
          thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
          powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the
          retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
          obligations hereunder.  After any retiring Agent's resignation or
          removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article VII
          shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any
          actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as
          the Agent hereunder.

               SECTION 7.10.  Transmittal of Documents.  Unless otherwise
          requested in writing by such Purchaser, promptly upon receipt
          thereof the Agent shall transmit to each Purchaser, in the form
          received, a copy of all Receivables Schedules, Settlement
          Statements, notices or other writings received by the Agent from
          any Seller, provided that, unless specifically requested by a
          Purchaser, the Agent shall not be required to deliver to the
          Purchasers copies of any Notice to Obligor, Notice to Lockbox
          Depository or any other material relating to the Agent's billing
          or collection of the Purchased Receivables.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES; COMPENSATION

               SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Euro-Dollar Rate
          Inadequate or Unfair.  If on or prior to the first day of any
          Settlement Period: 


<PAGE>

                    (a)  the Agent determines in good faith that deposits
               in Dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered
               in the London interbank market for such Settlement Period,
               or

                    (b)  the Required Purchasers advise the Agent in good
               faith that the London Interbank Offered Rate as determined
               by the Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost
               to such Purchasers of maintaining the Euro-Dollar Rate as
               the Yield Rate for such Settlement Period,

          the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to Stanley and the
          Purchasers, whereupon until the Agent notifies Stanley that the
          circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the
          Yield Rate for each Settlement Period shall be the Adjusted Base
          Rate for such Settlement Period.  The Agent (in the case of
          clause (a) above) and the Purchasers (in the case of clause (b)
          above) agree to deliver to Stanley a written explanation, in
          reasonable detail, of the basis for their determination.

               SECTION 8.02.  Illegality.  If, after the date hereof, the
          adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change
          therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration
          thereof by any governmental authority, regulatory body, central
          bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
          administration thereof (any such authority, bank or agency being
          referred to as an "Authority" and any such event being referred
          to as a "Change of Law"), or compliance by any Purchaser (or its
          Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the
          force of law) of any Authority shall make it unlawful or
          impossible for any Purchaser (or its Office) to maintain the
          Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate, and such Purchaser shall so
          notify the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof
          to the other Purchasers and Stanley, whereupon until such
          Purchaser notifies Stanley and the Agent that the circumstances
          giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of
          such Purchaser to maintain the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate
          for any Settlement Period shall be suspended.  Before giving any
          notice to the Agent pursuant to this Section, such Purchaser
          shall designate a different Office if such designation will avoid
          the need for giving such notice and will not, in the judgment of
          such Purchaser, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Purchaser. 
          If any Purchaser shall determine that it may not lawfully
          continue to maintain the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate for
          the then-current or any subsequent Settlement Period and shall so
          specify in such notice, if the Yield Rate for any such affected
          Settlement Period shall be the Euro-Dollar Rate, the Yield Rate
          shall then be automatically converted to, and for each Settlement
          Period thereafter during the period of such suspension for which
          the Stanley shall have selected the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield
          Rate the Yield Rate shall be, a blended rate based on the
          Adjusted Base Rate for such Settlement Period for each such
          Purchaser, to the extent of and in proportion to its Beneficial
          Interest, and on the Euro-Dollar Rate for such Settlement Period
          for each other Purchaser; in such circumstance, the Agent shall
          make appropriate adjustments in distributing to the Purchasers
          their respective pro rata shares of amounts paid by the Sellers
          in respect of the Purchasers' Yield for each such Settlement
          Period.

                   SECTION 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return.  (a) If
          after the date hereof, a Change of Law or compliance by any
          Purchaser (or its Office) with any request or directive (whether
          or not having the force of law) of any Authority:

<PAGE>


                    (i)  shall subject any Purchaser (or its Office) to any
               tax, duty or other charge with respect to Settlement Periods
               for which the Yield Rate is determined by reference to the
               London Interbank Offered Rate or its obligation to maintain
               the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate for any Settlement
               Period, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to
               any Purchaser (or its Office) of amounts due to it in
               respect of Settlement Periods for which the Yield Rate is so
               determined (except for changes in the rate of tax on the
               overall net income of such Purchaser or its Office imposed
               by the jurisdiction in which such Purchaser's principal
               executive office or Office is located); or

                    (ii)  shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
               reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including,
               without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the
               Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but
               excluding any such requirement included in an applicable
               Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage) against assets of, deposits
               with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any
               Purchaser (or its Office); or 

                    (iii) shall impose on any Purchaser (or its Office) or
               on the London interbank market any other condition affecting
               its obligation to maintain the Euro-Dollar Rate as a basis
               for the determination of the Yield Rate for any Settlement
               Period;

          and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to
          such Purchaser (or its Office) of so maintaining the Euro-Dollar
          Rate as a basis for determining the Yield Rate for any Settlement
          Period, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable
          by such Purchaser (or its Office) under this Agreement with
          respect any Settlement Period for which the Yield Rate is the
          Euro-Dollar Rate for such Settlement Period, by an amount deemed
          by such Purchaser to be material, then, within 15 days after
          demand by such Purchaser (with a copy to the Agent), Sellers
          shall pay to such Purchaser such additional amount or amounts as
          will compensate such Purchaser for such increased cost or
          reduction. 

               (b)  If any Purchaser shall have determined that after the
          date hereof the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
          regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or
          any change in the interpretation or administration thereof, or
          compliance by any Purchaser (or its Office) with any request or
          directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the
          force of law) of any Authority, has or would have the effect of
          reducing the rate of return on such Purchaser's capital as a
          consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that
          which such Purchaser could have achieved but for such adoption,
          change or compliance (taking into consideration such Purchaser's
          policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by
          such Purchaser to be material, then from time to time, within
          15 days after demand by such Purchaser, Sellers shall pay to such
          Purchaser such additional amount or amounts as will compensate
          such Purchaser for such reduction.

               (c) Each Purchaser will promptly notify Stanley and the
          Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the
          date hereof, that will entitle such Purchaser to compensation
          pursuant to this Section (provided that failure to give such
          notice shall not affect such Purchaser's right to such
          compensation for any period commencing not more than 60 days
          before such Purchaser knew of such event) and will designate a

<PAGE>

          different Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or
          reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the
          judgment of such Purchaser, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
          Purchaser.  A certificate of any Purchaser claiming compensation
          under this Section and setting forth in reasonable detail the
          additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and the
          basis therefor shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
          error.  In determining such amount, such Purchaser may use any
          reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

               (d)  The provisions of this Section 8.03 shall be applicable
          with respect to any Participant, Assignee or other Transferee,
          and any calculations required by such provisions shall be made
          based upon the circumstances of such Participant, Assignee or
          other Transferee.

               SECTION 8.04.  Compensation.  Upon the request of any
          Purchaser, delivered to Stanley and the Agent, the Sellers shall
          pay to such Purchaser such amount or amounts as shall compensate
          such Purchaser for any loss, cost or expense incurred by such
          Purchaser as a result of:

                    (a) any purchase of a Beneficial Interest or repurchase
               of any Purchased Receivables pursuant to Section 6.02 or
               Section 6.04, in each case on a date other than the last day
               of a Settlement Period; or

                    (b) any failure by the Sellers to sell to the
               Purchasers the Initial Offered Receivables or any
               Subsequently Offered Receivables on the date for the
               Purchase thereof;

          such compensation to include, without limitation, any loss, cost
          or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment
          of deposits or other funds acquired by such Purchaser (i) to
          maintain the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate for the
          Settlement Period in which such payment, Purchase, purchase or
          repurchase is made (in the case of clause (a) above), or (ii) to
          fund the Purchase Price for such Receivables (in the case of
          clause (b) above).


                                      ARTICLE IX

                                UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

               SECTION 9.01.  Guaranty.  Stanley hereby irrevocably and
          unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely
          as a surety, to the Purchasers and the Agent the due and punctual
          payment of the principal of and interest on, and the due and
          punctual performance of, the Obligations of Bostitch and of MAC
          and any and all other amounts due from, or obligations of,
          Bostitch or MAC under or pursuant to this Agreement or any other
          Facility Document (collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations"),
          when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at
          maturity or otherwise) or are required to be performed or
          observed in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. 
          Stanley's guaranty under this Section is an absolute, present and
          continuing guaranty of payment and not of collectibility, and is
          in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect

<PAGE>

          from, or to obtain or enforce performance by, Bostitch or MAC, or
          any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (or any portion
          thereof) or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstances
          whatsoever.  In the event that Bostitch or MAC shall fail so to
          pay, perform or observe any of the Guaranteed Obligations,
          Stanley will pay, perform or cause observance of the same
          forthwith, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any
          kind (all of which are waived by Stanley to the fullest extent
          permitted by law), in Dollars (in the case of payment), to the
          Agent at the place for payment specified herein.  Stanley further
          agrees, promptly after demand, to pay to the Purchasers and the
          Agent the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection
          with enforcing the rights of the Purchasers and the Agent against
          Stanley under this Article IX (whether in a bankruptcy proceeding
          or otherwise) following any default in payment, performance or
          observance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the
          obligations of Stanley hereunder, including, without limitation,
          the reasonable fees and expenses of the Agent's or any
          Purchaser's counsel.

               SECTION 9.02.  Absolute, Unconditional Guaranty.  The
          obligations of Stanley under this Article IX are and shall be
          absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
          regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the
          Guaranteed Obligations or any of the Facility Documents, shall
          not be subject to any counterclaim, set-off, deduction or defense
          based upon any claim Stanley may have against MAC, Bostitch, any
          Purchaser or the Agent  hereunder or otherwise, and shall remain
          in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be
          released, discharged or in any way affected by, to the fullest
          extent permitted by law, any circumstance or condition whatsoever
          (whether or not Stanley shall have any knowledge or notice
          thereof), including, without limitation:

                    (a)  any amendment or modification of or supplement to
               this Agreement, any other Facility Document or any other
               instrument referred to herein or therein, or any assignment
               or transfer of (or any interest) in this Agreement, any
               other Facility Document or any other instrument referred to
               herein or therein, or any furnishing or acceptance of
               additional security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

                    (b)  any waiver, consent or extension hereunder or
               under any other Facility Document or any such other
               instrument, or any indulgence or other action or inaction
               under or in respect of, or any extensions or renewals of,
               this Agreement, any other Facility Document, any such other
               instrument or any Guaranteed Obligation;

                    (c)  any failure, omission or delay on the part of any
               Purchaser or the Agent to enforce, assert or exercise any
               right, power or remedy conferred on or available to any
               Purchaser or the Agent against Bostitch or MAC;

                    (d)  any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment,
               composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect
               to Bostitch or MAC or any property of Bostitch or MAC or any
               unavailability of assets against which the Guaranteed
               Obligations, or any of them, may be enforced;

                    (e)  any merger or consolidation of Bostitch, MAC or
               Stanley into or with any other Person or any sale, lease or
               transfer of any or all of the assets of Stanley, Bostitch or
               MAC to any Person;

                    (f)  any failure on the part of Bostitch or MAC for any
               reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any
               other agreement with Stanley;


<PAGE>

                    (g)  any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy,
               power or privilege under or in respect of any of this
               Agreement, any other Facility Document or the Guaranteed
               Obligations, including, without limitation, under this
               Article IX;

                    (h)  any default, failure or delay, willful or
               otherwise, in the performance or payment of any of the
               Guaranteed Obligations;

                           (i)  any furnishing or acceptance of security, or any
               release, substitution or exchange thereof, for any of the
               Guaranteed Obligations;

                    (j)  any failure to give notice to Stanley of the
               occurrence of any breach or violation of, or any Repurchase
               Event, Potential Repurchase Event or default under or with
               respect to, this Agreement, any of the other Facility
               Documents or the Guaranteed Obligations;

                    (k)  any partial payment, or any assignment or
               transfer, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or

                    (l)  any other circumstance (other than indefeasible
               payment, performance and satisfaction in full) that might
               otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
               defense of a guarantor or that might in any manner or to any
               extent vary the risk of a guarantor.

          Stanley covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be
          discharged except by complete, final and indefeasible payment,
          performance and satisfaction in full of the Guaranteed
          Obligations.  Stanley unconditionally waives, to the fullest
          extent permitted by law (A) notice of any of the matters referred
          to in this Section, (B) all notices that may be required by
          statute, rule of law or otherwise to preserve any of the rights
          of any Purchaser or the Agent against Stanley under this Article
          IX, including, without limitation, presentment to or demand of
          payment from Bostitch, MAC or Stanley with respect to this
          Agreement or any other Facility Document, notice of acceptance of
          Stanley's guarantee hereunder and/or notice to Bostitch, MAC or
          Stanley of default or protest for nonpayment or dishonor, (C) any
          diligence in collection from or protection of or realization upon
          all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security
          therefor, any liability hereunder, or any party primarily or
          secondarily liable for all or any portion of the Guaranteed
          Obligations, and (D) any duty or obligation of any Purchaser or
          the Agent to proceed to collect all or any portion of the
          Guaranteed Obligations from, or to commence an action against,
          Bostitch, MAC or any other Person, or to resort to any security
          or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books
          of any Purchaser in favor of Bostitch, MAC or any other Person,
          despite any notice or request of Stanley to do so.

               The obligations of Stanley are full recourse obligations of
          Stanley and may be enforced against any or all of Stanley's
          assets notwithstanding any limitation on enforceability of all or
          any of the Guaranteed Obligations, this Agreement or any of the
          other Facility Documents against assets of Bostitch or MAC.

               SECTION 9.03.  Reinstatement.  The obligations of Stanley
          under this Article IX shall continue to be effective or be


<PAGE>

          automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment made
          by or on behalf of Bostitch or MAC on, under or in respect of any
          of the Guaranteed Obligations (including, without limitation, any
          payment made for the repurchase of any Purchased Receivables
          under Section 2.06, Section 2.13, Section 6.02 or otherwise, or
          for the purchase of a Beneficial Interest under Section 6.02 or
          otherwise) is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned
          by the recipient upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution,
          liquidation or reorganization of Bostitch or MAC, or upon or as a
          result of the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or
          other officer with similar powers with respect to Bostitch or MAC
          or any substantial part of the property of Bostitch or MAC, or
          otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.  If an
          event requiring the repurchase of any Purchased Receivable or the
          purchase of any Beneficial Interest by the Sellers or any Seller
          pursuant to Section 2.06, Section 6.02 or otherwise shall at any
          time have occurred and be continuing, and such repurchase or
          purchase shall at such time be stayed, enjoined or otherwise
          prevented for any reason, including without limitation because of
          the pendency of a case or proceeding relating to Bostitch or MAC
          under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, for purposes of this
          Article IX and the obligations of Stanley hereunder, such
          Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to have become immediately
          due and payable, and such repurchase or purchase shall be deemed
          to be immediately required, with the same effect as if such
          Guaranteed Obligations had become due and payable, or such
          repurchase or purchase had been required, in accordance with the
          terms of this Agreement or any other applicable Facility
          Document.

               SECTION 9.04.  Purchasers' Rights.  Stanley authorizes each
          Purchaser and the Agent, without notice to or demand on Stanley
          and without affecting its liability under this Article IX, from
          time to time (i) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or
          guarantors; (ii) to exercise or refrain from exercising any
          rights against, and grant indulgences to, Bostitch, MAC or
          others; and (iii) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or
          however realized, to the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
          Stanley waives any right to require any Purchaser or the Agent to
          proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or
          guarantors, Bostitch, MAC or any other Person or to pursue any
          other remedy available to any Purchaser or the Agent.

               SECTION 9.05.  Information Concerning Bostitch and MAC. 
          Stanley assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself
          informed of the financial condition and assets of Bostitch and
          MAC and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of
          nonpayment, non-performance or non-observance of the Guaranteed
          Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that
          Stanley assumes or assures hereunder, and agrees that no
          Purchaser or the Agent will have any duty to advise Stanley of


                                       - 74 -         R#95355.6<PAGE>





          information known to any Purchaser or the Agent regarding or in
          any manner relevant to any of such circumstances or risks.

               SECTION 9.06.  Subordination.  Stanley agrees that any and
          all claims of Stanley against Bostitch, MAC or any endorser or
          any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed
          Obligations, or against any of their respective properties, and
          all indebtedness of Bostitch or MAC to Stanley, shall be
          absolutely and unconditionally subordinate and subject in right
          of payment to the prior payment, in full, of all principal and
          interest, all costs of collection (including reasonable
          attorneys' fees and expenses) and any other Guaranteed Obligation
          owing to any Purchaser or the Agent by Bostitch or MAC that may
          arise under this Agreement or under any of the other Facility
          Documents, provided that, so long as no Repurchase Event or
          Potential Repurchase Event shall have occurred and be continuing,

<PAGE>

          Stanley may receive and accept payments or other appropriate
          performance in respect of such claims and indebtedness due in the
          ordinary course.

               SECTION 9.07.  Subrogation.  Notwithstanding anything herein
          to the contrary, Stanley hereby waives any right of subrogation
          (under contract, Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise)
          or any other right of indemnity, reimbursement or contribution
          and hereby waives any right to enforce any remedy that any
          Purchaser or the Agent now has or may hereafter have against
          Bostitch, MAC or any endorser or any other guarantor of all or
          any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, and Stanley hereby waives
          any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or
          collateral given to any Purchaser or the Agent to secure payment
          or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other
          liability of Bostitch or MAC to any Purchaser.  The waiver
          contained in this Section shall continue and survive the
          termination of this Agreement and the final and indefeasible
          payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

               SECTION 9.08.  Continuing Guarantee.  The obligations of
          Stanley under this Article IX are continuing obligations and
          shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of
          the Guaranteed Obligations (and any renewals and extensions
          thereof) shall have been finally and indefeasibly paid and
          satisfied in full and the Commitments shall have terminated.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               SECTION 10.01.  Notices.  All notices, requests and other
          communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing
          (including bank wire, telex, facsimile transmission or similar
          writing) and shall be given to such party at its notice address
          (or, in the case of any Purchaser for which a notice address is
          not so set forth, at the address of its Office) or telex number
          set forth on the signature pages hereof or such other address or
          telex number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose
          by notice to the Agent and each of the other parties hereto. 
          Each such notice, request or other communication shall be
          effective (i) if given by telex, when such telex is transmitted
          to the telex number specified in this Section and the appropriate
          answerback is received, (ii) if given by mail, 72 hours after
          such communication is deposited in the mails with first class
          postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iii) if given by any
          other means, when delivered at the address specified in this
          Section; provided that notices to the Agent under Article II or
          Article VIII shall not be effective until received.

               SECTION 10.02.  No Waivers.  No failure or delay by the
          Agent or any Purchaser in exercising any right, power or
          privilege hereunder or under any other Facility Document shall
          operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial
          exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof
          or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The
          rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not
          exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

               SECTION 10.03.  Expenses; Documentary Taxes;
          Indemnification.  (a)  Stanley shall pay (i) all out-of-pocket

<PAGE>

          expenses of the Agent, including reasonable fees and
          disbursements of special counsel for the Purchasers and the
          Agent, in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and
          the other Facility Documents, any waiver or consent hereunder or
          thereunder or any amendment hereof or thereof or any actual or
          alleged Potential Repurchase Event or Repurchase Event hereunder
          or default or breach hereunder or thereunder and (ii) if a
          Repurchase Event occurs, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
          the Agent or any Purchaser, including reasonable fees and
          disbursements of counsel, in connection with such Repurchase
          Event and collection and other enforcement proceedings resulting
          therefrom, including out-of-pocket expenses incurred in enforcing
          this Agreement and the other Facility Documents.  Stanley shall
          indemnify each Purchaser against any transfer taxes, documentary
          taxes, assessments or charges made by any Authority by reason of
          the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other
          Facility Documents.

               (b)  Except to the extent arising directly from the
          negligence, willful misconduct or fraudulent or criminal acts of
          the Person seeking indemnity hereunder or such Person's
          employees, Stanley agrees to indemnify each Purchaser, the Agent
          and their respective officers, directors, employees, and agents
          (each an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless
          from, any loss, cost, charge, expense (including, without
          limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, settlement costs and
          expenses of preparing for litigation or preparation therefor,
          whether or not the Indemnitee is a party thereto), claims,
          demands, suits, damages, penalties, taxes, fines, levies and
          assessments that may be imposed against, or suffered or incurred
          by, such Indemnitee as a direct or indirect result of:  (i) this
          Agreement, the other Facility Documents, any Seller's
          Obligations, any action or inaction by or of any Seller or any
          Subsidiary, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
          the other Facility Documents, the purchase of any Receivables
          hereunder or the direct or indirect use or application, or
          proposed use or application, of any proceeds of the purchase
          price paid by any Purchaser hereunder for any Purchased
          Receivable; (ii) any violation of any Environmental Laws, the
          past, present or future operations of Stanley or any Subsidiary
          or its predecessors in interest, or the past, present or future
          environmental, health or safety condition of any property of
          Stanley or any Subsidiary or any "release" (as defined in the
          Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
          Act) or threatened such release; (iii) any representation or
          warranty of any Seller in this Agreement or any other Facility
          Document being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) the
          failure by any Seller to observe, perform or comply with any of
          its covenants, undertakings or obligations set forth in this
          Agreement or any other Facility Document; and/or (v) any
          warranty, negligence, design, product liability or other claim or
          demand (whether sounding in tort or contract) of or by any
          Obligor or other Person with respect to any goods sold or leased,
          or any services provided, by any Seller, any Subsidiary or any
          Affiliate of any Seller or any Subsidiary, or any Person that
          sold or leased such goods, or performed such services, under a
          Contract or otherwise.

               (c)  Each Purchaser severally agrees to indemnify Stanley,
          its officers, directors, employees and agents (each an
          "Indemnified Party") against, and hold each Indemnified Party
          harmless from, any loss, cost, charge, expense (including but not
          limited to reasonable attorney's fees, settlement costs and
          expenses of preparing for litigation or preparation therefor,
          whether or not the Indemnified Party is a party thereto), claims,
          demands, suits, damages, penalties, taxes, fines, levies and
          assessments that may be imposed against, or suffered or incurred
          by, such Indemnified Party that is caused by or arises from the
          gross negligence, willful misconduct or the criminal or
          fraudulent acts of such Purchaser or such Purchaser's officers,
          directors, employees or agents related to this Agreement, the
          other Facility Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby
          or thereby, provided that no Purchaser shall have any obligation

<PAGE>

          of indemnity with respect to any consequences of the negligence,
          willful misconduct or criminal or fraudulent acts of the Agent or
          of any other Purchaser or the Agent's or any other Purchaser's
          officers, directors, employees and agents.

                   SECTION 10.04.  Sharing of Set-Offs.  Each Purchaser agrees
          that if it shall, by exercising any right of set-off or
          counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment of a proportion of
          amounts due to such Purchaser hereunder that is greater than the
          proportion received by any other Purchaser in respect of the
          aggregate amounts due to such other Purchaser hereunder, the
          Purchaser receiving such proportionately greater payment shall
          purchase such participations in the Beneficial Interests held by
          the other Purchasers, and such other adjustments shall be made,
          as may be required so that all such payments owing to the
          Purchasers shall be shared by the Purchasers pro rata in
          accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages (subject
          to appropriate adjustments in the event of an unremedied failure
          by a Purchaser to fund its ratable share of the Purchase Price
          for the Initial Offered Receivables or a Portfolio Increase);
          provided that (i) nothing in this Section shall impair the right
          of any Purchaser to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim
          it may have and to apply the amount subject to such exercise to
          the payment of indebtedness of any Seller other than its
          Obligations hereunder, and (ii) if all or any portion of such
          payment received by the purchasing Purchaser is thereafter
          recovered from such purchasing Purchaser, such purchase from each
          other Purchaser shall be rescinded and such other Purchaser shall
          repay to the purchasing Purchaser the purchase price of such
          participation to the extent of such recovery together with an
          amount equal to such other Purchaser's ratable share (according
          to the proportion of (x) the amount of such other Purchaser's
          required repayment to (y) the total amount so recovered from the
          purchasing Purchaser) of any interest or other amount paid or
          payable by the purchasing Purchaser in respect of the total
          amount so recovered.  Each Seller agrees, to the fullest extent
          it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any holder of
          a participation in a Beneficial Interest, whether or not acquired
          pursuant to the foregoing arrangements, may exercise rights of
          set-off or counterclaim and other rights with respect to such
          participation as fully as if such holder of a participation were
          a direct creditor of such Seller in the amount of such
          participation.

               SECTION 10.05.  Amendments and Waivers.  (a) Any provision
          of this Agreement or any other Facility Document may be amended
          or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing
          and is signed by the Sellers and the Required Purchasers (and, if
          the rights or duties of the Agent are affected thereby, by the
          Agent); provided that, no such amendment or waiver shall, unless
          signed by all the Purchasers, (i) change the Commitment of any
          Purchaser or subject any Purchaser to any additional obligation,
          (ii) change the Yield Rate for any Settlement Period or the
          applicable interest rates established hereunder for determining
          the Yield Rate for any Settlement Period, (iii) change the
          Portfolio Balance or any fees hereunder, (iv) change the date
          fixed for any payment due from, or for the repurchase of any
          Purchased Receivable or for the purchase of any Beneficial
          Interest by, any Seller hereunder, (v) change the amount, due on
          any date fixed for the payment thereof, of any payment due from
          any Seller on any Ending Date or of the purchase price for the
          repurchase of any Purchased Receivable or the purchase of any
          Beneficial Interest, (vi) change the percentage of the
          Commitments or of the aggregate Commitment Percentages or the
          number of Purchasers, that shall be required for the Purchasers
          or any of them to take any action under this Section or any other
          provision of this Agreement, (vii) change the manner of
          application of any payments made under this Agreement, (viii)
          release or substitute all or any substantial part of the

<PAGE>

          collateral (if any) held as security for any Seller's
          Obligations, (ix) release any guaranty given to support payment
          of any Seller's Obligations, or (x) amend or otherwise modify
          this Section 10.05, Section 6.01(l) or (m) or Section 6.02(a).

               (b) No Seller will solicit, request or negotiate for or with
          respect to any proposed waiver or amendment of any of the
          provisions of this Agreement unless each Purchaser shall be
          informed thereof by the Sellers and shall be afforded an
          opportunity of considering the same and shall be supplied by the
          Sellers with sufficient information to enable it to make an
          informed decision with respect thereto.  Executed or true and
          correct copies of any waiver or consent effected pursuant to the
          provisions of this Agreement shall be delivered by the Sellers to
          each Purchaser forthwith following the date on which the same
          shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite
          percentage of Purchasers.  No Seller shall, directly or
          indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by
          way of supplemental or additional Purchasers' Yield, fee or
          otherwise, to any Purchaser as consideration for or as an
          inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser of any waiver
          or amendment of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement
          unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, on the same terms,
          ratably to all such Purchasers.

               SECTION 10.06.  Margin Stock Collateral.  Each of the
          Purchasers represents to the Agent and each of the other
          Purchasers that it in good faith is not relying upon any Margin
          Stock as collateral in the extension or maintenance of the
          arrangements provided for in this Agreement.

               SECTION 10.07.  Successors and Assigns.  (a) The provisions
          of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
          of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
          assigns; provided that, no Seller may assign, delegate or
          otherwise transfer any of its rights or duties under this
          Agreement without the prior written consent of all of the
          Purchasers. 

                   (b)  Any Purchaser may at any time sell to one or more
          Persons (each a "Participant") participating interests in its
          Commitment, Beneficial Interest or any other interest of such
          Purchaser hereunder; provided that (i) such Purchaser's
          obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii)
          such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible to the Sellers for
          the performance thereof, (iii) such Purchaser shall remain the
          owner and holder of its Beneficial Interest for all purposes
          under this Agreement, and (iv) the Sellers, the other Purchasers
          and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with
          such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser's rights and
          obligations under this Agreement.  In no event shall a Purchaser
          that sells a participation be obligated to the Participant to
          take or refrain from taking any action hereunder except with
          respect to those matters referenced in the proviso to Section
          10.05(a).  Each Purchaser selling a participating interest in its
          Commitment, Beneficial Interest or other interest under this
          Agreement shall, within ten Domestic Business Days of such sale,
          provide the Sellers and the Agent with written notification
          stating that such sale has occurred and identifying the
          Participant and the interest purchased by such Participant.  The
          Sellers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the
          benefits of Article VIII with respect to its participation.

<PAGE>


               (c)  No Purchaser shall have the right to sell or assign all
          or a proportionate interest of all of its Commitment, Beneficial
          Interest or other interest hereunder unless Stanley shall consent
          in writing, which consent may be given or withheld in Stanley's
          sole and absolute discretion, provided that, without Stanley's
          consent a Purchaser may sell or assign its Commitment (if then in
          effect), Beneficial Interest and other interest hereunder (x)
          pursuant to Section 6.02 or Section 6.04 or (y) in whole or in
          part to any affiliate of such Purchaser that is an Eligible
          Purchaser.  Any sale or assignment to a Person (herein an
          "Assignee") shall be made, and such Assignee shall assume all
          such rights and obligations, pursuant to an assignment and
          acceptance in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (an
          "Assignment and Acceptance"), executed by such Assignee, such
          transferor Purchaser and Stanley and acknowledged by the Agent;
          provided that no Beneficial Interest or other interest may be
          sold by a Purchaser pursuant to this paragraph (c) unless (i) the
          Assignee is an Eligible Purchaser (except for an assignment made
          pursuant to Section 2.13 or Section 6.02), (ii) the Assignee
          shall agree to assume ratably equivalent portions of the
          transferor Purchaser's Commitment (if then in effect) and all
          other obligations of such Purchaser hereunder, (iii) such
          Purchaser shall have fully funded its ratable share of the
          Purchase Price for the Initial Offered Receivables and of any
          Portfolio Increase (except in the case of an assignment made
          pursuant to Section 2.13, Section 6.02 or Section 6.04), and
          (iv) the amount of the Beneficial Interest and of the Commitment
          (if then in effect) of the assigning Purchaser subject to such
          assignment (determined as of the effective date of the
          assignment) shall be equal to $10,000,000 (or any whole multiple
          thereof) or the entire amount of the assigning Purchaser's
          Commitment and Beneficial Interest.   Upon (A) execution of the
          Assignment and Acceptance by such transferor Purchaser, such
          Assignee and Stanley and acknowledgement thereof by the Agent,
          (B) delivery of an executed copy of the Assignment and Acceptance
          to Stanley and the Agent, (C) payment by such Assignee to such
          transferor Purchaser of an amount equal to the purchase price
          agreed between such transferor Purchaser and such Assignee, and
          (D) payment of a processing and recordation fee of $2,500 to the
          Agent (to be paid by Stanley in the event of an assignment
          pursuant to Section 2.13), such Assignee shall for all purposes
          be a Purchaser party to this Agreement and shall have all the
          rights and obligations of a Purchaser under this Agreement to the
          same extent as if it were an original party hereto with a
          Commitment as set forth in such instrument of assumption, and the
          transferor Purchaser shall be released from its obligations
          hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no further consent or
          action by Stanley, the Purchasers or the Agent shall be required. 


               (d)  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.08, the Sellers
          authorize each Purchaser to disclose to any Participant, Assignee
          or other transferee (each a "Transferee") and any prospective
          Transferee any and all financial information in such Purchaser's
          possession concerning any Seller that has been delivered to the
          Agent or such Purchaser by any Seller pursuant to this Agreement
          or that has been delivered to such Purchaser by any Seller in
          connection with such Purchaser's credit evaluation prior to
          entering into this Agreement.

               (e)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
          contrary, in the event that all or any portion of any Commitment
          shall have been assumed or any Beneficial Interest shall be owned
          or held, legally or beneficially, by any Person that is not an
          Eligible Purchaser (pursuant to Section 6.02 or otherwise), then
          for so long as such Commitment or Beneficial Interest shall be
          held by any such Person (i) for purposes of voting as a Purchaser
          on any matter requiring the action of all of the Purchasers or
          the Required Purchasers hereunder, such Commitment and the
          Commitment Percentage attributable to such Commitment or


<PAGE>

          Beneficial Interest shall be deemed to be zero and such Person
          shall not be considered as a Purchaser, and (ii) the amounts to
          be credited for payment to the Sellers and for payment to the
          Agent shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 2.09(e).

               SECTION 10.08.  Confidentiality.  Each Purchaser agrees to
          exercise its best efforts to keep any information delivered or
          made available by the Sellers to it that is clearly indicated in
          writing to be confidential information, confidential from any one
          other than Persons employed or retained by such Purchaser who are
          or are expected to become engaged in evaluating, approving,
          structuring or administering such Purchaser's participation in
          this Agreement; provided that, nothing herein shall prevent any
          Purchaser from disclosing such information (i) to any other
          Purchaser or the Agent, (ii) upon the order of any court,
          regulatory or administrative agency or other governmental
          authority, (iii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory or
          administrative agency or other governmental authority having
          jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (iv) that has been publicly
          disclosed, (v) to the extent reasonably required in connection
          with any litigation to which the Agent, any Purchaser or their
          respective affiliates may be a party, (vi) to the extent
          reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy
          hereunder, (vii) to such Purchaser's legal counsel and
          independent auditors and (viii) to any actual or proposed
          Participant, Assignee or other Transferee of all or part of its
          rights hereunder that has agreed in writing to be bound by the
          provisions of this Section 10.08.

               SECTION 10.09.  Substitute Debt Ratings.  If either or both
          of Moody's or Standard & Poor's is not providing public ratings
          of the Unsupported Stanley Debt, the Required Purchasers may
          substitute another rating agency or other rating agencies of
          national reputation, approved by the Required Purchasers, for
          Moody's and/or Standard & Poor's, as the case may be, for the
          purpose of determining, by reference to the public ratings of two
          approved rating agencies (which shall include Moody's or Standard
          & Poor's if one of them is providing public ratings of the
          Unsupported Stanley Debt), the Debt Rating.  If no other rating
          agency of national reputation is providing public ratings of the
          Unsupported Stanley Debt, the Required Purchasers may request
          that Stanley, at Stanley's expense, obtain from either or both of
          Moody's and Standard & Poor's, as appropriate, a private credit
          rating for the Unsupported Stanley Debt in lieu of a public
          rating for the purpose of determining the Debt Rating.  In such
          event the Debt Rating shall be deemed to be the Debt Rating of
          either or both of Moody's or Standard & Poor's in effect at the
          time such rating agencies ceased providing public ratings of the
          Unsupported Stanley Debt.  Upon receipt of any such request,
          Stanley shall use its best efforts to obtain a private credit
          rating for such purpose as promptly as practicable from either or
          both of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, as the case may be (or, if
          either of them declines to provide a private credit rating, the
          other of them and one rating agency of national reputation, and
          if both of them so decline, two rating agencies of national
          reputation, in each case approved by the Required Purchasers). 
          The private credit rating obtained by Stanley shall be deemed to
          be the Debt Rating for the period during which a public rating
          was not provided by Moody's and Standard & Poor's or any other
          rating agency of national reputation and all necessary
          adjustments shall be made to the calculation of the Purchasers'
          Yield for such period to reflect the difference, if any, in the
          Debt Rating deemed to be in effect prior to the receipt of such
          private credit rating.  If Stanley fails to obtain such private
          credit rating within ninety (90) days of the Required Purchasers'
          request therefor, the Debt Rating shall be deemed to be Less Than
          Investment Grade.  In the event another rating agency of national
          reputation is substituted for Moody's or Standard & Poor's, the
          determination of the Debt Rating shall be made by reference to

<PAGE>

          the rating designations of such substituted agency that are most
          nearly comparable to the applicable rating designations, as set
          forth in the definition of the term "Debt Rating" in Section
          1.01, of Moody's or Standard & Poor's, as the case may be (or, in
          either case, the comparable rating designations then in
          existence).

               SECTION 10.10.  Purchasers' Sales Without Recourse or
          Warranty.  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary
          (including, without limitation, anything contained in the form of
          Assignment and Acceptance attached as an exhibit hereto), any
          sale, transfer or conveyance by a Purchaser of its Beneficial
          Interest, or by the Purchasers of any Purchased Receivable, to
          any third party, any Seller, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate or
          nominee of any Seller or Subsidiary, pursuant to Section 2.06,
          Section 2.13, Section 6.02 or otherwise, shall be a sale,
          transfer or conveyance only of all such right, title and interest
          therein as such Purchaser shall have acquired from the Sellers
          hereunder and shall be made without recourse to or any
          representation or warranty by such Purchaser (other than
          representations to the effect that (a) such Purchaser has the
          right, power and authority to make such sale, transfer or
          conveyance and (b) the right, title and interest of such
          Purchaser in such Beneficial Interest or Purchased Receivables,
          as the case may be, is being sold, transferred or conveyed free
          and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances created by such
          Purchaser.)

               SECTION 10.11.  Obligations Several.  The obligations of
          each Purchaser hereunder are several, and no Purchaser shall be
          responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other
          Purchaser hereunder.  Nothing contained in this Agreement and no
          action taken by Purchasers pursuant hereto shall be deemed to
          constitute the Purchasers to be a partnership, an association, a
          joint venture or any other kind of entity.  The amounts payable
          at any time hereunder to each Purchaser shall be a separate and
          independent obligation, and each Purchaser shall be entitled to
          protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or
          any other Facility Document and it shall not be necessary for any
          other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any
          proceeding for such purpose.

               SECTION 10.12.  Georgia Law.  This Agreement shall be
          construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State
          of Georgia.

                   SECTION 10.13.  No Setoff.  Except as otherwise expressly
          provided in this Agreement, no act of commission or omission of
          any kind or at any time upon the part of any Purchaser or the
          Agent in respect of any matter whatsoever shall in any way affect
          or impair the rights of such Purchaser, any other Purchaser or
          the Agent to enforce any right, power or benefit of the
          Purchasers or the Agent under this Agreement, and no set-off,
          claim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense
          of any kind or nature that any Seller has or may have against a
          Purchaser or the Agent shall be available to such Seller or any
          other Seller or asserted against such Purchaser, any other
          Purchaser or the Agent in any suit or action brought by any
          Purchaser or the Agent to enforce or collect any Obligation of
          any Seller, right, power or benefit under this Agreement. 
          Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver by any
          Seller of any rights or claims it may have against a Purchaser or
          the Agent under this Agreement or otherwise, but any recovery
          upon such rights and claims shall be had from such Purchaser or
          the Agent separately, the intent of this Agreement being that
          each Seller shall be unconditionally and absolutely obligated to

<PAGE>

          perform fully all of its obligations, agreements and covenants
          hereunder for the benefit of the Purchasers and the Agent.

               SECTION 10.14.  Consent to Jurisdiction.  Each Seller (a)
          submits to personal jurisdiction in the State of Georgia, the
          courts thereof and the United States District Courts sitting
          therein, for the enforcement of this Agreement and the other
          Facility Documents, (b) waives any and all personal rights under
          the law of any jurisdiction to object on any basis (including,
          without limitation, inconvenience of forum) to jurisdiction or
          venue within the State of Georgia for the purpose of litigation
          to enforce this Agreement or the other Facility Documents, and
          (c) agrees that service of process may be made upon it in the
          manner prescribed in Section 10.01 for the giving of notice to
          the Sellers.  Nothing herein contained, however, shall prevent
          the Agent or any Purchaser from bringing any action or exercising
          any rights against security, if any, and against any Seller
          personally, and against any assets of any Seller, within any
          other state or  jurisdiction.

               SECTION 10.15.  Survival of Obligations.  The obligations
          and covenants of the Sellers under Sections 2.08, 8.03 and 8.04
          (collectively, the "Surviving Seller Obligations") shall survive
          the payment of the Sellers' Obligations, the purchase of any
          Purchaser's Beneficial Interest or the repurchase of any
          Purchased Receivables.  Except for the Surviving Seller
          Obligations, all other obligations, representations, warranties,
          covenants and agreements of the parties under the Facility
          Documents shall terminate upon the final and indefeasible payment
          in full of the Sellers' Obligations.

                   SECTION 10.16.  Severability.  This Agreement and the other
          Facility Documents are intended to be performed in accordance
          with, and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable law. 
          If any provision of any of this Agreement or any other Facility
          Document or the application thereof to any Person or
          circumstances shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid
          or unenforceable, neither the remainder of this Agreement or such
          other Facility Document in which such provision is contained nor
          the application of such provision to other Persons or
          circumstances or other Facility Documents or other instruments
          referred to hereinabove shall be affected thereby, but rather,
          the same shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by
          law.

               SECTION 10.17.  Captions.  Captions in this Agreement are
          for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
          meaning or interpretation of the provisions hereof.

               SECTION 10.18.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed
          in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an
          original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and
          hereto were upon the same instrument. 





                        [Signatures follow on separate pages]


<PAGE>






















                           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this
          Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of
          the day and year first above written.

                                        SELLERS:

          THE STANLEY WORKS                  MAC TOOLS, INC.
          
          
          
          By: /s/ Richard Huck               By: /s/ Richard Huck          
          Its: Vice President, Finance       Its: Vice President, Finance

          STANLEY-BOSTITCH, INC.
          
          
          
          By: /s/ Richard Huck          
          Its: Vice President, Finance


                                             Notice Address (All
                                             Purchasers):

                                             The Stanley Works
                                             1000 Stanley Drive
                                             Post Office Box 7000
                                             New Britain, Connecticut 
                                             06050
                                             Attention:     Director,
                                             Corporate Finance
                                             Telephone:     (203) 827-3838
                                             Telecopy: (203) 827-3962
                                             Telex:         N/A
                                             Answerback:    N/A













           [This is a signature page to the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
                          signed by the parties named above]

<PAGE>



                              [Signatures continued from preceding page]


                                        PURCHASERS:

          COMMITMENT:                   WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL
                                        ASSOCIATION, as a Purchaser
          $32,000,000


                                        By: /s/ Linda M. Harris            
                                        Its: Senior Vice President         


                                        Office:

                                        Wachovia Bank of Georgia, National
          Association
                                        28th Floor    (MC:  G-0373)
                                        191 Peachtree Street NE
                                        Atlanta, Georgia  30303
                                        Attention:     U.S. Corporate
          Banking
                                        Telephone:     (404) 332-1090
                                        Telecopy: (404) 332-6898
                                        Telex:         4611015
                                        Answerback:    INT WAGA



















           [This is a signature page to the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
                           signed by the party named above]

<PAGE>




                              [Signatures continued from preceding page]


          COMMITMENT:                   BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS, NEW YORK
                                        BRANCH, as a Purchaser
          $24,000,000


                                        By: /s/ Eric Vigne                 
                                        Its: Senior Vice President         



                                        By: Nancy L. Stengel               
                                        Its: Assistant Treasurer           


                                        Office:

                                        Banque Nationale de Paris
                                        499 Park Avenue
                                        New York, New York  10022
                                        Attention:     Roy Johnson/Jessie
          Griffiths
                                        Telephone:     (212) 415-9610/(212)
          415-9785
                                        Telecopy: (212) 415-9695/(212) 418-
          8206
                                        Telex:         824211
                                        Answerback:    WFC UF

                                        Payment Instructions

                                        Federal Reserve Bank of New York
                                        ABA Routing No.:    026007689
                                        Account No.:        19225300157
                                        Account Name:  BNP - New York
                                        Reference:          Stanley Works









           [This is a signature page to the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
                           signed by the party named above]



<PAGE>


                              [Signatures continued from preceding page]


          COMMITMENT:                   ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a
                                        Purchaser

          $24,000,000

                                        By: /s/ Sheryl H. Greenberg        
                                        Its: Manager                       


                                        Office:

                                        Grand Cayman (North America No. 1)
          Branch
                                        Royal Bank of Canada
                                        c/o New York Operations Center
                                        Pierrepont Plaza
                                        300 Cadman Plaza West
                                        Brooklyn, New York  11201-2701
                                        Attention:     Manager, Loans
          Administration
                                        Telephone:     (212) 858-7168
                                        Telecopy: (718) 522-6292/3
                                        Telex:         420464, 62519
                                        Answerback:    RBOCUI Royal Bank,
          Royal Bank

                                        with a copy to:

                                        Royal Bank of Canada
                                        Financial Square
                                        New York, New York  10005-3531
                                        Attention:     Ms. Sheryl L.
          Greenberg
                                        Telephone:     (212) 428-6476
                                        Telecopy: (212) 428-6459












           [This is a signature page to the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
                           signed by the party named above]

<PAGE>



                                [Signatures continued from preceding page]


                                        AGENT:

                                        WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL
                                        ASSOCIATION, as Agent


                                        By: /s/ Linda M. Harris            
                                        Its: Senior Vice President         


                                        Notice Address:

                                        Wachovia Bank of Georgia, National
          Association
                                        c/o Wachovia Corporate Services,
          Inc.
                                        26th Floor (MC:  GA-0423)
                                        191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                        Atlanta, Georgia  30303
                                        Attention:     Corporate Finance
          Department
                                        Telephone:     (404) 332-1084
                                        Telecopy: (404) 332-4605
                                        Telex:         4611015
                                        Answerback:    INT WAGA




















           [This is a signature page to the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
                           signed by the party named above]



<TABLE>



 COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE                                  Exhibit 11
 THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
 (dollars and shares in thousands except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
 
                                                       Fiscal Year Ended
                                             January 1   January 2  December 28
                                               1994        1993        1991
                                            (52 Weeks)  (53 Weeks)  (52 Weeks)
  Earnings per common share:
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
    Weighted average shares outstanding         44,935      45,703      43,266
                                            =========== =========== ===========
    Earnings before cumulative effect
        of accounting changes                  $92,630     $98,118     $97,112
    Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
        Postemployment benefits                 (8,489)
        Postretirement benefits                                        (12,508)
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net earnings                             $84,141     $98,118     $84,604
                                            =========== =========== ===========
    Per share amounts:
      Before cumulative effect of 
         accounting changes                      $2.06       $2.15       $2.24
      Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
        Postemployment benefits                  (0.19)
        Postretirement benefits                                          (0.29)
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net earnings                               $1.87       $2.15       $1.95
                                            =========== =========== ===========
 Primary:
    Weighted average shares outstanding         44,935      45,703      43,266
    Dilutive common stock equivalents -
      based on the treasury stock method
      using average market price                   713         718         510
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                45,648      46,421      43,776
    Per share amounts:                      =========== =========== ===========
      Before cumulative effect of 
        accounting changes                       $2.03       $2.11       $2.22
      Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
        Postemployment benefits                  (0.19)
        Postretirement benefits                                          (0.29)
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net earnings                               $1.84       $2.11       $1.93
                                            =========== =========== ===========
 Fully Diluted:
    Weighted average shares outstanding         44,935      45,703      43,266
    Dilutive common stock equivalents -
      based on the treasury stock method
      using the quarter end market price
      if higher than average market price          757         779         572
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                45,692      46,482      43,838
    Per share amounts:                      =========== =========== ===========
      Before cumulative effect of 
      accounting changes                         $2.03       $2.11       $2.22
      Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
        Postemployment benefits                  (0.19)
        Postretirement benefits                                          (0.29)
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net earnings                               $1.84       $2.11       $1.93
                                            =========== =========== ===========
<FN>
 Note:  This calculation is submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K 
 item 601(b)(11) although not required by footnote 2 to paragraph 14
 of APB Opinion No. 15 because it results in dilution of less than 3%.
 
</TABLE>

<TABLE>






                                                                                         Exhibit 12

      THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
    COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
           (in Millions of Dollars)

<CAPTION>
                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended

                                           January 1  January 2  December 28 December 29 December 30                                
                                               1994       1993        1991        1990        1989                 


    Earnings before income taxes and
      cumulative adjustment for
      <S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
      accounting change                      $148.0      $158.1      $156.5      $172.0      $193.9               

    Add:
       Portion of rents representative of
          interest factor                     $11.7       $12.2       $11.5       $11.2        $9.2       
       Interest expense                        31.4        32.6        37.2        35.9        34.4           
       Amortization of expense on
         long-term debt                         0.4         0.7         0.5         0.8         0.7    
       Amortization of capitalized interest     0.4         0.4         0.4         0.4         0.3   
                                             --------------------------------------------------------           -
    Income as adjusted                       $191.9      $204.0      $206.1      $220.3      $238.5 
                                             ========================================================       
    Fixed charges:
       Interest expense                       $31.4       $32.6       $37.2       $35.9       $34.4   
       Amortization of expense
         on long-term debt                      0.4         0.7         0.5         0.8         0.7    
       Capitalized interest                     0.1         0.1         0.4         1.3         0.8      
       Portion of rents representative of
          interest factor                      11.7        12.2        11.5        11.2         9.2                                 
                                              ------------------------------------------------------- 
    Fixed charges                             $43.6       $45.6       $49.6       $49.2       $45.1     
                                              =======================================================        
    Ratio of earnings to fixed charges         4.40        4.47        4.16        4.47        5.29               
                                              =======================================================           





</TABLE>

<PAGE> 





  Management Report on Responsibility for Financial Reporting

  The management of The  Stanley Works is responsible for  the preparation,
  integrity and  objectivity of the accompanying  financial statements. The
  statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
  principles. Preparation of financial statements and related data involves
  our  best estimates and the use of judgment. Management also prepared the
  other  information  in  the Annual  Report  and  is  responsible for  its
  accuracy and consistency with the financial statements.

  The company maintains a  system of internal accounting controls  which is
  designed  to provide reasonable assurance, at appropriate cost, as to the
  reliability  of  financial records  and  the protection  of  assets. This
  system includes monitoring by a staff of internal auditors. It is further
  characterized by care  in the selection of competent  financial managers,
  by organizational  arrangements that provide for  delegation of authority
  and  division  of  responsibility   and  by  disseminating  policies  and
  procedures throughout the company.

  The Stanley  Works also  recognizes its  responsibility  for fostering  a
  strong,  ethical climate  so  that the  company's  affairs are  conducted
  according to the highest standards of personal and business conduct. This
  responsibility is reflected in  the company's Business Conduct Guidelines
  which are  publicized  throughout the  organization.  The company  has  a
  long-established  reputation  of   integrity  in  business   conduct  and
  maintains a systematic program to assess compliance with these policies.

  The adequacy  of Stanley's  internal accounting controls,  the accounting
  principles  employed   in  its  financial  reporting  and  the  scope  of
  independent  and internal audits are  reviewed by the  Audit Committee of
  the  Board of Directors, consisting solely of outside directors. Both the
  independent auditors  and our internal auditors  have unrestricted access
  to the  Audit Committee, and  they meet  with it  periodically, with  and
  without management present.


  Richard H. Ayers            Richard Huck
  Chairman and                Vice President, Finance and
  Chief Executive Officer     Chief Financial Officer<PAGE>





  Report of Ernst & Young, Independent Auditors

  The Shareholders
  The Stanley Works

  We have  audited  the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets  of  The
  Stanley Works and subsidiaries as of January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993,
  and  the   related  consolidated  statements  of   earnings,  changes  in
  shareholders' equity, and  cash flows for each of the  three fiscal years
  in the period ended  January 1, 1994. These financial statements  are the
  responsibility  of the  company's  management. Our  responsibility is  to
  express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted  our audits in  accordance with generally  accepted auditing
  standards. Those standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to
  obtain reasonable  assurance about  whether the financial  statements are
  free of material  misstatement. An  audit includes examining,  on a  test
  basis, evidence supporting the amounts  and disclosures in the  financial
  statements. An  audit also  includes assessing the  accounting principles
  used  and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
  the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
  provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  In  our  opinion, the  financial  statements  referred  to above  present
  fairly, in all  material respects, the consolidated financial position of
  The Stanley  Works and  subsidiaries at  January 1,  1994 and  January 2,
  1993, and the  consolidated results  of their operations  and their  cash
  flows for each of the three  fiscal years in the period ended  January 1,
  1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

  As  discussed in  Note J  to the  consolidated financial  statements, the
  company  changed its method of accounting  for postemployment benefits in
  1993 and postretirement benefits other than pensions in 1991.

  Hartford, Connecticut
  January 31, 1994



                                               Ernst & Young


<PAGE>



  Business Segment Information
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries

  Industry Segments

  The  company groups  its  sales  and  operating  profit  by  three  major
  categories:  Tools, Hardware and Specialty  Hardware. Sales for Tools are
  further divided into Consumer, Industrial and Engineered.

  Geographic Areas

  The  company  has manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities and  sales
  offices  in  the United  States, Europe  and  Other Areas.  The company's
  operations in  Europe are principally  located in  the European  Economic
  Community.  Other Areas  principally include  Canada, Australia,  the Far
  East and Latin America.

  General Information

  Intercompany sales between geographic areas and between business segments
  were   not  significant.   Segment  information   includes  insignificant
  allocations of expenses and assets shared by the segments.

  Operating  profit  represents  net  sales  less  operating  expenses.  In
  computing  operating  profit,  the  following  have  been  excluded:  net
  corporate  expenses, interest  expense, income  taxes and  the cumulative
  effect of accounting changes.

  Identifiable  assets are those assets used in the company's operations in
  each segment or area.<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Industry Segments
  (Millions of Dollars)             1993       1992         1991

  Net Sales
  Tools
  <S>                             <C>       <C>          <C>
  Consumer                          $726.0    $723.0       $624.0
  Industrial                         411.1     377.7        363.5
  Engineered                         568.5     540.0        497.2
                                   _______   _______      _______
  Total Tools                      1,705.6   1,640.7      1,484.7
  Hardware                           299.4     297.2        225.3
  Specialty Hardware                 268.1     257.7        232.2
                                   _______   _______      _______
  Consolidated                    $2,273.1  $2,195.6     $1,942.2
                                  ========  ========     ========

  Operating Profit
  Tools                             $158.1    $171.7       $169.4
  Hardware                            32.9      25.6         28.9
  Specialty Hardware                  13.2      18.3         16.5
                                    -------   -------      ------
  Total                              204.2     215.6        214.8
  Net corporate expenses             (24.0)    (24.5)       (20.7)
  Interest expense                   (32.2)    (33.0)       (37.6)
                                    _______   _______     _______
  Earnings before income taxes      $148.0    $158.1       $156.5
                                    =======   =======     =======

  Identifiable Assets
  Tools                           $1,238.6  $1,199.3     $1,176.2
  Hardware                           173.3     171.0        178.0
  Specialty Hardware                  83.9      91.3         86.6
                                   _______   _______      _______
                                   1,495.8   1,461.6      1,440.8
  General corporate assets            81.1     146.0        107.1
                                   _______   _______      _______
  Total                           $1,576.9  $1,607.6     $1,547.9
                                  ========  ========     ======== 

  Capital Expenditures
  Tools                              $53.6    $ 47.4        $51.7
  Hardware                             8.2      10.7          5.9
  Specialty Hardware                   3.8       3.8          4.6

  Depreciation and Amortization
  Tools                               63.9      63.6         59.7
  Hardware                            10.6      10.7          8.4
  Specialty Hardware                   4.4       4.0          4.4<PAGE>

</TABLE>
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
  Geographic Areas
  (Millions of Dollars)               1993         1992      1991

  Net Sales
 <S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>
  United States                       $1,680.0  $1,561.5   $1,361.6
  Europe                                 317.3     354.0      324.2
  Other Areas                            275.8     280.1      256.4
                                      ________   _______   ________
  Consolidated                        $2,273.1  $2,195.6   $1,942.2
                                      ========   ========  ========

  Operating Profit
  United States                         $153.5    $148.8     $145.3
  Europe                                  27.4      38.5       42.8
  Other Areas                             23.7      27.3       28.9
  Eliminations                             (.4)      1.0       (2.2)
                                        _______   _______    ______
  Total                                 $204.2    $215.6     $214.8
                                       ========   ======== ========

  Identifiable Assets
  United States                       $1,017.6   $1,002.1    $941.0
  Europe                                 270.0      259.9     290.4
  Other Areas                            247.4      223.1     231.2
  Eliminations                           (39.2)     (23.5)    (21.8)
                                        _______   _______   _______
  Total                               $1,495.8   $1,461.6  $1,440.8
                                       ========  ========  ========

<FN>
  Note: In  1993, net corporate  expenses include  a gain of  $29.0 million
  from the sale of the company's investment in Max Co., Ltd. 
  In 1992,  net corporate expenses include a gain of $25.8 million from the
  sale of a portion of the company's investment in Max  Co., Ltd., expenses
  of $14.1  million related  to planned  closings of  certain company-owned
  stores  and  reduction of  the goodwill  of  the company's  Taylor Rental
  operation.
  Certain 1992 and 1991 amounts were reclassified to  conform with the 1993
  presentation.<PAGE>
<PAGE>

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
  Summary of Selected Financial Information (A)
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
  (Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
  Continuing Operations B

                      1993    1992    1991    1990    1989    1988    1987    1986    1985    1984    1983      
                   

  <S>               <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
  Net Sales         $2,273  $2,196  $1,942  $1,956  $1,951  $1,888  $1,744  $1,355  $  992  $  936  $  804                   
  Earnings              93      98      97     106     117     102      96      78      70      64      49      
  Earnings per share$ 2.06   $2.15   $2.24   $2.51   $2.70   $2.37   $2.22   $1.84   $1.70   $1.54   $1.20       

  Percent of Net Sales:
  Cost of sales       68.3%   66.8%   66.0%   65.3%   64.8%   65.6%   64.7%   64.9%  63.2%   63.5%  64.5%           
  Selling, general
  and administrative  22.5%   24.0%   23.8%   23.7%   23.0%   23.0%   23.4%   23.9%   24.3%  24.1%  25.1%   
  Interest-net         1.1%    1.2%    1.3%    1.3%    1.3%    1.3%    1.7%    1.4%     .2%    .1%    .3%      
  Earnings before 
  income taxes         6.5%    7.2%    8.1%    8.8%    9.9%    9.1%    9.5%    9.7%   12.2%  11.9%  10.1%              
  Earnings             4.1%    4.5%    5.0%    5.4%    6.0%    5.4%    5.5%    5.8%    7.1%   6.8%   6.1%              
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        

 Other Key Information
                  
 Total assets       $1,577  $1,608  $1,548  $1,494  $1,491  $1,405  $1,388  $1,208   $ 755  $ 697  $ 686            
 Long-term debt        377     438     397     398     416     339     354     363      81     74     85  
 Shareholders'
  equity            $  681  $  696  $  689  $  679  $  659  $  684  $  626  $  555   $ 503  $ 444  $ 435 

 Ratios:                                                                                                               
  Current ratio        2.1     2.4     2.4     2.6     2.6     2.6     2.4     2.9     3.7    2.8    3.0  
  Total debt to                                                                                                     
  total capital       38.7%   40.1%   37.6%   38.7%   39.6%   35.0%   40.9%   43.4%   15.7%  19.4%  19.0%                           
  Income tax rate     37.4%   37.9%   38.0%   38.4%   39.6%   40.8%   41.7%   40.7%   42.0%  42.5%  39.2%             

  Return on average 
   equity b           13.5%   14.1%   14.1%   15.8%   17.3%   15.5%   14.7%   14.9%   16.5%  16.5%  12.8%              

  Common Stock Data:
  Dividends per                                                                                                                     
   share             $1.34  $ 1.28  $ 1.22  $ 1.14  $ 1.02  $  .92  $  .82  $  .73  $  .67  $ .60 $  .52       
  Equity per share                                                                                                    
   at year-end       $15.23  $15.32  $15.22  $16.50  $15.32  $15.97  $14.59  $13.05  $12.03  $11.00 $10.35  
  Market price                                                                                                        
   - high            47 7/8  48 1/8   44     39 3/4  39 1/4  31 1/4  36 5/8  30 7/8  22 1/2  19 5/8 19    
   - low             37 7/8  32 1/2   26     26 5/8  27 1/2  24 3/8  21 1/4  20 1/2  16 3/8  13     13  1/2 
  Average shares          
   outstanding              
   (in thousands)    44,935  45,703  43,266  42,192  43,378  43,109  43,357  42,279  41,243  41,816 41,465                          

  Other Information:
  Earnings from 
  continuing 
  operations        $   93  $   98  $   97  $  106  $  117  $  102  $   96   $  78  $   70  $   64  $  49 
  Earnings from 
  discontinued 
  operations             -       -       -       -       -       -     (10)      1        8       8      3     
  Cumulative effect 
  of accounting 
  change                (9)      -     (12)      -       -     (13)      -       -       -        -      - 

  Net earnings      $   84  $   98  $   85  $  106  $  117  $   89  $   86  $   79   $   78  $  72  $  52 
  Net earnings 
  per share         $ 1.87 $  2.15  $ 1.95  $ 2.51  $ 2.70  $ 2.07  $ 2.00  $ 1.86   $ 1.90  $1.73  $1.28 

  Average number 
  of employees      18,988  18,650  17,420  17,784  18,464  18,988  19,142  16,128  13,069  12,788 12,396 
  Shareholders of 
  record at end 
  of year           20,018  20,661  21,297  22,045  22,376  23,031  23,051  21,752  22,870  23,238 22,656


<FN>
  A)Certain amounts were reclassified to conform with the 1993 presentation.

  B)Excluding  the   cumulative  after-tax  effect   of  accounting  changes   for
  postemployment benefits  of $8.5          million, or $.19  per share,  in 1993;
  postretirement benefits of $12.5 million,  or $.29 per share, in       1991; and
  income taxes of $13.1 million, or $.30 per share, in 1988.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>






























  Management's Discussion and Analysis
  Results of Operations

  Overview

  Improved   economic  conditions,  particularly   in  the  United  States,
  resulted in record  sales of $2.3  billion in  1993, or  a 3.5%  increase
  over 1992.  Earnings, excluding  the effects  of a  change in  accounting
  principle  and  special  charges  related  to  a legal  settlement,  also
  strengthened, increasing 4% over 1992.

  Earnings were  $93 million,  or $2.06  per share,  before the  cumulative
  effect of an accounting change. This compares with $98 million, or  $2.15<PAGE>
  per share, reported in 1992.  Earnings were affected by a $15 million, or 

  $.21 per  share, charge related to  the settlement  of lawsuits involving
  the  company's Mac  Tools, Inc.  subsidiary. The  charge reflected  these
  settlements  and the  accrual of reserves  to cover  unsettled claims. In
  addition,  a  stronger  U.S.  dollar  had   a  negative  effect  on   the
  translation of foreign earnings for the year.

  Revenues

  Sales growth in  1993 was  driven by unit volume  increases of 4% in  our
  core businesses, which  represented the most significant internal  growth
  generated since 1988. Acquisitions and  minor price increases added 2% to
  sales;  however, the  negative  effect  of translating  foreign  revenues
  offset these incremental improvements.

  The  company's   U.S.  businesses  experienced  strong  internal  growth,
  reflecting the  improvement in U.S.  industrial and construction  related
  markets and  the company's efforts  in introducing new products. Domestic
  unit  volume  growth  was  6%  for  1993.  While  the  company's consumer
  businesses  experienced  only modest  growth,  engineered  and industrial
  businesses saw  higher levels of sales  increases. Many  of the company's
  businesses  did not  raise prices during the  year; consequently, pricing
  had no net effect on  U.S. sales. The incremental  effect of acquisitions
  contributed 2% to sales.

  European  markets, especially  continental Europe, remained  depressed in
  1993,  resulting  in  a  3%  volume  decline.  European  currencies  also
  continued  to weaken  during  the  year resulting  in an  11%  decline in
  sales, or  approximately  $40  million.  A  combination  of  small  price
  increases  and  acquisitions  added  4%  to  sales.  As  a  result, total
  European sales were 10% lower than last year.

  Net  sales in Other Areas  decreased 2% as  a result  of foreign currency
  translation and  weak sales in  Canada. Sales  increases in the  Far East
  and Latin America continued to exceed  the growth rate experienced by the
  company overall.

  Net  sales  in 1992  of  $2.2  billion  were 13%  higher  than  in  1991,
  primarily  due to  the  contributions  of acquired  companies.  Excluding
  acquisitions,  the  company achieved  only  minimal  growth  in  domestic
  markets  and  sales  trends  in  the  lagging  European,  Australian  and
  Canadian economies were stagnant or negative.

  Factors contributing to the year-to-year change in net sales were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Net Sales Change                      Comparison
                                  1993      1992      1991
                                  with      with      with
                                  1992      1991      1990

  Unit Volume: 
<S>                             <C>        <C>      <C>
    Existing Operations           4.1%       2.1%     (4.8)%
    Acquisitions/Divestitures     1.7       10.2       2.4
  Price Increase                   .7        1.1       2.7
  Foreign Currency               (3.0)       (.4)     (1.0)
                                 -----      -----     ------
                                  3.5%      13.0%      (.7)%
                                 =====      =====     ======
</TABLE> 
 During   1993,  the   highly-inflationary  conditions  that   affect  the
  company's Brazilian  operation, while not  material to overall  operating
  results and financial position, did affect  the above price increase  and
  foreign  currency  percentages.  Price  increase  and   foreign  currency
  effects  on   the  year-to-year  sales   change  without  the   Brazilian
  operations were .1% and (2.5%), respectively.

  Gross Profit

  Gross profit margin was 31.7% in 1993, compared with 33.2%  in 1992. Much
  of  the margin  decline in  1993  related to  costs associated  with  the
  transition from purchasing  certain fastening tools from foreign  sources
  to  U.S.  in-house  manufacture  and  to  abnormally  high   wood  prices
  experienced in  the company's  Door Systems  business and the  associated
  expenses of manufacturing process adjustments. The company  has continued
  to  control costs  and to  realize  productivity  gains from  its capital
  investment  programs.  These efforts  have  helped  relieve  the  adverse
  margin pressures of a competitive pricing environment.

  In 1992, margins were affected by  the costs of integrating  acquisitions
  and  the underutilization of the company's mechanics  tool capacity which
  resulted from the  loss of sales to a major retail customer. A portion of
  that sales volume has been replaced.

  Operating and Other Expenses

  Operating expenses  were 22.5% of  sales in 1993  compared with 24.0%  in
  1992 and  23.8%  in 1991.  The  improvement  in 1993  reflects  increased
  operating efficiencies,  the integration of  recent acquisitions and  the
  absence  of  non-recurring  expenses.  The  increase  in   1992  reflects
  non-recurring legal  costs and increases  in product liability  reserves,
  both of which more than offset productivity improvements.
<PAGE>
  Interest-net  expense of  $25 million, reduced  from $27  million in 1992
  and $26  million in  1991,  resulted from  lower interest  rates and  the
  company's active management of overall borrowing costs.

  Other-net expense for 1993 included  a $15 million charge for distributor
  litigation issues  at the company's Mac  Tools, Inc.  subsidiary. It also
  included a  gain on the sale of the company's investment in Max Co., Ltd.
  of $29 million, which was  substantially offset by additional charges for
  contingency  reserves   related  to   product  liability,   restructuring
  activities and environmental remediation.

  Other-net  expenses in  1992 included charges  of $14  million related to
  planned  closings  of  certain  company-owned  Taylor  Rental  stores,  a
  reduction of  the goodwill of the  company's Taylor  Rental business, and
  $8  million for  reserves for  litigation  pending  at the  company's Mac
  Tools, Inc. subsidiary. These  charges were offset by a $26 million  gain
  from the  sale of a portion of  the company's investment in Max Co., Ltd.

  Other-net expenses in 1991 were relatively unchanged from 1990.

  The effective income tax rates in 1993, 1992  and 1991 were 37.4%,  37.9%
  and 38.0%, respectively. In  1993, the effect of  an increase in the U.S.
  statutory  rate  from  34% to  35% was  largely  offset by  favorable tax
  planning  strategies  and  proportionally   lower  earnings  in  high-tax
  foreign operations.

  Accounting Changes

  Net earnings for  1993 reflected an after-tax  charge of $8.5 million, or
  $.19  per share,  for the adoption  of Statement  of Financial Accounting
  Standards  No. 112, "Employers' Accounting  for Postemployment Benefits."
  The new standard, which all companies must adopt no later  than the first
  quarter of 1994, requires accrual  of postemployment benefits as they are
  earned by  employees rather  than as they  are paid. The  one-time charge
  represents  the cumulative  effect of the  new accounting  standard as of
  the beginning of fiscal year 1993.

  In 1991, the company adopted  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
  No. 106,  "Employers' Accounting for  Postretirement Benefits Other  than
  Pensions."  The  after-tax effect of this  standard was a one-time charge
  to 1991 earnings of $12.5 million, or $.29 per share.

  Business Segments

  Tools  segment sales of $1.7  billion were 4%  higher than  in 1992. Unit
  volume gains of 4%  were primarily the  result of strong internal  growth
  in the industrial and engineered tools  categories. Acquisitions, net  of
  divestitures, accounted  for a 2%  increase in sales.  The net  effect of
  price increases in some tool  categories and decreases in others resulted
  in a net 1% increase in sales for the year. A 3% decline in  sales due to
  currency  translation  offset  price  and  acquisition  gains.  Operating
  profits of $158 million  were down 8%  from 1992 and included  charges of
  $15  million  for distributor  litigation  and  $4  million  for a  plant
  closing for the company's Mac Tools,  Inc. subsidiary. Profits were  also
  affected  by  costs  related  to  the  transition  of  certain  fastening
  products  to in-house manufacture.  As a  result, operating  margins were
  9.3% for 1993, compared with 10.5% in 1992.

  Tools segment  sales in  1992 were  $1.6 billion  or 11%  higher than  in
  1991. Acquisitions accounted for  most of the increase. Operating profits
  of  $172  million were  up  1% from  the $169  million reported  for this
  segment in 1991.

  Hardware segment sales increased 1% in  1993 to $299 million, as negative
  currency  effects  partially offset  3%  unit  volume  growth.  Operating
  profits increased  29% to $33 million  and operating  margins improved to
  11.0% from 8.6% in the prior  year. Margin improvements are  attributable
  primarily  to  greater operating  efficiencies  and  the  integration  of
  recent acquisitions.

  Hardware segment  sales in  1992 were  $297 million, an  increase of  32%
  over  1991  results.  The sales  increase was  substantially  provided by
  acquisitions, the integration costs of which reduced operating profits.

  Specialty  Hardware segment sales for  1993 were 4% higher  than in 1992.
  Virtually all of  the increase was generated  by internal growth, as  the
  effects of  modest price increases were  offset by the negative effect of
  foreign   currency  translation.  Operating  profits   were  affected  by
  abnormally   high  raw  material  costs  and  the   expenses  of  related
  manufacturing  process   adjustments  at  the   company's  Door   Systems
  business.

  Specialty Hardware  segment sales  in 1992  increased 11%  from 1991  and
  reflected unit  volume gains in all  geographic areas. Operating  profits
  in 1992  were  up  11%  for the  year,  increasing  to $18  million  with
  resulting margins of 7.0%, the same as 1991.

  Financial Condition

  Liquidity, Sources and Uses of Capital

  The company's strong  balance sheet, operating  cash flows  and borrowing
  capacity  provide the  financial flexibility  necessary to  continue  its
  record of annual  dividend payments,  to invest in  the capital needs  of
  its   businesses  and   to  make   appropriate  acquisitions   as   those
  opportunities arise.

  Operating cash flows  of $147 million generated  in 1993 were lower  than
  in previous  years as  internal sales growth required  additional working
  capital.  The  company  continues  to  place  a  significant emphasis  on
  working  capital  management  as  evidenced  by  the  managed  growth  in
  accounts receivable and inventories in relation to sales growth.

  Borrowings at year-end 1993 were $429 million, down from $467 million  at
  the  end  of  1992.  The  reduction in  overall  debt 
   <PAGE>
  resulted from  the
  retirement  of certain long-term obligations. Total debt  as a percentage
  of total  capital decreased to  38.7% from 40.1% last  year. The debt  to
  capital ratio,  excluding the company's guarantee  on its  ESOP debt, was
  31.2% in  1993 and 32.4%  in 1992. The  company continues to  restructure
  its overall  debt  portfolio, taking  advantage  of  the availability  of
  lower  short-term interest  rates in  the  market. In  addition,  various
  interest  rate management  strategies have been employed  and include the
  use  of interest  rate swap  agreements. The  company's overall financing
  strategy does not expose it to significant market or credit risk.

  The company has access to financial resources and  borrowing capabilities
  around  the  world.  The  company  has  $100  million  of  unissued  debt
  securities registered  with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission.  In
  addition, the company had approximately $265  million of unused lines  of
  credit at year-end 1993.

  Capital Expenditures

  The company's capital  investment program seeks to improve  productivity,
  customer service  and responsiveness. Capital  expenditures for the  last
  three years are listed below, in millions of dollars:<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1993         1992          1991

 <S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>
  Productivity                     $33          $39           $36
  Increased capacity                27           20            19
  Regulatory                         2            2             2
  Other                              7            3             6
                                  ------      ------         -----
                                   $69          $64           $63

</TABLE>

  Capital  expenditures  in  1994 are  expected  to  be  approximately  $70
  million.    Productivity,  as  measured  by  net  sales  per  employee in
  constant 1993 dollars, increased by 2.3%. Net sales  per employee in 1993
  were $115,100 compared with $112,500 in 1992.


  Other Matters

  In the normal course of business the company becomes involved  in various
  lawsuits and  claims. The  company has  estimated the  potential cost  of
  these  activities   and  has  established   appropriate  reserves.   This
  litigation  activity  includes  suits  and  claims  associated  with  the
  company's Mac Tools, Inc. subsidiary.

  The results for  1993 include a fourth  quarter charge of $15 million  to
  reflect  both   the  late-January  1994   settlement  of  132  filed  and
  threatened  lawsuits by former  distributors against  Mac Tools, Inc. and
  the  accrual  of  reserves  to  cover   unsettled  claims.  After   these
  settlements,  there were  four suits  outstanding. The  company has  also
  taken  steps to  improve its  relationship with its  current distributors
  and  an ombudsman  program has been  established to  provide liaison with
  former distributors. Management  believes that these actions will  reduce
  the  number and size of  future settlements and  expenses related to this
  kind of litigation  and that any such  expenses will not have a  material
  adverse  effect   on  the  company's   financial  position,  results   of
  operations or liquidity.

  The company is subject to various  environmental laws and regulations  in
  the U.S. and foreign countries where  it has operations. Future  laws and
  regulations  are expected  to be  increasingly stringent  and will likely
  increase the company's expenditures related to environmental matters.

  The company is involved with remedial and other  environmental compliance
  activities  at some  of its current  and former  sites. Additionally, the
  company, together  with  other  parties,  has been  named  a  potentially
  responsible party ("PRP") with respect to  nine Superfund sites.  Current
  laws  potentially impose  joint and several  liability upon  each PRP. In
  assessing  its  potential  liability  at these  sites,  the  company  has
  considered  the  following:  the  solvency  of  the other  PRPs,  whether
  responsibility  is being  disputed,  the  terms of  existing  agreements,
  experience  at  similar  sites,   and  the  fact   that  its   volumetric
  contribution at these sites is relatively small.

  The  company's  policy  is  to  accrue  environmental  investigatory  and
  remediation  costs  for identified  sites  when  it  is  probable that  a
  liability has  been incurred  and the amount  of loss  can be  reasonably
  estimated. The amount of liability recorded is based on an  evaluation of
  currently  available  facts  with  respect to  each  individual  site and
  includes such factors as  existing technology, presently enacted laws and
  regulations, and prior  experience in remediation of contaminated  sites.
  The  amounts recorded do not take into account  any claims for recoveries
  from  insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation progress
  at individual sites, the  amounts recorded are  reviewed periodically and
  adjusted  to reflect  additional technical  and legal  information  which
  becomes available. As of year-end  1993, the company had  reserves of $18
  million,   primarily   for   remediation   activities   associated   with
  company-owned properties as well as for Superfund sites.

  Actual costs  to be  incurred at identified  sites in future  periods may
  vary from the  estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in  evaluating
  environmental exposures. Subject to the imprecision in  estimating future
  environmental  costs, the  company does not  expect that  any sum  it may
  have to  pay in connection  with environmental matters  in excess of  the
  amounts  recorded will  have a material  adverse effect  on its financial
  position, results of operations or liquidity.

<PAGE>






















<TABLE>

  Consolidated Statements of Earnings
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
<CAPTION>
  Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and  December 28, 1991

  (Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)   1993      1992*     1991*<PAGE>
 <S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
  Net Sales                                       $2,273.1  $2,195.6  $1,942.2
  Costs and Expenses
  Cost of sales                                    1,553.0   1,466.0   1,281.0
  Selling, general and administrative                512.3     526.7     462.3
  Interest-net                                        25.2      26.5      25.9
  Other-net                                           34.6      18.3      16.5
                                                   -------   -------   -------
                                                   2,125.1   2,037.5   1,785.7
                                                   -------   -------   -------
  Earnings before Income Taxes and 
  Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes            148.0     158.1     156.5
  Income Taxes
  Currently payable                                   61.0      72.2      52.3
  Deferred                                            (5.6)    (12.2)      7.1
                                                     -----     -----     ----   
                                                      55.4      60.0      59.4
  Earnings before Cumulative Effect 
  of Accounting Changes                               92.6      98.1      97.1
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes             (8.5)              (12.5) 
                                                    -------   -------   ------
  Net Earnings                                       $84.1     $98.1     $84.6
                                                    =======   =======   ======
  Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:
  Before cumulative effect of accounting changes     $2.06     $2.15     $2.24
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes             (.19)               (.29)
                                                    -------   -------   ------
  Net Earnings Per Share of Common Stock             $1.87     $2.15     $1.95
                                                   ========   =======   ======

<FN>
  See notes to consolidated financial statements.
  * Reclassified to conform with the 1993 presentation.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
  Consolidated Balance Sheets
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
<CAPTION>
  January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993
  (Millions of Dollars)                             1993       1992
 <S>                                           <C>        <C>
  ASSETS
  Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                         $43.7      $81.1
  Accounts and notes receivable, net                371.2      354.9
  Inventories                                       308.1      302.0
  Other current assets                               35.6       40.7
                                                   ------     ------
  Total Current Assets                              758.6      778.7
  Property, Plant and Equipment                     566.5      566.6
  Goodwill and Other Intangibles                    171.5      175.3
  Investments and Other Assets                       80.3       87.0
                                                  -------   -------- 
  Total Assets                                   $1,576.9   $1,607.6
                                                 ========   ========
  LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
  Current Liabilities
  Notes payable to banks                            $42.3      $20.2
  Current maturities of long-term debt                9.8        8.4
  Accounts payable                                  103.3      114.0
  Accrued expenses                                  197.6      184.2
  Income taxes                                        4.1        3.1
                                                   ------      ----- 
  Total Current Liabilities                         357.1      329.9
  Long-Term Debt                                    377.2      438.0
  Deferred Income Taxes                              36.0       54.8
  Other Liabilities                                 125.7       88.6
  Shareholders' Equity
  Preferred Stock, without par value:
      Authorized and unissued 10,000,000 shares
  Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share:
      Authorized 110,000,000 shares; 
      issued 46,171,705 shares in 1993 and 1992     115.4      115.4
  Capital in excess of par value                     73.1       75.8
  Retained earnings                                 871.1      843.7
  Foreign currency translation adjustment           (56.7)     (41.5)
  ESOP debt                                        (261.5)    (268.8)
                                                   -------    -------
                                                    741.4      724.6
  Less: cost of common stock in treasury
    (1,476,074 shares in 1993 and 732,851 
     shares in 1992)                                 60.5       28.3
                                                   -------    -------
  Total Shareholders' Equity                        680.9      696.3
                                                ---------  ---------
  Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity     $1,576.9   $1,607.6
                                                =========  ========= 
<FN>
  See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
<CAPTION>
  Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991<PAGE>





  (Millions of Dollars)                                 1993     1992     1991
 <S>                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>   
  Operating Activities:
                              
  Net earnings                                         $84.1    $98.1    $84.6
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash 
    provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                     80.7     78.5     74.9
      Gain on sale of non-operating asset              (29.0)   (25.8)
      Provision for postemployment and 
        postretirement benefits                         13.6              20.6
      Other non-cash items                               9.4     16.0     (.6)
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts and notes receivable                  (19.7)    13.1      9.8
        Inventories                                    (15.5)    (6.6)     .5
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses           16.0     17.2    (6.1)
        Income taxes                                     1.0      1.8      2.4
        Other                                            5.9     (7.3)   (6.1)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Net cash provided by operating activities            146.5    185.0    180.0
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Investing Activities:
  Capital expenditures                                 (69.7)   (65.1)  (61.1)
  Proceeds from sales of assets                          6.6      8.2     11.8
  Proceeds from sale of non-operating asset             38.9     35.2
  Business acquisitions                                (13.3)  (105.8)  (54.7)
  Proceeds from sale of businesses                                         2.9
  Other                                                (13.2)   (10.6)   (8.0)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Net cash used by investing activities                (50.7)  (138.1) (109.1)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Financing Activities:
  Payments on long-term debt                          (133.8)   (69.8) (256.3)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings                    78.5    120.2    240.3
  Loan to ESOP                                                         (180.0)
  Net short-term bank financing                         22.3      5.1    (2.6)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                 4.6      3.6    184.6
  Purchase of common stock for treasury                (42.3)   (25.0)  (37.2)
  Cash dividends on common stock                       (60.5)   (57.5)  (52.3)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Net cash used by financing activities               (131.2)   (23.4) (103.5)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash               (2.0)     (.7)   (3.8)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (37.4)    22.8   (36.4)

  Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year          81.1     58.3     94.7
                                                      ------   ------   ------
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of year               $43.7    $81.1    $58.3
                                                      ======   ======   ======
<FN>
  See notes to consolidated financial statements.<PAGE>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
<CAPTION>
  Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991


  (Millions of Dollars)
                                   Capital           Trans- 
                                   In Excess         lation                       Share-
                            Common  of Par Retained  Adjust-  ESOP      Treasury  holders
                            Stock   Value  Earnings  ments    Debt      Stock     Equity
 
  <S>                       <C>     <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
  Bal December  30, 1990     $113.2 $59.3  $756.9     $(8.1)  $(102.9)  $(139.1)  $679.3
  Net earnings                               84.6                                   84.6
  Cash dividends declared
        - $1.22 per share                   (53.8)                                 (53.8)
  Issuance of common  stock     1.5  31.4                                 152.9    185.8
  Purchase of common stock                                                (37.2)   (37.2)
  ESOP debt                                                    (173.2)            (173.2)
  ESOP tax benefit                            3.0                                    3.0
                              -----------------------------------------------------------
  Bal Dec  28, 1991           114.7  90.7   790.7      (8.1)   (276.1)    (23.4)   688.5
  Pooling of interests           .7 (13.4)    9.8                          12.7      9.8
                              -----------------------------------------------------------
  Bal Dec  29, 1991           115.4  77.3   800.5      (8.1)   (276.1)    (10.7)   698.3
  Net earnings                               98.1                                   98.1
  Currency translation adj                            (33.4)                       (33.4)
  Cash dividends declared 
      - $1.28 per share                     (58.5)                                 (58.5)
  Issuance  of common stock          (1.5)                                 10.1      8.6
  Purchase of common stock                                                (27.7)   (27.7)
  ESOP debt                                                      7.3                 7.3
  ESOP tax benefit                            3.6                                    3.6
                              ----------------------------------------------------------
  Bal Jan 2, 1993             115.4  75.8   843.7     (41.5)   (268.8)    (28.3)   696.3
  Net earnings                               84.1                                   84.1
  Currency translation adj                            (15.2)                       (15.2)
  Cash dividends declared
        - $1.34  per share                  (60.1)                                 (60.1)
  Issuance of common stock           (2.7)                                 15.7     13.0
  Purchase of common stock                                                (47.9)   (47.9)
  ESOP debt                                                       7.3                7.3
  ESOP tax benefit                            3.4                                    3.4
                             ------------------------------------------------------------
  Bal  Jan 1, 1994           $115.4 $73.1  $871.1    $(56.7)  $(261.5)   $(60.5)  $680.9
                             ============================================================
<FN>
  See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>






  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries

  A Significant Accounting Policies

  Principles of Consolidation
  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the
  company  and all  subsidiaries,  after  the elimination  of  intercompany
  accounts and transactions.

  Fiscal Year-End
  The  company's fiscal year ends  on the Saturday nearest  to December 31.
  Fiscal  years 1993 and 1991  were comprised of  52 weeks  and fiscal year
  1992 was comprised of 53 weeks.

  Foreign Currency Translation
  For most  foreign operations, balance  sheet accounts  are translated  at
  the  current year-end  exchange rate  and  earnings statement  items  are
  translated   at  the  average  exchange  rate  for  the  year.  Resulting<PAGE>
  translation adjustments  are made  directly  to a  separate component  of
  shareholders'   equity.  Translation   adjustments  for   operations   in
  highly-inflationary countries  and gains and  losses on transactions  are
  included in earnings.

  Cash Equivalents
  Highly liquid  investments with original  maturities of  three months  or
  less are considered  cash equivalents. Carrying amounts approximate  fair
  values.

  Inventories
  Inventories of the parent company  and all significant inventories of its
  United States subsidiaries are valued  at the lower of last-in, first-out
  cost  or market.  The remaining inventories  are valued  generally at the
  lower of first-in, first-out cost or market.

  Properties, Equipment and Related Depreciation
  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are   stated  on  the  basis  of  cost.
  Depreciation  is  provided   using  a  combination  of  accelerated   and
  straight-line  methods  based upon  the  estimated  useful  lives of  the
  assets.

  Income Taxes
  Deferred  taxes  are  determined  based  on  the  difference  between the
  financial  statement and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  using
  enacted tax  rates in effect  in the years in  which the differences  are
  expected to  reverse. Deferred tax expense  represents the  change in the
  deferred tax asset and liability balances.

  Earnings per Share
  Earnings per  share are based on the weighted average number of shares of
  common stock outstanding during each year (44,935,000  shares, 45,703,000
  shares and 43,266,000 shares in 1993,  1992 and 1991, respectively).  The
  issuance  of  additional  shares under  employee  stock  plans  would not
  result in a material dilution of earnings per share.



  Reclassifications
  Certain 1992 and 1991 amounts  have been reclassified to conform with the
  1993 presentation.

  B Acquisitions and Divestitures
  The company acquired  businesses in  1993 for a  total of $24.0  million.
  The most significant of the businesses acquired were  Friess & Co. KG,  a
  German  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  paint  rollers  and brushes  and
  Rikkoh-Sha Co. Ltd., a mechanics tools distributor in Japan.

  The company  acquired several businesses in  1992 for  $90.4 million. The
  acquisitions included:  Goldblatt Tool  Co., a  manufacturer of  masonry,
  tile  and  drywall tools;  Mail  Media  (Jensen  Tools,  Inc. and  Direct
  Safety), known principally as a marketer  of precision tool kits  through
  catalog  sales; American  Brush Co., Inc.,  a U.S.  manufacturer of paint
  brushes and  decorator tools;  and a  controlling interest  in Tona  a.s.<PAGE>





  Pecky, a major Czech manufacturer of mechanics tools.

  The  1993  and  1992 consolidated  statements  of  earnings  include  the
  results of these operations, which  were accounted for as purchases, from
  the respective  dates of their acquisitions.  Pro forma  results for 1993
  and 1992  acquisitions have  not been  presented as  they would  not have
  been significantly different.

  On  January 16,  1992, the  company  exchanged  642,940 shares  of common
  stock  for all  of the  issued and  outstanding common stock  of LaBounty
  Manufacturing,  Inc.,  a manufacturer  of  large  hydraulic  tools.  This
  business  combination  was  accounted for  as  a  pooling  of  interests.
  Periods prior to 1992  were not restated due  to the immaterial effect of
  the pooled company on the consolidated financial statements.

  During 1991, the company acquired, for  $69.6 million, the businesses  of
  Mosley  Stone, Ltd.,  Sidchrome Tools,  Monarch Mirror  Door Company  and
  three  smaller  companies.  These  transactions  were  accounted  for  as
  purchases. The operating results of these  companies are included in  the
  consolidated  statements  of earnings  from  their  respective  dates  of
  acquisition in 1991.

  In connection  with the  aforementioned purchase  transactions, the  fair
  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  aggregated  $34.5
  million and  $10.5 million, respectively,  for 1993,  $115.8 million  and
  $25.4  million, respectively,  for  1992  and $119.3  million  and  $49.7
  million, respectively, for 1991.

  On  June 30,  1993, the  company  sold  the franchise  operations of  its
  wholly owned subsidiary Taylor Rental Corporation.
<PAGE>
  C Accounts and Notes Receivable
  Trade  receivables are  dispersed  among  a  large number  of  retailers,
  distributors and  industrial accounts  in many  countries. No  individual
  customer balance is  material. Adequate provisions have been  established
  to cover anticipated  credit losses. At  January 1, 1994  and January  2,
  1993, allowances  for doubtful  receivables  of $24.8  million and  $22.9
  million,  respectively,  have been  applied  as  a  reduction of  current
  accounts  and   notes  receivable.  The  company   believes  it  had   no
  significant concentrations of credit risk as of January 1, 1994.

  Throughout the  year, the company  sold, with  recourse, certain domestic
  accounts  receivable under a revolving sales agreement.  The proceeds for
  these  sales were  $39  million in  1993, $64  million  in 1992  and  $43
  million  in 1991. At January 1, 1994 and January  2, 1993, the balance of
  these receivables subject to  recourse was approximately  $62 million and
  $70  million,   respectively.  Provisions   have  been   made  to   cover
  anticipated losses.

  D Inventories
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)
                             1993            1992
  <S>                      <C>             <C> 
  Finished products         $195.7          $190.9
  Work in process             61.1            59.6
  Raw materials               48.7            49.0
  Supplies                     2.6             2.5
                            ______          ______
                            $308.1          $302.0
                            ======          ======
</TABLE>
  Inventories  in the  amount  of  $158.9 million  at January  1,  1994 and
  $155.2 million at January  2, 1993 were  valued at the lower  of last-in,
  first-out  (LIFO) cost or market. If LIFO inventories  had been valued at
  FIFO costs,  they  would have  been  $118.5  million and  $118.4  million
  higher  than   reported  at  January  1,   1994  and   January  2,  1993,
  respectively.

  E Property, Plant and Equipment
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)
                                        1993          1992
 <S>                                 <C>           <C>  
  Land                                 $32.4         $30.7
  Buildings                            239.7         229.5
  Machinery and equipment              846.9         828.6
                                     _______       _______
                                     1,119.0       1,088.8
  Less: accumulated depreciation       552.5         522.2
                                     _______       _______
                                      $566.5        $566.6
                                    ========      ========
</TABLE>
  The provisions  for  depreciation for  1993,  1992  and 1991  were  $63.1
  million, $62.4 million and $61.4 million, respectively.













  F Intangibles
  Goodwill and  other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $73.5
  million and $62.8 million,  respectively, at the end of each fiscal  year
  were as follows:
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
 (Millions of Dollars)                     1993       1992
  <S>                                    <C>         <C>  
  Goodwill, amortized generally 
  over 40 years                           $130.9      $129.6
  Tradenames and other intangibles
  amortized over periods ranging
  from 2 to 15 years                        40.6        45.7
                                         _______     _______
                                          $171.5      $175.3
                                          ======      ======
</TABLE>
  G Accrued Expenses
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)                     1993       1992<PAGE>




 <S>                                      <C>        <C>
  Salaries and wages                       $33.4      $33.2
  Insurance                                 39.1       38.9
  Taxes, other than income taxes            16.9       16.8
  Dividends payable                         14.6       15.0
  Litigation                                24.0       10.5
  Other                                     69.6       69.8
                                         _______    _______
                                          $197.6     $184.2
                                          ======     ======
</TABLE>


H Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)                     1993       1992
  <S>                                    <C>        <C>
  Notes payable in 2002 with interest 
  at 7.375%                               $100.0     $100.0
  European Currency Unit (ECU) notes 
  payable in 1993 with interest at 7.75%               66.3
  Sinking Fund Debentures due 2016, 
  with interest at 9.25%                               65.5
  Commercial Paper with interest at 3.4%    62.3
  Dutch Guilder notes payable in 1996 
  with interest at 6.075%                   51.5       55.0
  Notes payable in 1998 with 
  interest at 9.00%                         34.8       34.8
  Industrial Revenue Bonds at various
  interest rates from 5.75% to 7.5% 
  and due in varying amounts to 2010        30.5       31.1
  Dutch Guilder notes payable in 1996 
  with interest at 6.125%                   15.4
  ESOP loan guarantees, payable in 
  varying monthly installments:
  due 1993 with interest at 6.78%                       1.8
  due 2001 with interest at 7.71%           82.8       87.9
  Other                                      9.7        4.0
                                             ---        ---
                                           387.0      446.4
  Less: current maturities                   9.8        8.4
                                          ______     ______                    
                                                           
                                          $377.2     $438.0
                                          ======     ======
 </TABLE> 
 <PAGE>
  The company has entered  into a variety of foreign currency and  interest
  rate exchange  agreements.   As  of  January  1, 1994,  these  agreements
  established an effective interest rate  of 6.97% on notional principal of
  $253   million.    The  counterparties  to  these  agreements  are  major
  international financial institutions.   The company is  exposed to credit
  risk to the  extent of nonperformance  by these  counterparties, however,
  the company considers the risk of default to be remote.
   
  Commercial paper  outstanding at  January 1,  1994, of  $62.3 million  is
  classified  as  non-current  pursuant  to  the  company's  intention  and
  ability to  continue to refinance this  obligation on  a long-term basis.
  Commercial paper classified as current as of January 1, 1994  and January
  2, 1993, was $36.5 million and $14.4 million, respectively.

  In  1992  the company  filed  a  shelf  registration  statement with  the
  Securities and  Exchange Commission covering the  issuance of  up to $200
  million of debt securities; as of January 1, 1994, $100  million remained
  unissued.  The company  has  unused  long-term credit  arrangements  with
  several  banks to  borrow up  to $205  million at the  lower of  prime or
  money market rates. Of  these lines, $200 million is available to support
  the company's commercial paper program. Commitment fees range  from .125%
  to .15%.

  The company  has short-term lines of  credit with  numerous foreign banks
  aggregating $60.8  million. At  January 1,  1994, the  unused portion  of
  these  credit  lines was  $56.2 million.  The  arrangements are  reviewed
  annually for renewal.

  The  company has guaranteed  the long-term notes payable  to banks of its
  employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs). The  notes are secured by  shares
  of  the  company's common  stock  held  by the  ESOPs.  The guarantee  is
  reflected  in the  consolidated balance sheets  as long-term  debt with a
  corresponding reduction in shareholders' equity.

  Aggregate  annual maturities of long-term debt for the years 1995 to 1998
  are  $9.4  million,  $77.9  million, $10.7  million  and  $112.8 million,
  respectively. Interest paid during 1993,  1992 and 1991 amounted to $34.0
  million, $33.9 million and $40.0 million, respectively.

  The  fair values  of long-term debt  are estimated  using discounted cash
  flow  analysis based on  the company's  incremental borrowing rates. The
  fair values  of foreign currency  and interest  rate swaps  are based  on
  current  settlement  values.  The  fair  value  of  long-term   debt  and
  debt-related  financial instruments  was $393  million and  $12  million,
  respectively, as of January 1, 1994.




  I Capital Stock
  Common Stock Share Activity
  The activity in common shares for each year,  net of treasury stock,  was
  as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1993         1992         1991
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>     
 Outstanding, beginning
  of year                      45,438,854   45,240,591  41,176,312
  Issued For:
  Employee stock plans            387,196      263,805   5,070,247
  Acquisitions                                 642,940
  Purchased                    (1,130,419)    (708,482) (1,005,968)
                               __________   __________   __________
  Outstanding, end of year     44,695,631   45,438,854   45,240,591
                               ==========   ==========   ========== 
</TABLE>

  Common Stock Reserved
  At January  1, 1994 and  January 2, 1993, the number  of shares of common
  stock  reserved for future  issuance under  various employee  stock plans
  was as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          1993              1992
  <S>                                <C>                <C>
  Employee Stock Purchase Plan        3,061,462          3,200,472
  Stock Option Plan                   2,316,805          2,542,229
  Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan      1,507,945          1,950,312
                                     __________         __________
                                      6,886,212          7,693,013
                                     ==========         ==========
</TABLE>
  Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
  The Long-Term  Stock Incentive Plan, effective through 1997, provides for
  the granting  of awards to  senior management employees  on the basis  of
  company  performance. The  Plan is  administered  by  a committee  of the
  Board  of Directors  consisting  of  non-employee directors.  Awards  are
  payable 55% in cash and  45% in shares of common stock or 100% in  shares
  of common  stock.  The  amounts of  $.5  million,  $2.2 million  and  $.3
  million  were charged  to expense in  1993, 1992  and 1991, respectively.
  Shares totaling 10,092, 33,067  and 15,782 were issued in 1993, 1992  and
  1991, respectively.

  Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
  Each  outstanding  share  of  common  stock  has  two-thirds  of  a share
  purchase  right, which,  under certain  conditions, may  be exercised  to
  purchase one  two-hundredth of a share  of Series  A Junior Participating<PAGE>





  Preferred Stock  at an exercise price  of $125.00,  subject to adjustment
  to prevent dilution. The rights, which  do not have voting rights, expire
  on March 10, 1996, and may be redeemed by  the company at a price of $.05
  per  right at  any  time  prior to  their  expiration or  within 30  days
  following the  acquisition of 10 percent  of the  company's common stock.
  In  the event  that  the company  were  acquired  in  a merger  or  other
  business combination transaction, provision  shall be made  so that  each
  holder of a right  (other than a holder  who is 10%-or-more  shareholder)
  shall have the  right to receive, upon  exercise thereof, that number  of
  shares  of common  stock of the  surviving company having  a market value
  equal to two times the exercise price of the right.  Similarly, if anyone
  becomes the  beneficial owner of  more than  10% of the  then outstanding
  shares of common stock, provision  will be made so that  each holder of a
  right (other  than  a holder  who  is  a 10%-or-more  shareholder)  shall
  thereafter  have  the right  to  receive,  upon exercise  thereof, common
  stock  (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property  or other securities
  of the  company) having a  market value equal to  two times the  exercise
<PAGE>
  price  of  the  right.  At  January   1,  1994,  there  were   44,695,631
  outstanding  rights.  There   are  175,000  shares  of  Series  A  Junior
  Participating Preferred  Stock reserved for  issuance in connection  with
  these rights.

  Stock Options
  The  company  has  a  stock  option  plan  to  provide  nonqualified  and
  incentive  stock  options  to officers  and  key  employees.  Options are
  generally for a  ten-year term and are granted at the market price of the
  common stock on the date of grant. Outstanding  options are subject to  a
  two-year  transfer restriction  on at least  half the  shares issued upon
  exercise.  In the  event  of a  change of  control  in the  company,  all
  outstanding  stock options  become immediately  exercisable, all transfer
  restrictions lapse and  optionees have the right  to sell options to  the
  company at market-related values.

  Information relative to the stock option plan is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1993        1992       1991
  At end of year:
 <S>                            <C>          <C>        <C>
  Options outsanding             1,827,936    2,006,305  2,152,076
  Options exercisable            1,716,936    1,929,805  2,079,076
  Shares available for grants      488,869      535,924    505,000

  During the year:
  Options granted                  111,000       76,500     73,000
  Options exercised                225,424      114,847     17,924
  Options cancelled                 63,945      107,424     17,000<PAGE>

  Average price per share:
  Options outstanding               $31.27       $30.64     $30.36
  Options granted                    40.25        37.13      37.06
  Options exercised                  30.47        30.15      30.13
</TABLE>

  J Employee Benefit Plans

  Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  The Employee  Stock Purchase Plan  enables substantially all employees in
  the United States and  Canada to subscribe  to shares of common  stock on
  annual offering  dates at  a purchase  price of  85% of  the fair  market
  value of the  shares on the offering date  or, if lower,  85% of the fair
  market value of the  shares on the exercise  date. A maximum of 4,000,000
  shares  are authorized  for subscription over  a ten  year period. During
  1993,  1992 and  1991,  shares  totaling  139,010, 106,738  and  179,062,
  respectively,  were issued  under the Plan  at average  prices of $33.07,
  $33.31  and  $25.75   per  share,  respectively.  At  January  1,   1994,
  subscriptions were outstanding for 113,620 shares at $35.59 per share.

  Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
  The Savings Plans  for both Salaried Employees and Hourly-Paid  Employees
  provide opportunities  for tax-deferred savings,  enabling eligible  U.S.
  employees  to  acquire  a  proprietary  interest  in  the  company.  Such
  employees  may contribute from 1%  to 12% of  their salary  to the Plans.
  The company contributes an  amount equal to  one-half of the first  7% of
  employee contributions up to a maximum of 3 1/2%.

  Shares  of the company's  common stock  held by the  ESOPs were purchased
  with the proceeds of external  borrowings in 1989 and borrowings from the
  company  in 1991.  The external  ESOP  borrowings  are guaranteed  by the
  company  and  are  included  in  long-term  debt.   Shareholders'  equity
  reflects both the internal and the external borrowing arrangements.

  The company recognizes ESOP  activity and makes  contributions each  year
  based  on  total  debt  service  and  share  purchase  requirements  less
  employee contributions  and dividends  on ESOP shares. The  company's net
  ESOP activity resulted  in income of $5.6  million in 1993, $6.1  million
  in 1992 and $3.7 million in 1991.

  Dividends on  ESOP shares  were $14.2  million, $13.7  million and  $11.9
  million for 1993,  1992 and  1991, respectively. Interest costs  incurred
  by the Plans on external  debt for 1993, 1992 and 1991 were $6.7 million,
  $7.2 million and $7.6 million, respectively.


  Pension Plans
  The  company  sponsors  non-contributory  defined  benefit  and   defined
  contribution   plans   covering   substantially   all   employees.   Upon
  retirement,  participants in  the U.S.  generally receive the  greater of
  their defined  contribution account or a guaranteed benefit as calculated
  in the defined benefit plan. 

  Defined  benefits  for  salaried  and  non-union  hourly   employees  are
  generally  based  on  salary  and  years  of  service,  while  those  for<PAGE>
  collective  bargaining employees  are based on  a stated  amount for each
  year of  service. The company's funding  policy is  to contribute amounts
  determined annually  on an actuarial basis  that provide  for current and
  future  benefits in  accordance with  federal law and  other regulations.
  Plan  assets are  invested in equity  securities, bonds,  real estate and
  money market  instruments. If  the plans  are terminated  or merged  with
  another  plan within three  years following  a change  in control  of the
  company,  any excess  plan  assets  are to  be  applied  to increase  the
  benefits of all participants.

  The company  funds  the  defined  contribution  plan  which  covers  U.S.
  salaried  and certain  hourly employees,  based  on 2%,  4%  or 6%  of an
  employee's salary, depending on the employee's length of service.

  Additionally,  the   company  contributes   to  several   union-sponsored
  multi-employer plans which provide defined benefits.

  Total pension expense includes the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)               1993         1992      1991
  <C>                             <C>          <C>       <C>
  Defined benefit plans:
  Service cost                     $   9.0      $   9.2   $   8.6
  Interest cost                       20.3         20.5      19.7
  Actual return on plan assets       (25.3)       (25.9)    (50.2)
  Net amortization and deferral        1.0           .6      26.4
                                   _______       ______   _______
  Net pension expense                  5.0          4.4       4.5
  Defined contribution plan            8.0          7.8       6.3
  Multi-employer plans                  .5           .5        .5
                                   _______      _______   _______
  Total pension expense           $   13.5      $  12.7   $  11.3
                                  ========      =======   =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

  The funded status  of the company's defined  benefit plans at the end  of
  each fiscal year was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)         1993                     1992

                       Plans        Plans        Plans        Plans
                       Where        Where        Where        Where
                      Assets  Accumulated       Assets  Accumulated
                      Exceed     Benefits       Exceed     Benefits
                 Accumulated       Exceed  Accumulated       Exceed
                    Benefits       Assets     Benefits       Assets<PAGE>
 <S>                 <C>          <C>         <C>          <C> 
  Actuarial Present
  value of benefit
  obligations:          

  Vested              $203.7        $ 9.6       $181.1      $ 12.3
  Non-vested             1.5          2.2          1.0         2.3
  Accumulated benefit  -----         ----        -----        ----
  obligation           205.2         11.8        182.1        14.6
  Additional amounts 
  related to projected 
  pay increases         52.8          3.3         49.0         3.1
  Total projected      -----         ----        -----       ----- 
  benefit obligation 
  (PBO)                258.0         15.1        231.1        17.7
  Funded assets at 
  fair value           306.8          7.0        279.1         8.6
  Assets in excess of  -----         ----        -----       ----- 
  (less  than) PBO      48.8         (8.1)        48.0        (9.1)
  Unrecognized net 
  (gain) or loss at 
  transition           (11.2)          .4        (13.0)         .3
  Unrecognized net 
  (gain) or loss       (26.9)          .1        (24.1)        (.5)
  Unrecognized prior 
  service cost          17.8          1.0         18.9         1.1
  Adjustment required 
  to recognize minimum 
  liability                          (1.8)                    (1.8)
  Prepaid (accrued) 
  pension expense 
  (long-term)         ------       ------       ------      ------
                      $ 28.5       $ (8.4)      $ 29.8      $(10.0)
                      ======       ======       ======      ======

</TABLE>
  Assumptions used for significant defined benefit plans were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1993          1992           1991
 <S>                            <C>           <C>            <C>
  Discount rate                  7.5%          8.0%           8.0%
  Average wage increase          5.0%          5.7%           5.7%
  Long-term rate of return 
  on assets                      9.0%          9.0%           9.0%
</TABLE>

  Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits
  The  company provides  medical and  dental benefits  for certain  retired
  employees  in  the  United States.  In addition,  domestic  employees who
  retire from active service are eligible for life insurance benefits.

  In 1991, the company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
  No. 106,  "Employers' Accounting for  Postretirement Benefits Other  than
  Pensions."  The  standard requires  companies to recognize the  estimated
  future cost of providing health and  other postretirement benefits on  an
  accrual  basis. These benefits had previously been  recognized as expense
  when paid. The cumulative effect of  this accounting change reduced  1991
  net  earnings  by  $12.5 million  ($20.6  million  less related  deferred
  income taxes of $8.1 million) or $.29 per share.

  The status of the company's  plans at the end of each fiscal year was  as
  follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)                 1993           1992
  Accumulated postretirement          
  benefit obligation:
  <S>                                 <C>            <C>
  Retirees                             $19.9          $12.5
  Fully eligible active 
  plan participants                      2.6            1.0
  Other active plan participants         4.7            5.2
                                       -----          ----- 
  Accumulated obligation                27.2           18.7
  Unrecognized net loss                (10.7)          (1.8)
  Accrued postretirement               -----          -----
  benefit expense                      $16.5          $16.9
                                       =====          =====  
</TABLE>
  Net periodic postretirement benefit expense  was $3.3 million in 1993 and
  $2.2 million in both 1992 and 1991.

  The weighted  average annual assumed rate  of increase  in the per-capita
  cost  of covered benefits (i.e.  health care cost  trend rate) is assumed
  to  be 12% reducing to 9% by 1996 and 6% over  20 years. A one percentage
  point increase  in the  assumed health care  cost trend  rate would  have
  increased the accumulated  benefit obligation by $4.2 million at  January
  1,   1994  and  $1.3  million  at  January  2,  1993,  and  net  periodic
  postretirement benefit  expense for  fiscal years  1993 and  1992 by  $.4
  million and  $.2 million, respectively.  Weighted average discount  rates
  of  7.5%  in  1993  and  8.0%  in  1992  were  used  in  determining  the
  accumulated benefit obligations.

  The   company  provides  certain   postemployment  benefits  to  eligible
  employees and, in some  cases, their dependents.  These benefits  include
  severance,  continuation of  medical  coverage  and other  benefits  when
  employees leave the company for reasons other than retirement.

  In  1993, the  company adopted, effective  January 3,  1993, Statement of
  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  112,  "Employers'  Accounting  for
  Postemployment Benefits."   Prior to  1993, postemployment benefits  were
  recognized as expense when paid. The  cumulative effect of adopting  this
  new  standard was  a one-time  charge to  1993 earnings  of $8.5  million
  ($13.6  million less  related deferred income  taxes of  $5.1 million) or
  $.19 per share. The  effect of this change on 1993 operating results  was
  immaterial.

  K Other Costs and Expenses
  Interest-net  for 1993,  1992 and 1991  included interest  income of $6.8
  million, $7.2 million and $12.2 million, respectively.

  Other-net in 1993 includes a gain  of $29.0 million ($.39 per share) from
  the sale  of the company's  investment in  Max Co., Ltd. and  a charge of
  $15.0 million  ($.21 per  share) related  to the  settlement of  lawsuits
  involving a subsidiary, Mac Tools, Inc.  Also included in Other-net  were
  additional charges for a fine  levied by U.S. District  Court in Missouri
  for  $5.0 million  ($.07 per  share)  and  contingency reserves  of $23.3
  million  ($.32  per  share)  related  to  product  liability  litigation,
  restructuring activities and environmental remediation.
<PAGE>
  Other-net in 1992 includes a gain  of $25.8 million ($.35 per share) from
  the sale  of a  portion of  the company's  investment in  Max Co.,  Ltd.,
  expenses of  $14.1 million ($.21 per  share) related  to planned closings
  of certain  company-owned stores  and reduction  of the  goodwill of  the
  company's Taylor Rental operation, and  expense of $7.8 million ($.11 per
  share) for  reserves for litigation pending  at the  company's Mac Tools,
  Inc. subsidiary.

  Fluctuations in  foreign currency  rates affect  the company's  financial
  statements in  several ways. Adjustments  resulting from the  translation
  of  most foreign  subsidiary  financial  statements  are  included  as  a
  separate component of shareholders' equity. The revenues and  expenses of
  foreign  operations  are   included  in  U.S.  dollar  reported   results
  translated at the average exchange rates for the year.

  In addition to the above, the  company engages in activities  denominated
  in currencies other  than its own. Fluctuations  in the exchange rates of
  those  currencies  expose   the  company  to   gains  and  losses.  These
  transactional   gains  and   losses,   together  with   the   translation
  adjustments  related   to  foreign   operations  in   highly-inflationary
  economies,  amounted to  net  losses for  1993,  1992  and 1991  of  $6.0
  million  ($.08 per share), $8.5 million ($.12 per share) and $5.9 million
  ($.08 per share), respectively.

  Research  and development  expenses amounted  to $14.6  million in  1993,
  $15.2 million in 1992 and $13.9 million in 1991.

  L Operations by Industry Segment and Geographic Area
  Industry Segment and Geographic Area information  included on page 15  of
  this report is an integral part of the financial statements.

  M Income Taxes
  Significant  components of  the company's  deferred tax  liabilities  and
  assets as of the end of each fiscal year were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)               1993         1992      1991<PAGE>
 <S>                                <C>          <C>       <C>
  Depreciation                       $73.1        $68.8     $67.8
  Amortization                         2.6          3.8       2.5
  Capitalized interest                 1.8          1.9       2.2
  Deferred state tax liabilities       5.4          6.8       7.8
  Other                                3.1          3.5      11.8
                                     ------       ------    -----
  Total deferred tax liabilities      86.0         84.8      92.1
                                     ------       ------    -----
  Employee benefit plans             (20.4)       (12.9)    (12.5)
  Doubtful accounts                   (6.9)        (7.9)     (5.6)
  Inventories                         (4.1)        (6.7)     (7.7)
  Benefit of deferred state taxes     (1.9)        (2.3)     (2.5)
  Other                              (24.6)       (13.6)     (5.7)
                                     ------       ------   -------
  Total deferred tax assets          (57.9)       (43.4)    (34.0)
                                     ------       ------   -------
  Net deferred tax liabilities       $28.1        $41.4     $58.1
                                     ======       ======    ======
</TABLE>
  Income tax expense consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)               1993         1992      1991

  Current:
 <S>                                <C>          <C>        <C>    
  Federal                            $40.2        $47.1      $22.9
  Foreign                             13.6         18.0       23.8
  State                                7.2          7.1        5.6
                                      ----         ----       ----
  Total current                       61.0         72.2       52.3
                                      ----         ----       ----
  Deferred:
  Federal                             (4.8)       (12.3)       7.1
  Foreign                               .6          1.2         .4
  State                               (1.4)        (1.1)       (.4)
                                     -----        -----      -----
  Total deferred                      (5.6)       (12.2)       7.1
                                     -----        -----      -----
  Total                              $55.4        $60.0      $59.4
                                    ======       ======     ======
</TABLE>
  Income taxes paid during  1993, 1992 and 1991  were $63.4 million,  $64.4
  million and $56.7 million, respectively.

  The reconciliation  of  the statutory  federal  income  tax rate  to  the
  effective rate was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1993         1992      1991<PAGE>
 <S>                                 <C>          <C>       <C>  
  Statutory federal income tax rate   35.0%        34.0%     34.0%

  State income taxes,
  net of federal benefit               2.7           2.9      2.0
  Difference between foreign
  and federal income tax rates                        .6      1.0
   
  Other - net                          (.3)           .4      1.0 
                                     ------        ------   ------
  Effective tax rate                  37.4%         37.9%    38.0%
                                     ======        ======   ======
</TABLE>
  The  components  of  earnings  before  income  taxes  consisted  of   the
  following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars)               1993         1992      1991
 <S>                               <C>          <C>       <C>
  United States                     $110.5       $108.1    $101.0
  Foreign                             37.5         50.0      55.5
                                   -------       ------    ------
  Total pre-tax earnings            $148.0       $158.1    $156.5
                                   =======       ======    ======
</TABLE>
  Undistributed  foreign  earnings of  approximately  $201  million  as  of
  January 1, 1994  are considered to  be invested indefinitely  or will  be
  remitted substantially free of additional tax. Accordingly,  no provision
  has  been made for taxes  that might be  payable upon  remittance of such
  earnings,  nor  is  it  practicable  to  determine  the  amount  of  this
  liability.

  N Leases
  The company leases certain facilities, vehicles, machinery  and equipment
  under  long-term  operating leases  with  varying  terms  and  expiration
  dates.

  Future minimum  lease payments under  noncancelable operating leases,  in
  millions of dollars, as of January  1, 1994, were $28.5 in 1994, $23.3 in
  1995, $18.9 in 1996,  $12.8 in 1997, $10.4 in 1998 and $28.3  thereafter.
  Rental expense  for operating leases amounted  to $35.0  million in 1993,
  $36.7 million in 1992 and $34.5 million in 1991.
<PAGE>
  O Contingencies
  The company  is a  party to  a number  of proceedings before  federal and
  state  regulatory agencies  relating to  environmental remediation. Also,
  the  company,  along with  many  other  companies, has  been  named as  a
  potentially responsible party  in a number of administrative  proceedings
  for the  remediation of  various waste  sites,  including nine  Superfund
  sites. Current laws  potentially impose joint and several liability  upon
  each PRP.  In  assessing its  potential  liability  at these  sites,  the
  company  has considered  the following: the  solvency of  the other PRPs,
  whether  responsibility  is   being  disputed,  the  terms  of   existing
  agreements, experience at similar sites,  and the fact that the company's
  volumetric contribution at these sites is relatively small.<PAGE>

  In  the  normal course  of  business,  the company  is  also involved  in
  various  lawsuits  and   claims.  The  amount  recorded  for   identified
  contingent  liabilities  is based  on  estimates.  Amounts  recorded  are
  reviewed periodically  and adjusted to  reflect additional technical  and
  legal information which  becomes available.  Actual costs to be  incurred
  in  future  periods may  vary  from  the  estimates,  given the  inherent
  uncertainties   in   evaluating   certain  exposures.   Subject   to  the
  imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs,  the company
  does not expect that any sum it may  have to pay in connection with these
  matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially  adverse
  effect on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

  P Foreign Exchange Contracts
  The company enters into forward exchange  contracts and options to  hedge
  certain  foreign currency  exposures. The  options and  forward  exchange
  contracts  are  used  to   minimize  the  impact   of  foreign   currency
  fluctuations on  the company's  revenues and  costs and  are not  used to
  engage in  speculation. Such  contracts generally have maturities  of one
  year or  less and  the counterparties  are typically  major international
  financial institutions.  Gains and  losses on  these contracts  resulting
  from  exchange rate  movements generally are  deferred and  included as a
  component of  the related transaction. At  January 1,  1994, the contract
  value  and  fair   value  of  forward   exchange  contracts  and  options
  outstanding aggregated  $44 million  and $2  million, respectively.  Fair
  values  were estimated  based  on  quoted  market  prices  of  comparable
  contracts.<PAGE>



<TABLE>

  Quarterly Results Of Operations (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>
  (Millions of Dollars, 
  except per share amounts)            Quarter                 Year

  1993                   First   Second    Third  Fourth
                        ------   ------   ------  ------   --------
 <S>                   <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
  Net Sales             $553.4   $565.2   $576.3  $578.2   $2,273.1 
  Gross Profit           178.7    181.7    179.5   180.2      720.1
  Selling, General 
  and Administrative 
  Expenses               130.1    128.5    126.1   127.6      512.3
  Earnings Before 
  Cumulative Effect of 
  Accounting Change       23.0     27.0     25.0    17.6       92.6
  Net Earnings            14.5     27.0     25.0    17.6       84.1

  Per Share:    
  Earnings Before 
  Cumulative Effect of 
  Accounting Change       $.51     $.60     $.56    $.39      $2.06
  Net Earnings             .32      .60      .56     .39       1.87
  -----------------------------------------------------------------
  1992
      
  Net Sales             $497.1   $555.5   $550.4  $592.6   $2,195.6
  Gross Profit           165.5    187.7    184.6   191.8      729.6
  Selling, General 
  and Administrative 
  Expenses               126.8    129.8    132.3   137.8      526.7
  Net Earnings            17.5     28.8     25.4    26.4       98.1

  Net Earnings Per Share  $.38     $.63     $.56    $.58      $2.15
  -----------------------------------------------------------------

<FN>
  Note:  The  first  quarter of  1993  has  been  restated  to  reflect the
  cumulative  effect   of  adopting   Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
  Standards  No. 112. The  first quarter  of 1993 includes  a gain of $24.0
  million ($.33  per share)  from the sale  of a portion  of the  company's
  investment in Max Co., Ltd., and  additional charges for a fine levied by
  U.S.  District Court in  Missouri for $7.0  million ($.10  per share) and
  contingency reserves  of  $15.7  million  ($.21  per  share)  related  to
  product  liability litigation, restructuring activities and environmental
  remediation.   The third  quarter includes a  gain of $5.0  million ($.06
  per share) from  the sale of the  company's investment in Max Co.,  Ltd.,
  which was  substantially offset by  reserves established  for the closing
  of a manufacturing facility of  the company's subsidiary, Mac Tools, Inc.
  The fourth quarter of  1993 includes a charge of $15.0 million ($.21  per
  share) related to the settlement  of lawsuits involving a subsidiary, Mac
  Tools, Inc.  The fourth quarter of 1992  includes a gain of $25.8 million
  ($.35 per share) from  the sale of a portion of the company's  investment
  in Max Co., Ltd., expenses of $14.1 million  ($.21 per share) related  to
  planned  closings of  certain company-owned  stores and reduction  of the
  goodwill of  the company's Taylor Rental  operation, and  expense of $7.8
  million  ($.11 per  share) for  reserves  for  litigation pending  at the
  company's subsidiary, Mac Tools, Inc.

  Certain  1992 amounts  in the  consolidated statements  of earnings  were
  reclassified to conform with the 1993 presentation.
</TABLE>








                                                            Page 1 of 5 pages

                                  EXHIBIT 21


          (All subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial
Statements of The Stanley Works)

                                                            Jurisdiction of
Corporate Name                                              Incorporation

The Stanley Works                                      Connecticut

          The Farmington River Power Company                Connecticut

          Mac Tools, Inc.                                   Ohio

          Stanley-Vidmar, Inc.                              Connecticut

          Stanley-Vidmar Systems, Inc.                      Delaware

          Stanley Germany Inc.                              Delaware

          Stanley International Sales, Inc.                 Delaware

          Stanley Inter-America Distribution
          Center, Inc.                                      Delaware

          Stanley Foreign Sales Corporation                 Virgin Islands

          Stanley Works Financial Inc.                      Delaware

          Stanley Door Systems Inc.                         Michigan

          Stanley Structures, Inc.                          Delaware

               Wyoming Prestress Co.                        Wyoming

          Stanley Magic-Door, Inc.                          Delaware

          Stanley Home Automation, Inc.                     Delaware

          General Rental Co., Inc.                          Florida

          Taylor Rental Center, Inc.                        Massachusetts

          Taylor Financial Corp.                            Nevada<PAGE>





<PAGE>                                                      Page 2 of 5 pages

                                  EXHIBIT 21

                                                            Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation   
(The Stanley Works)

          J. B. Acquisition Corp.                           Delaware

               JB Supplies, Inc.                            Minnesota

          American Brush Company, Inc.                      Massachusetts

          Jensen Tools, Inc.                                Delaware

          Wondura Products, Inc.         
          dba Monarch Mirror Door, Inc.                New Jersey
  
               Monarch Mirror Door Company
               Inc.                                    California

               Monarch Norcal, Inc.                         California

               Monarch Mirror Door, Canada, Inc.            Ontario, Canada

          LaBounty Manufacturing, Inc.                      Minnesota       
 
                 
               LaBounty Manufacturing (60%)                 Australia       
               Allied Construction    (49%)                 U.K.           
                    Equipment, Ltd.                     

          Stanley-Bostitch, Inc.                            Delaware

               Stanley-Bostitch Holding Corporation         Delaware

                    Hartco Company                          Illinois

          Halstead Enterprises, Inc.                        California

          The Stanley Works Funding Corporation             Delaware

          Stanley Canada Inc.                               Canada

          Stanley Acmetrack Limited                         Canada

          Stanley Tools (N.Z.) Ltd.                         New Zealand

          Ferramentas Stanley Ltda.                         Brazil<PAGE>





<PAGE>                                                      Page 3 of 5 pages

                                   EXHIBIT 21

                                                            Jurisdiction of
Incorporation   
(The Stanley Works)


          Herramientas Stanley
          S.A. de C.V.                                      Mexico

          Herramientas Stanley S.A.                         Colombia

          Stanley-Bostitch, S.A. de C.V.                    Mexico

          Stanley Tools SpA                                 Italy

          S.I.C.F.O.-Stanley S.A.                           France

               Stanley Europe B.V.                          Netherlands

          Stanley Atlantic, Inc.                            Delaware

               The Stanley Works Ltd.                       U.K.

                    Mosley-Stone Ltd.                       U.K.

                    K. J. Tool Company Ltd                  England

                    Mosley-Stone (1979) Ltd                 England

                    E. Mosley (Brushes) Ltd                 England

                    J. C. Hayes (Tools) Ltd                 England

                    Faulkner Roller Company Ltd             England

                    Stone Brothers (Brushes) Ltd            England

                    Pear Tree Tools Ltd                     England

                         Alpha Handles Ltd                  England

                         Sentinal Forge Ltd                 England

               Stanley Works
               (Nederland) B.V.                             Netherlands

                    Stanley Magic-Door
                    Netherlands B.V.                        Netherlands<PAGE>





<PAGE>                                                      Page 4 of 5 pages
                                   EXHIBIT 21

                                                            Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation   
(The Stanley Works)
               Placements et Rangements
                    Nirva S.a.R.L.                          France

                    Societe Civile Immobiliere WAT          France

          Stanley Vaerktoej
          og beslag Aps                                     Denmark

          Stanley Svenskas A.B.                             Sweden

               Suomen Stanley oy                            Finland

          Bostitch G.m.b.H.                                 Germany

               Friess G.m.b.H.                              Germany

          Stanley Bostitch S.A.                             France

          Soc. de Fab. Bostitch S.A.                        France
                    (Simax)

          Bostitch Europe, A.G.                             Switzerland

          Bostitch A.G.                                     Switzerland

          S.A. Stanley Works Belgium N.V.                   Belgium

          Stanley International
          Holdings Inc.                                     Delaware

               Stanley Pacific Inc.                         Delaware/Australia

                    Stanley-Bostitch
                    Pty. Limited                            Australia

          The Stanley Works Pty. Ltd.                       Australia

          Stanley Works Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.              Singapore

          The Stanley Works
          (Hong Kong) Ltd.                                  Hong Kong

          The Stanley Works Sales
          (Philippines), Inc.                               Philippines

          The Stanley Works Asia Pacific Ltd.               Taiwan

          Chiro Tool Manufacturing Corporation              Taiwan<PAGE>





<PAGE>                                                      Page 5 of 5 pages

                                   EXHIBIT 21

                                                            Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
(The Stanley Works)  
 
          The Stanley Works (Bermuda) Ltd.                  Bermuda

          The Stanley Works Japan K.K. (95%)                Japan

          Stanley Tools Thailand Ltd.                       Thailand

          Stanley Tools Poland Ltd. (51%)                   Poland
                                     
          Tona a.s. Pecky (78%)                             Czech Republic

          Dudley Shearing Sales Limited                     U.K.        


The names of certain subsidiaries have been omitted because such subsidiaries,
considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a
significant subsidiary.<PAGE>


<PAGE>

        Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works

                     Audited Financial Statements
                      and Supplemental Schedules


                    Years ended December 31, 1993 and 1992





  Contents

  Report of Independent Auditors                                       1

  Audited Financial Statements

  Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 1993                2
  Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 1992                3
  Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity for the Year Ended
  December 31, 1993                                                    4
  Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity for the Year Ended
       December 31, 1992                                               5
  Notes to Financial Statements                                        6


  Supplemental Schedules

  Assets Held for Investment                                          11
  Transactions or Series of Transactions in Excess of 5% of the 
  Current Value of Plan Assets                                        12<PAGE>

<PAGE>


  Report of Independent Auditors

  Pension Committee of the Board of Directors
  The Stanley Works

  We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of the
  Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works as of December
  31, 1993 and 1992, and the related statements of income and changes in
  plan equity for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
  responsibility of the Plan's management. Our responsibility is to express
  an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
  standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
  obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
  free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
  basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
  statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
  used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
  the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
  provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
  fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Plan at
  December 31, 1993 and 1992, and its income and changes in plan equity for
  the years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
  principles.

  Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the
  financial statements taken as a whole. The accompanying supplemental
  schedules of assets held for investment as of December 31, 1993, and
  transactions or series of transactions in excess of 5% of the current
  value of plan assets for the year then ended, are presented for purposes
  of complying with the Department of Labor's Rules and Regulations for
  Reporting and Disclosure under the Employee Retirement Income Security
  Act of 1974, and are not a required part of the financial statements. The
  supplemental schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures
  applied in our audit of the 1993 financial statements and, in our
  opinion, are fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the
  1993 financial statements taken as a whole.

                                             Ernst & Young

  March 18, 1994



<TABLE>
<PAGE>
          Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
                      Statement of Financial Condition
                              December 31, 1993
<CAPTION>
                                    Stanley              Unallocated
                                    Stock       Loan      Stanley
                                    Fund        Fund      Stock Fund     Total   
  Assets
  <S>                    <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>           
  Investments, at current market
    value:
      The Stanley Works
        Common Stock:
         3,165,104 shares (cost
           $77,647,302)   $140,847,128                          $140,847,128    
         5,044,086 shares
           (cost $181,564,822)                    $224,461,827   224,461,827
      Short-term investments 1,021,005                   7,683     1,028,688
                           -------------------------------------------------
                           141,868,133             224,469,510   366,337,643

  Dividends and 
    interest receivable      1,073,558               1,724,163     2,797,721
  Loans to participants                 $5,500,195                 5,500,195
  Due from Savings Plan for
    Hourly Paid Employees
    of The Stanley Works       157,530                               157,530
                          --------------------------------------------------
                          $143,099,221  $5,500,195  226,193,673  374,793,089
                          ==================================================
Liabilities and plan equity
  Liabilities:
    Due to Retirement Plan for
      Salaried Employees of
      The Stanley Works   $   163,434                             $  163,434
    Debt                                            199,879,591  199,879,591
    Deferred employer
      contributions         1,088,466                              1,088,466
    Plan forfeitures          206,022                                206,022
    Benefits payable        1,402,969                              1,402,969
                          --------------------------------------------------
                            2,860,891               199,879,591  202,740,482

  Plan equity             140,238,330  $  5,500,195  26,314,082  172,052,607
                         ---------------------------------------------------
                         $143,099,221  $  5,500,195 226,193,673  374,793,089 
                         ===================================================
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
              Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
                          Statement of Financial Condition
                                 December 31, 1992
<CAPTION>
                               Stanley              Unallocated
                                Stock       Loan      Stanley
                                 Fund       Fund    Stock Fund     Total<PAGE>

  Assets
  <S>                    <C>            <C>       <C>         <C>
  Investments, at current market
    value:
      The Stanley Works
        Common Stock:
         3,009,472 shares (cost
           $70,556,560)  $127,902,560                             $127,902,560
         5,352,255 shares
           (cost $191,291,733)                     $227,470,838    227,470,838
      Short-term investments  864,000                     3,000        867,000
                          ----------------------------------------------------
                          128,766,560               227,473,838    356,240,398

  Cash (overdraft)                716                      (165)           551
  Dividends and interest 
    receivable                987,573                  1,778,028     2,765,601
  Loans to participants                 $ 5,569,694                  5,569,694
  Due from Savings Plan for
    Hourly Paid Employees
    of The Stanley Works       95,753                                   95,753
                         -----------------------------------------------------
                         $129,850,602   $ 5,569,694 $229,251,701  $364,671,997
                         =====================================================
Liabilities and plan equity
  Liabilities:
    Due to Retirement Plan for
      Salaried Employees of
      The Stanley Works   $    163,434                              $  163,434
    Debt                                             $204,922,630  204,922,630
    Deferred employer
      contributions            923,336                                 923,336
    Plan forfeitures           210,772                                 210,772
    Benefits payable           712,775                                 712,775
                            --------------------------------------------------
                             2,010,317                204,922,630  206,932,947

  Plan equity              127,840,285  $ 5,569,694    24,329,071  157,739,050
                          ----------------------------------------------------
                          $129,850,602  $ 5,569,694   229,251,701  364,671,997
                          ====================================================
<FN>
  See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<PAGE>
                     Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
                          Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity
                                  Year ended December 31, 1993
<CAPTION>
                           Stanley                   Unallocated<PAGE>
                            Stock        Loan          Stanley
                            Fund         Fund         Stock Fund      Total
 Investment income:
  <S>                    <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>
     Dividends           $  4,188,809              $  6,921,604   $ 11,110,413
     Interest                  41,528  $  384,173        33,853        459,554
                          ----------------------------------------------------
                            4,230,337     384,173     6,955,457     11,569,967
  Net realized and unrealized
     appreciation in The Stanley
     Works Common Stock     9,730,283                 6,717,900     16,448,183
  Contributions:
     Employee              11,294,400                               11,294,400
     Employer               5,994,747                                5,994,747
     Transfers from Savings Plan for
       Hourly Paid Employees of
       The Stanley Works      139,047                                  139,047
                          ----------------------------------------------------
                           17,428,194                               17,428,194
  Withdrawals:
     In cash              (10,437,951)                             (10,437,951)
     In The Stanley Works Common
       Stock               (3,581,491                               (3,581,491)
     Transfers to Retirement Plan for
       Salaried Employees of The
       Stanley Works         (284,789)                                (284,789)
                           ---------------------------------------------------
                          (14,304,231)                             (14,304,231)
                
  Administrative 
    expenses                 (120,533)                                (120,533)
  Plan forfeitures           (206,022)                                (206,022)
  Interest expense                                  (16,502,001)   (16,502,001)
  Interfund 
    transfers--net         (4,359,983)   (453,672)     4,813,655    
                           ---------------------------------------------------
  Net 
    increase (decrease)    12,398,045     (69,499)     1,985,011    14,313,557
  Plan equity at 
    beginning of year     127,840,285   5,569,694     24,329,071   157,739,050
                         -----------------------------------------------------
  Plan equity at 
    end of year          $140,238,330  $5,500,195   $ 26,314,082  $172,052,607
                         =====================================================
<FN>
  See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


               Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
                    Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity
                            Year ended December 31, 1992
<CAPTION>
                               Stanley                  Unallocated
                                Stock        Loan         Stanley
                                Fund         Fund       Stock Fund      Total
  Investment income:
  <S>                   <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
     Dividends          $  3,737,041                $  7,059,682  $ 10,796,723  
     Interest                 38,805   $   388,759        46,182       473,746
                           ---------------------------------------------------
                           3,775,846       388,759     7,105,864    11,270,469
  Net realized and unrealized 
    appreciation in The 
    Stanley Works Common
    Stock                  9,277,986                   4,452,040    13,730,026
  Contributions:
    Employee              11,061,742                                11,061,742
    Employer               5,099,206                                 5,099,206


    Transfers from Savings 
      Plan for Hourly Paid 
      Employees of
       The Stanley Works     359,926                                   359,926
                          ----------------------------------------------------
                          16,520,874                                16,520,874
  Withdrawals:
    In cash               (8,748,952)                               (8,748,952)
    In The Stanley Works 
      Common Stock        (3,156,367)                               (3,156,367)
    Transfers to Retirement 
      Plan for Salaried 
      Employees of The
       Stanley Works        (362,675)                                 (362,675)
                          ----------------------------------------------------
                         (12,267,994)                              (12,267,994)
  Administrative expenses    (83,734)                                  (83,734)
  Plan forfeitures          (210,772)                                 (210,772)
  Interest expense                                   (16,916,982)  (16,916,982)
  Interfund transfers--net(4,768,886)      (53,186)    4,822,072         -    
                          ----------------------------------------------------  
  Net increase (decrease) 12,243,320       335,573      (537,006)   12,041,887
  Plan equity at 
    beginning of year    115,596,965     5,234,121    24,866,077   145,697,163
                         -----------------------------------------------------
  Plan equity at 
    end of year         $127,840,285    $5,569,694   $24,329,071  $157,739,050
                        ======================================================
<FN>
  See accompanying notes.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
     Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
                   Notes to Financial Statements

                        December 31, 1993


  1. Significant Accounting Policies

  Investments
  Plan investments consist primarily of shares of The Stanley
  Works Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as Stanley Stock,
  Common Stock or shares). The Stanley Works Common Stock is<PAGE>


  traded on a national exchange and is valued at the last
  reported sales price on the last business day of the plan year.
  Short-term investments consist of short-term bank-administered
  trust funds which earn interest daily at rates approximating
  U.S. Government securities; cost approximates market value.

  Dividend Income
  Dividend income is accrued on the ex-dividend date.

  Gains or Losses on Sales of Investments
  Gains or losses realized on the sales of investments are
  determined based on average cost.

  Expenses
  Administrative expenses not paid by The Stanley Works (the
  Company) are paid by the Plan.

  Reclassifications
  Certain amounts for 1992 have been reclassified to conform to
  1993 presentation.

  2. Description of the Plan

  The Plan operates as a leveraged employee stock ownership plan,
  is designed to comply with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
  as amended, and is subject to the applicable provisions of the
  Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
  The Plan is a voluntary savings, defined contribution plan for
  eligible United States salaried employees of The Stanley Works.

  Participants may contribute, through pre-tax payroll
  deductions, generally up to 12% of their salary. Participant
  contributions are matched in an amount equal to 50% of a
  participant's pre-tax contribution to a maximum of 3 1/2% of
  the participant's salary.

  Effective July 1, 1985, participant and Company matching
  contributions are invested in the Stanley Stock Fund with a
  guarantee, which, if necessary, is satisfied by the Retirement
  Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works, that the
  investment return on such stock acquired with employee
  contributions will not be less than an investment return based
  on two-year U.S. Treasury notes. This investment return
  guarantee also is applicable to total cumulative retirement
  account balances and cumulative employee savings account
  balances at June 30, 1985.<PAGE>

<PAGE>
      Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works

              Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




  2. Description of the Plan (continued)

  The assets  of the  Plan are  held  in trust  by an  independent
  corporate  trustee (the  Trustee)  pursuant to  the terms  of  a
  written Trust  Agreement between  the Trustee  and the  Company.
  State  Street Bank  and Trust Company  has been  selected by the
  Board of Directors of the Company as Trustee.

  Participants  are  vested  in  100%  of  the  value  of  Company
  matching  contributions made on their behalf after five years of
  service, with  no vesting in  the matching contributions  during
  the first through fifth years of service.

  Benefits   generally   are   distributed  upon   termination  of
  employment   from  death,   disability,   retirement   or  other
  termination. Normally, a  lump-sum distribution is made in  cash
  or shares  of Common Stock or,  in certain  cases, a combination
  thereof, at the election of the participant.

  During active employment,  subject to financial hardship  rules,
  participants  may withdraw,  in cash only,  all or  a portion of
  vested amounts in their accounts.

  Participants may  borrow from  their  savings account  up to  an
  aggregate amount  equal to the lesser  of $50,000 or  50% of the
  value of their vested interest in  such accounts with a  minimum
  loan  of  $1,000.  Each  loan  is  evidenced  by   a  negotiable
  promissory note  bearing a rate of  interest equal  to the prime
  rate  as  reported in  The  Wall  Street  Journal  on the  first
  business day  of the  month immediately  preceding the  calendar
  quarter  during which  the  loan  was made,  which  is  payable,
  through payroll  deductions, over a term  of not  more than five
  years. Starting in 1989, a participant may take up  to ten years
  to repay the loan  if the money is used to purchase  a principal
  residence. Only one  loan per participant may be outstanding  at
  any time.

  Effective for loans  made after  1986, the  $50,000 loan  amount
  limitation is reduced  by the participant's highest  outstanding
  loan balance  during the 12 months  preceding the  date the loan
  is made.  If a loan  is outstanding  at the time  a distribution
  becomes   payable  to  a   participant  (or   beneficiary),  the
  distribution is  made  net  of  the  loan  outstanding  and  the
  distribution shall fully discharge the Plan with  respect to the
  participant's account  value  attributable  to  the  outstanding
  loan balance.

  The  Plan  borrowed  $54,500,000  from  a  group   of  financial
  institutions and $153,500,000 from the Company (see  Notes 3 and
  4) to acquire  1,683,213 and 4,134,680 shares, respectively,  of<PAGE>


  Common   Stock  from  the   Company's  treasury  and  previously
  unissued shares. The  shares purchased from the proceeds of  the
  loans were  placed in  the Unallocated  Stanley Stock Fund  (the
  Unallocated Fund). Under  the loan agreement with the  financial
  institutions, the Company  guaranteed the loan and is  obligated
  to make  annual contributions sufficient to  enable the Plan  to
  repay the loan plus interest.<PAGE>

<PAGE>
      Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works

              Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




  2. Description of the Plan (continued)

  The  Unallocated Fund  makes  monthly  transfers of  shares,  in
  accordance with  Plan provisions, to the  Stanley Stock Fund  in
  return for proceeds equivalent to the closing fair market  value
  of  the  shares on  the day  prior to  the transfer  date. These
  proceeds,  along  with   dividends  received  on  allocated  and
  unallocated  shares  and  additional  Company contributions,  if
  necessary,  are used  to make monthly payments  of principal and
  interest on the  debt. Remaining unallocated dividends, if  any,
  are applied to  reduce the Company's matching contributions.  As
  dividends on the allocated  shares are applied to the payment of
  debt service, shares having a fair  market value at least  equal
  to the amount of the  dividends so applied are allocated  to the
  savings  accounts  of  participants  who  would  otherwise  have
  received  cash  dividends.  Forfeitures  of  nonvested  employee
  accounts are used to reduce Company matching contributions.

  The fair market  value of  shares released from the  Unallocated
  Fund  pursuant to  loan  repayments  made  during any  year  may
  exceed the total of employee contributions and  Company matching
  contributions for  that year. If  that occurs, all  participants
  who made contributions at any time during that year and who  are
  employed by the Company  on the last  day of that year  receive,
  on a pro rata basis, such excess value.

  Each  participant   is  entitled   to  exercise  voting   rights
  attributable  to  the  shares  allocated  to  the  participant's
  account.  The  Trustee is  not  permitted  to  vote  participant
  shares  for which  instructions  have  not  been  given  by  the
  participant. Shares  in the  Unallocated Fund are  voted by  the
  Trustee in the same proportion as allocated shares.

  The Company  reserves the  right to  terminate the  Plan at  any
  time, subject to  Plan provisions. Upon such termination of  the
  Plan, the  interest of each participant  in the  trust fund will
  be  distributed to  such participant  at the  time prescribed by
  the Plan terms and the Internal Revenue Code.

  The  Plan sponsor  has  engaged The  Wyatt Company  to  maintain
  separate  accounts  for  each  participant.  Such  accounts  are
  credited with  each participant's  contributions, the  allocated
  portion  of the Company's  matching contribution, related gains,
  losses and dividend income, and loan activity.

  There  were 4,547  and  4,532 participants  (4,002 and  4,100 of
  whom were active employees)  in the Plan as of December 31, 1993
  and 1992, respectively,  of whom 1,127 and 1,128,  respectively,
  had loans outstanding.<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
      Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works

              Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




  3. Debt
<TABLE>
  Debt consisted of the following at December 31:
<CAPTION>
                                                       1993          1992
     <S>                                        <C>           <C>
     Note payable in monthly installments to 1993 
                with interest at 6.78%                           $1,750,000    
     Note payable in monthly installments to 2001 
                with interest at 7.71%            $47,496,679    50,406,710
     Note payable to the Company in monthly 
                installments to 2026
                with interest at 8.3%             152,382,912   152,765,920
                                                ---------------------------
                                                 $199,879,591  $204,922,630
                                                 ==========================
</TABLE>
  The scheduled maturities  of debt for the next five years are as
  follows:  1994--$4,981,000; 1995--$5,718,000;  1996--$5,470,000;
  1997--$5,860,000 and 1998--$6,350,000.

  The note  payable to  the Company is  secured by shares  held in
  the  Unallocated  Stock  Fund.  The  number  of  shares held  as
  security is reduced as  shares are released to the Stanley Stock
  Fund pursuant  to principal  and interest  payments. During  the
  year,  112,610 shares  were released  and at December  31, 1993,
  3,843,852 shares were pledged as security.

  Payment of the Plan's debt has  been guaranteed by the  Company.
  Should the principal and interest due exceed  the dividends paid
  on  shares  held  in the  Stanley  Stock  and Unallocated  Stock
  Funds, and  employee  and  Company matching  contributions,  the
  Company is responsible for funding such shortfall.

  4. Transactions with Parties-in-Interest

  Fees  paid  during  1993  and  1992  for  management  and  other
  services   rendered  by   parties-in-interest   were   based  on
  customary and reasonable  rates for such services. The  majority
  of such fees were  paid by The Stanley Works.  Fees incurred and
  paid  by  the  Plan  during  1993  and  1992  were  $120,533 and
  $83,734, respectively.

  In 1991, the Plan borrowed $153,500,000 from The  Stanley Works,
  the proceeds of which  were used to purchase 4,134,680 shares of
  Company Stock from  the Company.  The Plan  made $13,047,932  of
  principal and interest payments  related to such  debt in  1993;
  at  December 31,  1993,  $152,382,912  was outstanding  on  such
  debt.<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

      Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works

              Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




  5. Income Tax Status

  The Internal Revenue Service has  ruled (letter dated August 10,
  1990) that the Plan  and the trust qualify under Sections 401(a)
  and 401(k) of the  Internal Revenue Code (IRC) and are therefore
  not  subject  to  tax   under  present  income   tax  law.  Once
  qualified, the Plan  is required to  operate in  conformity with
  the IRC to maintain its qualification. The  Pension Committee is
  not aware  of any course of action or series of events that have
  occurred  that  might  adversely  affect  the  Plan's  qualified
  status.

  Plan participants  are not  subject to federal  income taxes  on
  employer  contributions,  employee  contributions to  the extent
  that  they  are  below  the  IRS  limitation,  or  on  dividends
  accruing to their accounts until taxable distributions  are made
  from the Plan. Lump-sum distributions are taxable  to the extent
  of   realized  appreciation   of   the   participant's  account,
  employer's contributions and the employee's contributions.<PAGE>


        Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works

                                 Assets Held for Investment

                                      December 31, 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Description of Investment,
  Identity of Issue,      Including Maturity Date,
  Borrower, Lessor          Rate of Interest, Par or                  Current
  or Similar Party            Maturity Value             Cost          Value
  <S>                      <S>                    <C>           <C>

  Common Stock:
    The Stanley Works*     8,209,190 shares of
                             Common Stock           $259,212,124  $365,308,955

  Trust Fund:
    State Street Bank and    Short-Term Investment
       Trust Company*         Fund--United States
       (GSTIF)                Government securities    1,006,073     1,006,073

    State Street Bank and
       Trust Company*        Short-Term Investment
       (STIF)                Fund--Pooled Bank Fund       22,615        22,615

    Loans to participants    Promissory notes at prime rate
                               with maturities of not more
                               than five years         5,500,195     5,500,195
                                                    --------------------------
  Total investments                                 $265,741,007  $371,837,838
                                                    ==========================
<FN>
  * Indicates party-in-interest to the Plan.<PAGE>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


  Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
Transactions or Series of Transactions in Excess of 5% of the Current Value of Plan Assets
  Year ended December 31, 1993                                                                    Current
                                                                           Expenses               Value of
Identity of        Purchase Description    Selling     Lease      Rental  Incurred                Asset on
Party Involved          of Assets          Price       Price                with        Cost of   Transaction    Net Gain     
                                                                          Transaction   Asset      Date            (Loss)
  Category (iii)--series of transactions in excess of 5 percent of plan assets

  <S>              <S>                    <C>                                      <C>          <C>                        
  State Street     Short-Term Investment
   Bank and Trust    Fund--United States
   Company*          Government securities                                          $22,618,301 $22,618,301

  State Street     Short-Term Investment
   Bank and Trust    Fund--United States
    Company*         Government securities $22,417,228                               22,417,228  22,417,228



  There were no category (i), (ii) or (iv) reportable transactions during 1993.
  * Indicates party-in-interest to the Plan.<PAGE>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>





       Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                     Audited Financial Statements
                      and Supplemental Schedules

               Years ended December 31, 1993 and 1992





                               Contents

Report of Independent Auditors                                              1

Audited Financial Statements

Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 1993                       2
Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 1992                       3
Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity for the Year Ended
  December 31, 1993                                                         4
Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity for the Year Ended
  December 31, 1992                                                         5
Notes to Financial Statements                                               6


Supplemental Schedules

Assets Held for Investment                                                 11
Transactions or Series of Transactions in Excess of 5% of the Current Value
  of Plan Assets                                                           12<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                   Report of Independent Auditors

Pension Committee of The Board of Directors
The Stanley Works

We  have audited  the accompanying  statements of  financial condition  of the
Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works as of December 31,
1993 and 1992, and the related statements of income and changes in plan equity
for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the  Plan's management. Our  responsibility is to express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards  require that  we plan  and perform  the audit  to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material  misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and  disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made by  management, as  well as  evaluating the  overall financial
statement  presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects, the  financial condition of  the Plan at  December 31,
1993 and 1992,  and its income and  changes in plan equity for  the years then
ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our audits were made  for the purpose of forming  an opinion on the  financial
statements taken as a whole. The accompanying supplemental schedules of assets
held  for investment as  of December 31,  1993, and transactions  or series of
transactions in excess  of 5% of the current value of plan assets for the year
then  ended, are presented  for purposes of  complying with  the Department of
Labor's  Rules and Regulations for Reporting and Disclosure under the Employee
Retirement Income  Security Act of 1974,  and are not  a required part  of the
financial statements.  The supplemental schedules  have been subjected  to the
auditing procedures applied in our audit of the 1993 financial statements and,
in our opinion, are fairly stated in  all material respects in relation to the
1993 financial statements taken as a whole.


                                              Ernst & Young


            March 18, 1994

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
              Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                          Statement of Financial Condition

                                   December 31, 1993

<CAPTION>
                                Stanley                Unallocated
                                 Stock       Loan        Stanley
                                 Fund        Fund      Stock Fund      Total    

<S>                           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Assets
Investments, at current market
  value:
     The Stanley Works
       Common Stock:
         1,001,474 shares (cost
            $33,098,825)      $44,565,593                         $ 44,565,593
         1,555,538 shares
            (cost $53,515,799)                       $ 69,221,441   69,221,441
     Short-term investments       266,786                   2,731      269,517
                               -----------------------------------------------  
                               44,832,379              69,224,172  114,056,551

Dividends and interest 
  receivable                      337,675                 533,183      870,858
Loans to participants                     $ 3,327,218                3,327,218
Due from The Stanley Works        134,930                              134,930
                               -----------------------------------------------
                              $45,304,984 $ 3,327,218 $69,757,355 $118,389,557
                              ================================================  
Liabilities and plan equity
Liabilities:
  Due to Savings Plan for Salaried 
    Employees of The Stanley 
    Works                     $   157,530                           $  157,530
  Benefits payable                175,600                              175,600
  Debt                                                $61,603,171   61,603,171
  Plan forfeitures                 45,652                               45,652
                              ------------------------------------------------
                                  378,782              61,603,171   61,981,953

Plan equity                    44,926,202  $3,327,218   8,154,184   56,407,604
                              ------------------------------------------------
                              $45,304,984  $3,327,218 $69,757,355 $118,389,557
                              ================================================
<FN>
See accompanying notes.

</TABLE>
<TABLE>

          Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works
                      Statement of Financial Condition
                             December 31, 1992


                                Stanley                Unallocated
                                 Stock       Loan        Stanley
                                 Fund        Fund      Stock Fund      Total    
<S>                          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Assets
Investments, at current market
  value:
     The Stanley Works
       Common Stock:
        797,505 shares (cost
          $25,502,826)        $33,893,963                         $ 33,893,963
         1,669,556 shares
          (cost $57,299,782)                          $70,956,130   70,956,130
      Short-term investments      737,000                   1,000      738,000
                               -----------------------------------------------
                               34,630,963              70,957,130  105,588,093
          
Cash                                  163                   1,240        1,403
Dividends and interest 
  receivable                      254,817                 554,355      809,172
Loans to participants                     $2,558,968                 2,558,968
Due from The Stanley Works        167,688                              167,688
                              ------------------------------------------------
                              $35,053,631 $2,558,968  $71,512,725 $109,125,324
                               ===============================================
Liabilities and plan equity
Liabilities:
  Due to broker for securities
    purchased                $    396,147                         $    396,147
  Due to Savings Plan for Salaried
     Employees of The Stanley
     Works                         95,753                               95,753
   Benefits payable                31,338                               31,338
   Debt                                               $63,831,676   63,831,676 
   Plan forfeitures                53,527                               53,527
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                  576,765              63,831,676   64,408,441

Plan equity                    34,476,866  $2,558,968   7,681,049   44,716,883
                               -----------------------------------------------
                              $35,053,631  $2,558,968 $71,512,725 $109,125,324
                              ================================================
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


        Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity

                         Year ended December 31, 1993
<CAPTION>
                           Stanley                Unallocated
                            Stock        Loan       Stanley
                            Fund         Fund      Stock Fund       Total
Investment income:
<S>                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
  Dividends            $ 1,222,981                 $ 2,155,635   $ 3,378,616
  Interest                  18,706   $   230,786        10,999       260,491
                       -----------------------------------------------------
                         1,241,687       230,786     2,166,634     3,639,107

Net realized and unrealized 
  appreciation in The 
     Stanley Works 
  Common Stock           3,129,309                   2,049,294     5,178,603

Contributions:
  Employee               7,068,089                                 7,068,089
  Employer               3,380,681                                 3,380,681
                        ----------------------------------------------------
                        10,448,770                                10,448,770

Withdrawals:
  In cash               (2,110,312)                               (2,110,312)
  In The Stanley Works 
    Common Stock          (229,570)                                 (229,570)
  Transfers to the 
    Savings Plan for
    Salaried Employees 
    of The Stanley Works  (139,047)                                 (139,047)
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                        (2,478,929)                               (2,478,929)

Administrative expenses    (39,101)                                  (39,101)
Plan forfeitures           (45,652)                                  (45,652)
Interest expense                                    (5,012,077)   (5,012,077)

Interfund transfers-net (1,806,748)     537,464      1,269,284         -
                        ----------------------------------------------------   
Net increase            10,449,336      768,250        473,135    11,690,721
                       
Plan equity at 
  beginning of year     34,476,866    2,558,968      7,681,049    44,716,883
                      ------------------------------------------------------
Plan equity at 
  end of year          $44,926,202  $ 3,327,218    $ 8,154,184   $56,407,604
                        ====================================================
<FN>
See accompanying notes.<PAGE>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


         Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                 Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity

                         Year ended December 31, 1992

<CAPTION>
                                           Stanley                 Unallocated
                                            Stock        Loan        Stanley
                               Fund         Fund      Stock Fund      Total  
Investment income:
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
  Dividends                 $   913,144               $2,195,699   $3,108,843
  Interest                       17,918   $ 202,597       14,330      234,845
                             ------------------------------------------------
                                931,062     202,597    2,210,029    3,343,688

Realized gain on sales of The Stanley
  Works Common Stock:
     Proceeds                   853,000                               853,000
     Cost                       748,677                               748,677
                            -------------------------------------------------
                                104,323                               104,323

Unrealized appreciation in The
  Stanley Works Common Stock  1,914,173                1,932,962    3,847,135

Contributions:
  Employee                    6,104,979                             6,104,979
  Employer                    2,957,081                             2,957,081
                              -----------------------------------------------
                              9,062,060                             9,062,060

Withdrawals:
  In cash                    (2,003,174)                           (2,003,174)
  In The Stanley Works Common
     Stock                     (158,916)                             (158,916)
  Transfers to the Savings Plan for
     Salaried Employees of The
     Stanley Works             (359,926)                             (359,926)
                             -------------------------------------------------
                             (2,522,016)                           (2,522,016)

Administrative expenses         (28,304)                              (28,304)
Plan forfeitures                (53,527)                              (53,527)
Interest expense                                      (5,141,425)  (5,141,425)
Interfund transfers--net     (1,216,172)    193,854    1,022,318        - 
                            -------------------------------------------------
Net increase                  8,191,599     396,451       23,884    8,611,934

Plan equity at 
  beginning of year          26,285,267   2,162,517    7,657,165   36,104,949
                            -------------------------------------------------
Plan equity at end of year  $34,476,866 $ 2,558,968  $ 7,681,049  $44,716,883
                            =================================================
<FN>
See accompanying notes.<PAGE>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


         Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                         Notes to Financial Statements

                               December 31, 1993


1. Significant Accounting Policies

Investments
Plan investments consist primarily of shares of The Stanley Works Common Stock
(hereinafter  referred to  as  Stanley Stock,  Common  Stock or  shares).  The
Stanley Works  Common Stock is traded on a national  exchange and is valued at
the  last reported  sales price  on the  last business  day of the  plan year.
Short-term  investments consist  of short-term  bank-administered trust  funds
which  earn interest daily at  rates approximating U.S. Government securities;
cost approximates market value.

Dividend Income
Dividend income is accrued on the ex-dividend date.

Gains or Losses on Sales of Investments
Gains or losses  realized on the sales of investments  are determined based on
average cost.

Expenses
Administrative expenses not paid by  The Stanley Works (the Company) are  paid
by the Plan.

2. Description of the Plan

The Plan operates as a leveraged employee stock ownership plan, is designed to
comply with the Internal Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended, and  is subject to
the  applicable provisions of the  Employee Retirement Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended. The Plan  is a voluntary savings, defined  contribution plan
for eligible United States hourly paid employees of The Stanley Works.

Participants may contribute, through  pre-tax payroll deductions, generally up
to  12% of  their compensation.  Participant contributions  are matched  in an
amount equal to 50%  of a participant's pre-tax contribution to a maximum of
3 1/2% of compensation.

Participant and Company contributions  are invested in the Stanley  Stock Fund
with a  guarantee, which, if necessary,  is satisfied by the  Pension Plan for
Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works, that the investment return on such
stock acquired with employee contributions will not be less than an investment
return based on two-year U.S. Treasury notes.

The assets of the Plan are held  in trust by an independent corporate  trustee
(the Trustee) pursuant  to the terms of a written  Trust Agreement between the
Trustee and the Company. State Street Bank and Trust Company has been selected
by the Board of Directors of the Company as Trustee.


<PAGE>

          Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                   Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




2. Description of the Plan (continued)

Employees  are  fully  vested   as  to  amounts  in  their   savings  accounts
attributable to their own contributions and amounts transferred from the other
qualified plans  on their  behalf. Participants with  three or  more years  of
service on  January 1, 1987 who  terminated employment before  January 1, 1989
are vested in the portion of their savings account attributable to the Company
matching contributions as follows: 0% during the first through fourth years of
service,  40% after four years of service, 10% additional for each of the next
six years,  to 100%  after ten  years of service.  All other  participants are
vested in  100% of the  value of  the Company matching  contributions made  on
their  behalf after  five years of  service, with  no vesting  in the matching
contributions during the first through fifth years of service.

Benefits generally  are distributed  upon termination of  employment resulting
from death, disability, retirement or other termination. Normally,  a lump-sum
distribution is made in cash or shares of Common Stock, at the election of the
participant, from the Stanley Stock Fund.

During active  employment, subject  to financial hardship  rules, participants
may withdraw,  in  cash only,  all or  a portion  of vested  amounts in  their
accounts.

Participants may borrow  from their savings account up to  an aggregate amount
equal to the lesser of $50,000 or 50% of the value of their vested interest in
such  accounts with a minimum loan of $1,000. Each such loan is evidenced by a
negotiable promissory note bearing a rate of interest equal to  the prime rate
as reported in The Wall Street Journal  on the first business day of the month
immediately preceding the  calendar quarter  during which the  loan was  made,
which is payable,  through payroll deductions,  over a term  of not more  than
five years. Starting in 1989, participants  are allowed ten years to repay the
loan if the proceeds are used to purchase a principal residence. Only one loan
per participant may be outstanding at any time.

Effective for  loans made after  1986, the  $50,000 loan amount  limitation is
reduced  by the participant's highest  outstanding loan balance  during the 12
months preceding the  date the loan is made.  If a loan is outstanding  at the
time a distribution  becomes payable  to a participant  (or beneficiary),  the
distribution is made net of  the loan outstanding, and the  distribution shall
fully  discharge  the Plan  with respect  to  the participant's  account value
attributable to the outstanding loan balance.


<PAGE>




          Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                    Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




2. Description of the Plan (continued)

The Plan borrowed $40,500,000  in 1989 from a group of  financial institutions
and $26,500,000  in 1991  from the  Company (see  Notes  3 and  4) to  acquire
1,250,831 and 713,804 shares, respectively, of Common Stock from the Company's
treasury  and  previously  unissued  shares.  The shares  purchased  from  the
proceeds of the  loans were placed in the Unallocated  Stanley Stock Fund (the
Unallocated Fund). Under the  1989 loan agreement, the Company  guaranteed the
loan  and is obligated  to make annual contributions  sufficient to enable the
Plan to repay the loan plus interest.

The Unallocated Fund  makes monthly  transfers of shares,  in accordance  with
Plan provisions, to  the Stanley Stock Fund in return  for proceeds equivalent
to the  closing  fair market  value of  the shares  on  the day  prior to  the
transfer  date. These proceeds, along with dividends received on allocated and
unallocated  shares and  additional Company  contributions, if  necessary, are
used to make monthly payments of principal and interest on the debt. Remaining
unallocated  dividends, if any, are  applied to reduce  the Company's matching
contributions. As dividends on the allocated shares are applied to the payment
of debt service, a number  of shares having a fair market value at least equal
to  the  amount of  the  dividends so  applied  are allocated  to  the savings
accounts  of participants  who would  otherwise have received  cash dividends.
Forfeitures of nonvested employee  accounts are used to reduce  future Company
matching contributions.

The fair market value of shares released from the Unallocated Fund pursuant to
loan  repayments  made during  any  year  may  exceed the  total  of  employee
contributions  and  Company matching  contributions  for  that year.  If  that
occurs,  all participants who made contributions at  any time during that year
and who are employed by the Company on the last day of that year receive, on a
pro rata basis, such excess value as an additional allocation of Stanley Stock
for that year, a pro rata portion of such excess value.

Each participant is  entitled to  exercise voting rights  attributable to  the
shares  allocated to  their  account. The  Trustee is  not  permitted to  vote
participant  shares  for  which  instructions  have  not  been  given  by  the
participant. Shares  in the Unallocated Fund  are voted by the  Trustee in the
same proportion as allocated shares.

The Company reserves  the right to terminate the Plan at  any time, subject to
Plan  provisions. Upon  such termination  of the  Plan, the  interest of  each
participant  in the trust fund will be  distributed to such participant or his
or her beneficiary at the  time prescribed by the Plan terms and  the Internal
Revenue Code.

<PAGE>



         Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                    Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




2. Description of the Plan (continued)

The Plan sponsor has  engaged The Wyatt Company to maintain  separate accounts
for  each participant.  Such  accounts are  credited  with each  participant's
contributions, the allocated portion  of the Company's matching contributions,
related gains, losses and dividend income and loan activity.

There were 4,662 and 4,219  participants (4,405 and 4,058 of whom  were active
employees) in the  plan as of  December 31, 1993  and 1992, respectively,  and
1,234 and 1,073, respectively, of whom had loans outstanding.

3. Debt

Debt consisted of the following at December 31:

                                                          1993         1992   
Note payable in monthly installments to 2001 
  with interest at 7.71%                            $ 35,295,697  $ 37,458,202

Note payable to the Company in monthly 
  installments to 2026 with interest at 8.3%          26,307,474    26,373,474
                                                     -------------------------
                                                     $61,603,171   $63,831,676
                                                     =========================
The  note payable to the Company is secured  by shares held in the Unallocated
Stock  Fund. The number of  shares held as  security is reduced  as shares are
released  to Stanley Stock Fund  pursuant to principal  and interest payments.
During the year 19,436 shares were released and at December  31, 1993, 663,610
shares are pledged as security.

The  scheduled maturities  of debt  for the  next five  years are  as follows:
1994--$3,483,000;  1995--$3,830,000;  1996--$4,026,000;  1997--$4,352,000  and
1998--$4,716,000.

Payment of  the Plan's  debt has  been guaranteed by  the Company.  Should the
principal and  interest due exceed the dividends paid on shares in the Stanley
Stock  and  Unallocated   Stock  Funds,  and  employee  and  Company  matching
contributions, the Company is responsible for funding such shortfall.

<PAGE>

         Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                   Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




4. Transactions with Parties-in-Interest

Fees  paid during 1993 and 1992 for  management and other services rendered by
parties-in-interest were  based on  customary and  reasonable  rates for  such
services. The  majority of such fees  were paid by the  Company. Fees incurred
and  paid  by the  Plan  during  1993  and 1992  were    $39,101 and  $28,304,
respectively.

In 1991, the Plan borrowed $26,500,000 from the Company, the proceeds of which
were used to purchase 713,804 shares of  stock from the Company. The Plan made
$2,252,476 of principal and interest payments related to such debt in 1993; at
December 31, 1993, $26,307,474 was outstanding on such debt.

5. Income Tax Status

The Internal Revenue Service has ruled  (September 13, 1990) that the Plan and
the  trust qualify  under Sections 401(a)  and 401(k) of  the Internal Revenue
Code (IRC) and are therefore not subject  to tax under present income tax law.
Once qualified, the Plan is required to operate in accordance with the  IRC to
maintain its qualification. The Pension  Committee is not aware of any  course
of  action or series of events that  have occurred that might adversely affect
the Plan's qualified status.

Plan  participants are  not  subject  to  federal  income  taxes  on  employer
contributions  or employee contributions, to the extent that such amounts meet
IRC guidelines, or on dividends accruing to their accounts until distributions
are made  from the Plan. Lump-sum  distributions are taxable to  the extent of
realized  appreciation of the  participant's account, employer's contributions
and the employee's contributions which have not already been subject to tax.




<PAGE>
<TABLE>



          Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

                          Assets Held for Investment

                               December 31, 1993
<CAPTION>

                       Description of Investment,
Identity of Issue,      Including Maturity Date,
 Borrower, Lessor       Rate of Interest, Par or                     Current
 or Similar Party         Maturity Value                Cost          Value 

<S>                    <C>                        <C>           <C>
Common Stock:
  The Stanley Works*    2,557,012 shares of 
                          Common Stock             $86,614,624  $113,787,034

Trust Fund:
  State Street Bank      Short-Term Investment
    and Trust            Fund--United States
    Company* (GSTIF)     Government securities         266,786       266,786

  State Street Bank
    and Trust            Short-Term Investment
    Company* (STIF)      Fund--Pooled Bank Fund          2,731         2,731

  Loans to participants   Promissory notes at prime rate
                          with maturities of not more
                          than five years            3,327,218     3,327,218
                                                  --------------------------
Total investments                                  $90,211,359  $117,383,769
                                                   =========================
<FN>
* Indicates party-in-interest to the Plan.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>

               Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The Stanley Works

Transactions or Series of Transactions in Excess of 5% of the Current Value of Plan Assets                                   

                        Year ended December 31, 1993

<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Current
                                                                    Expenses                Value of
                                                                    Incurred                Asset on                      
Identity of     Purchase Description    Selling    Lease              with       Cost of   Transaction   Net Gain
Party Involved         of Assets         Price     Price    Rental  Transaction   Asset       Date        (Loss)       

Category (iii)--series of transactions in excess of 5 percent of plan assets

<S>                 <C>               <C>                                      <C>           <C>      
State Street Bank   Short-Term Investment
  and Trust           Fund-U.S. Government
  Company*            Securities                                               $11,333,552   $11,333,552             

State Street Bank   Short-Term Investment
  and Trust           Fund-U.S. Government
  Company*            Securities       $11,803,766                              11,803,766    11,803,766       

The Stanley Works*  109,077 shares of The 
                      Stanley Works Common
                      Stock                                                      4,447,121     4,447,121

<FN>
There were no category (i), (ii) or (iv) reportable transactions during 1993.
* Indicates party-in-interest to the Plan.<PAGE>

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission